Home

Owners Manual Pdf

1. 0ssssessesceeecseeeeeee ZD Operating overview reaf sesssesssessseesseesseerees 76 REST cls E ater Tien ee 3 Setting air distribDUtion ssie eects eeteeeee tenes 1 Setting air quantity eerren raran 7 Setting temperature seeseeereeereeerreereeereeesee 77 Switching ECON mode on off aeee 0D Switching Mono function on off 78 Switching on automatic recirculating air mode 78 Switching on recirculating air mode ceeeeee 78 Using engine residual heat cccccceceeeeeeeee OD e OU Front seat C e e E T sees 36 Drawer under the right front seat aaran 225 Passenger mirror as parking aid ccceeeeeeee 38 Recalling settings memory seseereerrerereee 37 Storing driver s seat settings memory 38 Storing passenger s seat settings memory 38 miene e a are oe eee eres a 37 Storing door mirror SeHtINBS renner EIME E E E A E Ot Index 367 Front windshield wipers Adjusting the rain sensor sensitivity 00 112 Changing the sensitivity scc 112 Changing wiper Blades 25 clesa0asicsseenaeenntasees 261 Switching On rain Sensor seein 111 Windshield wiping plus washer poa R T iis Windshield fast WIDING sc sseceasecs seereretarcnnacte 112 Windshield SIOW wiping ae a 112 Wiping windshield once one touch function 112 ue ECONOMY sere ssacenccereeuiesecey cogessectpecacresarasenaian 265 Evaporation Ono 270 PUCI EVE e doe ccs cisancsessses
2. cccsseseseseeeeees 54 DOOr MINOS aeee ee eke hee 55 Interior MINOT aereos earnen EA a 57 Automatic Anti Dazzle Mirror ossee 37 Steering Wie lr msrcrtsememecaenieranet 58 MultiFunctional Steering Wheel 60 UNIV ISOS eea E ee ees eee ee 62 Make up Mirror oo ceeccceeeeeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenens 62 Sun Blinds Rear Side Windows 0000088 62 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 33 Seat and Headrest 4 Danger The seat may move unexpectedly if you attempt to adjust while driving This could cause sudden loss of control resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Do not adjust seats while the vehicle is in mo tion The backrest locks must be engaged at all times while the vehicle is in motion Safety belts only offer protection when the backrest is upright and the belts are properly positioned on the body Improperly positioned safety belts or safety belts worn by passengers in an excessively reclined position can cause serious personal injury or death in an accident gt Do not operate the car with the driver or pas senger backrests excessively reclined Please see the chapter SEAT POSITION on Page 36 gt Porsche recommends the use of L A T C H Lower Anchorage and Tether for Children equipped Porsche child seats Risk of injury if persons or animals are in the movement range of the seat during seat ad justment gt Adjust the seat so that no one is put a risk 34 Seats
3. 008 330 Installing headlights 328 Removing headlights ccce 327 Brake Doo er Ce ceetetee nea er ee Seniten aet 165 Brake booster faulty warning BESS QO ac enteen egeree eae 154 Brake fluid Change quantity cccccccssccssscssssssssesseeseeeuas 359 CUTAN PINE s2aceinaescravasevaaiyecouceenatie nuentenesees aan 258 CHECKING leyele niseni 257 Warning light on speedometer cssescseeeeees 258 Warning message on multi purpose display TETS 153 Brake light Chanem Duba renee eet nero SRP a 338 Installing tail a P 337 RemOvime daient a 336 Brake pads Breaking in new brake pads sccsseccseeeeeeeeeees 6 Warning message on the multi purpose depla 153 Warning message Drak S ccccccceceseeeeeeeeeeeees 165 Brake pedal a reseceed oeaaere sae na saves scan genera aes aateeoece 164 Brake wear UTA 1a 24 f2d 1 Wane nee E 165 Brake wear warning Message ccceececeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 165 Did GS see eee ee eee eee 163 Applying releasing parking brake coeccccccccseseeseee 162 Brake pad warning message s es 165 Prakeped a ge itecceestaeeceuseensane cence 164 Break in new brake pads sssssssesssessseesseeeees 6 Eiee EE EEEE ae MEASURE I c a Pad a a LOD Parking brake test ccccccccssssssssessseseeseeeeseees 189 Te co eae een Nes CE eT 189 NV AGRO WON sy ccteaceets seset gence cieuecds eseceees 163 164 Warning message on the multi purpose depli 153 Pro akan amn e tne eens ena Pee 6 364 Index
4. Setting the tire type and size 1N Warning Incomplete entries or selection of the wrong tires on the multi purpose display affect correct indication of warnings and messages gt The settings must be updated in the TYRE PRESSURE menu after changing a wheel filling with tire sealant or adding air after previous warning Flat tyre gt Please see the chapter FLAT TYRE WARNING on Page 136 The settings of the multi purpose display must be updated after changing wheels or tires on the vehicle The tire type and tire size must be selected even if the settings for the new set of wheels are the same as for the old wheels 134 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Note on operation gt For information on the operating principle of the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OPERATING PRINCIPLE on Page 124 1 MAIN MENU gt TYRE PRESS gt SETTINGS Select and confirm 2 Select TYRES 3 Confirm selection The TYRE TYPE list is displayed 4 Select tire type e g SUMMER The list with the possible tire sizes e g for the selection SUMMER is displayed Select tire size e g 18 inch 6 Confirm selection The current settings are displayed Ol After driving off the system starts to teach the wheels and wheel positions on the vehicle During this time the tire pressure warning light on the speedometer flashes about 60 seconds and lights up thereafter permanently and no
5. gt Do not misuse your Porsche by ignoring those laws and driving conditions or by ignoring the instructions in this manual Regularly check your vehicle for signs of damage Damaged or missing aerodynamic compon ents such as spoilers or underside panels affect the driving behavior and therefore must be replaced immediately Your car may have all or some of the components described in this manual Should you have difficulty understanding any of the explanations of features or equipment installed in your vehicle contact your authorized Porsche dealer He She will be glad to assist you Also check with your dealer on other available options or equipment Throughout this booklet left is designated as the driver s side of the vehicle and right as the passenger s side of the vehicle Text illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the information available at the time of printing It has always been Porsche s policy to conti nuously improve its products Porsche therefore reserves the right to make changes in design and specification and to make additions or improve ments in its product without incurring any obliga tion to install them on products previously manu factured We wish you many miles of safe and pleasurable driving in your Porsche 4 Important For your own protection and longer service life of your car please heed all operating instructions and special warnings These special
6. Always observe speed limits and obey road signs and traffic laws When tired get well off the road stop and take a rest Turn the engine off Do not sit in the vehicle with engine idling Please see the chapter ENGINE EXHAUST on Page 2 gt When parked always put the parking brake on and put the gearshift lever in neutral or the Tiptronic selector lever in position P On hills also turn the front wheels toward the curb When emergency repairs become necessary move the vehicle well off the road Turn on the emergency flasher and use other warning devices to alert other motorists Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas where the hot exhaust system may come in contact with dry grass brush spilled fuel or other flammable material Make it a habit to have the engine oil checked with every refueling Break in hints for the first 2 000 miles 3 000 kilometers The following tips will be helpful in obtaining optimum performance from your new Porsche Despite the most modern high precision manufac turing methods the moving parts must still wear in with each other This wearing in occurs mainly in the first 2 000 miles 3 000 km Therefore gt Preferably take longer trips gt Avoid frequent cold starts with short distance driving whenever possible gt Avoid full throttle starts and abrupt stops gt Do not exceed maximum engine speed of 4 200 rpm revolutions per minute gt Do not
7. Ignition lock position 1 Ignition on gt Turn ignition key to position 1 Note on operation All electrical equipment can be switched on The warning lights light up for a lamp check gt Please see the chapter INSTRUMENT PANEL USA MODELS on Page 117 lf a load is not switched on for 10 minutes after Switching on the ignition the ignition must be Switched on again Turn the ignition key to ignition lock position 3 ignition off first Ignition lock position 2 Starting engine gt Turn ignition key to ignition lock position 2 Ignition lock position 3 Ignition off gt Turn ignition key to ignition lock position 3 gt For further information on starting and stop ping the engine Please see the chapter STARTING AND STOP PING THE ENGINE on Page 160 Locking the steering column Vehicles without Porsche Entry amp Drive The steering column is automatically locked when the ignition key is withdrawn from the ignition lock and is automatically unlocked when the ignition key is inserted into the ignition lock Vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive The steering column is automatically locked when the ignition is switched off and the vehicle is locked Manually locking the steering column on vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive gt Depress the clutch on vehicles with manual transmission gt Once the ignition is switched off turn the control unit again to ignition lock posit
8. Press the relevant button again or Press the AUTO button C Accepting settings for driver s side for the entire vehicle The MONO function allows the temperature and air quantity settings for the driver s side to be accepted for the entire vehicle Switching on MONO function gt Press button A839 in the front control panel for 2 seconds The MONO logo appears on the air conditio ning display panel Ending MONO function gt Press button Y2 in the front control panel for 2 seconds or gt Change the settings in the air conditioned areas D gt Press button OS on the front control panel once Indicator light in button lights up Control of the outside air supply depends on the air quality Switching automatic recirculating air mode on Note The recommended operating mode is automatic recirculating air mode 78 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window Switching recirculating air mode O on 1 Warning Risk of accident due to impaired vision resulting in serious personal injury or death In recirculating air mode the windows may mist up gt Only select recirculating air mode for short periods gt lf windows mist up end recirculating air mode by pressing the recirculating air button again and selecting the function Defrost wind Shield gt Press button OS on the front control panel twice Indicator light in button lights up The outside air supply is interr
9. gt Replace damaged or worn wiper blades as soon as possible OF 234 Replacing wiper blades at front gt Apply the parking brake gt Switch the windshield wipers off wiper stalk in position 0 gt Switch ignition off 1 Fold windshield wiper arm away from the windshield arrow 1 Maintenance and Car Care 261 Fl ads Turn wiper blade at right angle to the wiper arm arrow 2 so that the fixing groove of the wiper blade is released by the retaining clip A Make sure that the retaining clip A engages _ Pull off wiper blade towards the windshield fully in the fixing groove of the wiper blade arrow 3 Push on new wiper blade shield arrow Make sure that the wiper blade is pushed onto the wiper arm up to the stop 262 Maintenance and Car Care 5 Fold wiper blade back to its original position 6 Carefully fold wiper arm back on to the wind 071 234 Changing rear window wiper blade 1 Caution Risk of damage if the rear wiper is frozen in place and is loosened improperly gt Thaw the wiper blade before loosening them gt Grasp the wiper arm with both hands and separate it from the window Apply the parking brake 2 Switch ignition off Carefully fold the wiper arm away from the rear window until it reaches its locking position approx 60 Carefully unclip the wiper blade from the wiper arm arrow Hold the wiper arm with your other hand when
10. E E 230 Loading Information 2IL Parking cccsecszsnestackeveviseertussvensiauciase L Parkinge AUS ae 237 Swivelling down mirror glass as parking aid 241 Garage door Opener ccccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 241 Alarm System and Theft Protection 244 Alarm System and Passenger Compartment Monitoring 245 Maintenance and Car Care 249 Exercise Extreme Caution when Working OM YOUN VENICIG erreina T 010 Engine Ol licsestrenananeatihswivesteastiasestuaysaueuescen 251 Checking Engine Oil Level eee 252 Topping up Engine Oil scc 253 Coolant Level aeaea 255 Brake Fluid LeVel c csseessecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 257 Washer FIU sensrorinienn nnn 258 Power Steenng eeraa aa aain 259 Changing Air Cleaner 260 Changing Particle Filter nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 260 Automatic Transmission Fluid 260 Manual Transmission Qil 260 Wiper Blades ae ee 261 Emission Control System 263 How Emission Control Works ccsseeeeeeees 264 Fuel ECONOMY tc ccndchencsuasdscssdsaavdeanninawacs oni 265 Operating Your Porsche in other Countries 266 Fiel E cesta te eaeee ace 266 Portable Fuel Containers wo 268 Fuel Recommendations sasssa 269 Fuel Evaporation Control sesser 270 Car Care Instructions ccn 270 Minor RepaiirS csesscssssceeeeeennesennes 249 Exercise Extreme Caution when Working on your Vehicle 0000000 280 TireS WhEEIS soeren 281 NETE AEE ths aren ne Teron E A
11. Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 203 Folding rear seats forward and returning to upright position The rear seats are divided and can be folded forward individually to make the loadspace bigger Caution Risk of damage to seat cushions backrest and seat belt if only the backrest is folded forward gt Always fold seat cushions and backrest forward Folding rear seats forward lf the luggage safety net is installed first set up the left seat cushion in a vertical position and fold the left rear seat backrest forward On vehicles with automatically controlled four zone air conditioning e Safety button gt Press the safety button in the driver s door armrest before folding the rear seats forward The rear control panel for the air conditioning ceases to function This prevents unintentional adjustment of the air conditioning The symbol in the switch lights up 1 Move front seats forward 2 Remove the headrests of the backrest to be folded forward Please see the chapter REMOVING HEA DRESTS on Page 35 3 Pull seat cushion up at loop A 204 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 4 Raise seat cushion vertically OF3 232 5 Pull release lever A and fold the backrest Rear seat assembly for comfort seats Rear seat assembly for sport seats forward 6 Vehicles with comfort seats 6 Vehicles with sport seats Insert support bracket of the backrest into
12. Warning message on the multi purpose display Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Immobilizer active Check left static cornering light Check right static cornering light Check dynamic cornering light Check dipped beam Check trailer lights Check direction indicators Check high beam Check licence plate light Check fog lights Check reversing lights Check front side lights Check headlight beam adjustment Daytime driving lights off System fault headlamp Meaning measures Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Check bulb Check bulb Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer lf the warning message appears the high beam indicator light on the speedometer flashes additionally Check bulb Check bulb Check bulb Check bulb Check bulb Check bulb Check bulb Check bulb Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Daytime driving lights switch off when the ignition is switched off Switch on lights by light switch if necessary Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Light on instrument panel C E ae US e e e See Eggi p aS Warning message on the multi purpose Check passenger seat setting Seat belt Caution flat tyre Check tyres Check spare wheel required pressure 3 4 bar 50 psi Tyre pressure too low Add air Collapsible spare wheel sealing set max 50 mph 80 km h Coll
13. a a ma 1 Danger Risk of poisoning due to carbon monoxide CO The parking heater consumes fuel and emits exhaust fumes Exposure to such fumes can cause unconsciousness serious personal injury or death gt Switch off the parking heater before refueling gt Do not operate the parking heater in enclosed spaces e g a garage The parking heater is operated using the following buttons on the front air conditioning control panel ad Switch parking heater on and off E Activate program Start programming Call memories f Set ON times Activate heating function Set ON times Activate ventilating function Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window 81 Notes on operation The parking heater runs on fuel and it therefore cannot be switched on after the reserve warning lights up gt For further information on the fuel reserve warning Please see the chapter FUEL RESERVE WAR NING on Page 120 The parking heater must be operated at least once per month with the engine cold Ignition off When the parking heater is running the remaining running time is shown on the display panel Operation of the parking heater is clearly audible when outside temperatures are low and the engine is cold In certain circumstances exhaust gases may be visible under the vehicle a Switching parking heater on and aa off Switching on gt Press ON OFF button amp amp The most recently activ
14. gt Do not attach a heavy weight to the inserted ig nition key 158 Driving and Driving Safety Ignition lock positions with Porsche Entry amp Drive O Initial position 1 Ignition on 2 Start engine 3 Ignition off The ignition lock has a total of four ignition lock positions Note on operation The car key rebounds to the initial position from every ignition lock position For vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive you do not need to insert the key into the ignition lock again but merely keep it with you The ignition key is replaced by a control unit in the ignition lock which always remains in the ignition lock unless the vehicle is being towed Removing the control unit from the ignition lock gt Press button A and remove the control unit Ignition lock position 0 Initial position The ignition key cannot be withdrawn when the ig nition is switched on or when the engine is started To withdraw the ignition key gt Stop the vehicle gt On vehicles with Tiptronic S Move Tiptronic selector lever to position P gt Switch ignition off gt Withdraw the ignition key Note on operation The vehicle battery discharges if the ignition key is left inserted gt If the vehicle battery is dead the key can only be pulled out of the ignition lock if the emergen cy operation is performed Please see the chapter EMERGENCY OPERA TION UNLOCKING THE IGNITION KEY on Page 159
15. 170 Display on the multi purpose display 0066 171 Sensors Air conditioning sensors for 2 zone air conditioning 71 Air conditioning sensors for 4 zone air conditioning 76 Service indicator on multi purpose display ccccs0 153 Setting air distribution With 2 zone air conditioning s sssiaisssecniinesasernnass 12 With 4 zone air Conditioning ccc0eeseseeeeeeee D With manual air Conditioning ccccccceeeeeeeeeees 68 Setting air quantity With 2 zone air conditioning cccceeeeesstteeeeees 71 With 4 zone air Conditioning ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee J With manual air Conditioning ccccccceeeeeeeeeees 68 Setting fan With 2 zone air Conditioning s sess irinenn 71 With 4 zone air Conditioning lt s d With manual air Conditioning scc sssseeeeeeeees 68 Setting interior temperature With 2 zone air Conditioning c ccccessseeeeeeeees 71 With 4 zone air Conditioning ccc0cessseeeeeeeee 2 With manual air COMM ONE N 0 Setting loading level nascer LO Setting temperature 7 With 2 zone air conditioning ceee ZL With 4 zone air conditioning sacc 77 With manual air Conditioning ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee OO Setting units on the multipurpose display 0000008 148 Shift pattern Manual transmission aeee e serene 169 Shifting BO EEA E vary E E A E ces 173 On the icine wheel A N AT A R Shifting GRAMS E A e 169 D SEE TE 174 Sh
16. 4 Press the central locking button in the armrest The rear lid is now unlocked and can be opened with the unlocking handle Only one door is unlocked The setting for locking and unlocking the doors and rear lid has been changed on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel You can open all doors irrespective of the setting made gt Press button om on the key twice within 2 seconds The vehicle cannot be unlocked The remote control of the key may not function correctly due to radio waves also radio contact between remote control and vehicle in the case of Porsche Entry amp Drive fail due to a fault fail due to an exhausted battery gt Unlock the vehicle with the unfolded key in the key lock gt If you unlock the vehicle with the key at the door lock only the driver s door can be opened In order to prevent the alarm system from being triggered you must switch the ignition on within 15 seconds of opening the door The vehicle cannot be locked This is recognizable by the fact that the emergency flasher does not flash and there is no locking noise The remote control of the key may not function correctly due to radio waves also radio contact between remote control and vehicle in the case of Porsche Entry amp Drive fail due to a fault fail due to an exhausted battery gt Lock the vehicle with the unfolded key at the door lock lf there is a defect in
17. Amplifier for sound package and Bose Tail light left Power window and central locking rear right door Heated rear window relay load Trailer coupling trailer socket connection point Spare wheel release relay load horn for alarm system Seat heating front Air conditioner 2 2 Power seat controls and seat memory front right Rating in A 15 9 15 15 30 5 30 10 10 30 15 30 30 25 10 25 10 30 No 25 27 29 30 31 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 46 48 49 Designation Air conditioner 2 2 rear Level control Porsche Dynamic Chassis Control PDCC Transmission control unit Tiptronic selector lever switch Rear lid power closing mechanism relay control and load Filler flap actuator rear end control unit motors Power window and central locking front right door Power seat controls right Roof console electrical compass Porsche Stability Management PSM Diagnosis Transfer box center differential lock Trailer coupling control unit Roof module Reversing light Heatable washer nozzles chassis switch seat heating potentiometer Porsche Dynamic Chassis Control PDCC Rear Seat Entertainment Level control Anti dazzle interior mirror Rating in A 5 15 5 20 15 30 30 5 10 5 10 10 10 Minor Repairs 3 17 No Designation Rating inA 50 Xenon headlight right 10 51 Tiptronic transmission control unit 15 52 Tiptronic se
18. B Open sliding roof element completely C Open Panorama roof system completely D Sliding lifting roof element in lift position E Open sliding lifting roof element completely Note on operation Using the automated presetting system every usable roof position can be controlled directly with the knob gt Always keep the Panorama roof system and the side windows closed while driving off road 98 Windows and Sliding Roofs Warning Risk of injury when operating or automati cally closing the Panorama roof system gt Ensure that no one can be injured when the Panorama roof system is operated gt Always withdraw ignition key when leaving the vehicle or switch ignition off in vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive Always take the ignition key with you when leaving the vehicle Uninformed persons e g children could injure themselves by operating the Panorama roof system gt Incase of danger operate the knob in the opposite direction or release the car key immediately A Closes Panorama roof system completely gt Turn knob to switch position A B Opens sliding roof element completely gt Turn knob to switch position B Roof element 2 will be opened completely The roller blind will open automatically to the selected opening width C Opens Panorama roof system completely gt Turn knob beyond the stop position B to switch position C Roof elements 2 and 3 will be opened co
19. Breaking in Eein a anaes faeau scent ernst siecsssviactd atankaseraseeds 6 Engine oil and fuel consumption during breakin period mesae eee 6 Aes eae aOR E E E CS ae 6 New brake pads and brake dISCS coceccecesceseeses P 6 M S ne en E E T 6 Brief overview 2 zone air conditioning cceccceeeeeeseuseseeeeeees 69 4 zone air conditioning front control panel PENENT 73 4 zone air conditioning rear control panel 74 Manualaiconditionine meeen a accacesccseeseneees 6 Opening and locking from outside ES 18 Panorama roof System css sssaanesesetssccccetuntrimananes 96 Sliding ifting roof s es OL Windshield WIpers sescccccseeerrrrrrrrrrrenn 110 Bulbs Changing bulb for additional high beam Bi Xenon headlights saene 331 Changing bulb for additional high beam halogen headlights ccecce 330 Changing bulb for front turn signal Cayenne GTS 335 Changing bulb for front turn signal Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 333 Changing bulb for high Bemi tsaideciccerendesaawetess 331 Changing bulb for high beam halogen headlights 330 Changing bulb for license plate light 0008 338 Changing bulb for low beam scc 329 330 Changing bulb for low beam halogen headlights 329 Changing bulb for side light Cayenne GTS 335 Changing bulb for side light Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 333 Changing bulb for side light halogen Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsy
20. Car key B Release button for key bit Keys Two car keys with integrated remote control are supplied with your Porsche The car keys are designed as folding keys These keys operate all the locks on your vehicle gt Be careful with your car keys do not part with them except under exceptional circumstances 16 Opening and Locking gt Inform your insurance company of any loss or theft of car keys or if extra or replacement keys have been made gt Remove the ignition key even if leaving the vehicle only briefly Folding out the key bit gt Press release button B The key bit folds out Folding in the key bit gt Press release button B and fold in the key bit Note on operation The air conditioner settings are stored on the respective key when switching off the ignition and locking the vehicle Emergency operation gt Please see the chapter EMERGENCY OPERA TION UNLOCKING THE IGNITION KEY on Page 159 Replacement keys Car keys can only be ordered through an authorized Porsche dealer Sometimes this may take a long time You should therefore always keep a spare key on your person Keep it in a safe place but under no circumstances in or on the vehicle The key codes of new keys have to be reported to the vehicle control module by your authorized Porsche dealer All keys belonging to the vehicle must also be reported again Note Third parties can continue to operate the mecha
21. Fa a Tie down straps or the luggage net can be fastened to the tie down rings Make sure that all rings are equally loaded when securing a load The tie down rings are not designed to restrain loads in serious accidents 1 Insert the tie down ring inthe opening A ofthe 5 Insert the remaining tie down rings mounting rail Note on operation 2 Press button C down and slide the tie down P i ring in the corresponding direction The opposing tie down rings must always be inserted in the opposite direction 3 Release button C 4 Check that the tie down ring is locked in position by pushing It 2 10 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage Luggage Compartment Cover Items in the luggage compartment may be hidden from view by using the luggage compartment cover gt Always pull out the luggage compartment co ver when transporting objects in the luggage compartment The luggage compartment cover is not designed to support objects gt Do not hang bags or objects on the support brackets A The support brackets could break off gt Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMATION on Page 231 J a N Warnins S Pulling out luggage compartment cover Remove luggage compartment cover Danger of injury During braking direction changes or in an accident objects can slide Pull out the cover by the handle and insert it gt Pull the release B back into the passenger compartment and into the guides on th
22. Note on operation lf the ignition is switched on after pressing the rocker switch the passenger compartment monitoring system is activated again The symbol on the rocker switch will flash A Light emitting diode for alarm system Function indication The locking condition of the vehicle is indicated by a rapid flashing of the light emitting diodes A in the front doors The light emitting diodes go out when the vehicle is unlocked Alarm System and Theft Protection 247 The passenger compartment monitoring is switched on The light emitting diodes flash for 2 seconds rapidly then slowly The passenger compartment monitoring is switched off The light emitting diodes flash for 2 seconds rapidly then slowly The passenger compartment monitoring is switched off in the multi purpose display in the instrument panel The light emitting diodes flash rapidly for 2 seconds go out for 28 seconds and then flash slowly Faults of the central locking system and the alarm system The light emitting diodes flash rapidly for 2 seconds shine for 28 seconds and then flash slowly 248 Alarm System and Theft Protection Immobilizer There is a transponder an electronic component containing a stored code in each key Before the ignition is switched on the ignition lock checks the code The immobilizer can be switched off and the en gine started only using an authorized ignition key Switching o
23. Opening locked doors gt Pull inner door handle twice Securing rear doors You can secure the rear doors to prevent uninten tional opening when driving Switching child lock on and off The child locks are fitted in the lock area of the rear doors The doors cannot be opened from inside when the child locks are engaged gt To engage Turn child lock to position A gt To disengage Turn child lock to position B ae rac Switching child protection on off The power windows central locking buttons on the rear doors and the rear control panel for the air conditioning can be disabled by means of the safety button in the armrest of the driver s door gt Press the safety button to switch child protec tion on and off The symbol in the safety button lights up if child protection is active Opening and closing the engine compartment lid Opening 4 Caution Risk of damage to engine compartment lid or windshield wipers gt Make sure that the windshield wipers are not pulled out forwards when opening the engine compartment lid gt Always switch the windshield wipers off wiper stalk in position O before opening the engine compartment lid lf the wiper arms are not in their final position they will automatically move to this position when the engine compartment lid is opened This will happen even if the ignition is off The wiper arms remain in this position until the lid is closed and
24. Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMATION on Page 231 gt If unknown terrain is obscured from view examine it on foot first and traverse it with extreme caution This way obstacles are easier to recognize and damage to the vehicle is avoided Always drive with the engine running Power steering assistance is provided only with the engine running Drive slowly and uniformly Always make sure that the wheels touch the ground Before driving through water check the water depth the condition of the surface beneath it and the speed of the water Look out for obstacles such as boulders holes tree stumps or ruts Always keep the sliding lifting roof or Panorama roof system and the side windows closed while driving Do not depart from marked routes or paths Respect Nature Always obey off limits signs Driving and Driving Safety 195 Driving systems for off road driving Specially adapted driving programs or power transmission and running gear control systems are available for off road driving Off road program Low Range Offroad PSM Off road ABS Center differential lock Rear differential lock gt Please see the chapter POWER TRANSMISSI ON AND RUNNING GEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS on Page 181 Before driving off Tires gt Check tread depth and tire pressure gt Check for damage and remove any foreign objects e g stones from the tread gt Replace missing valve cap
25. Possible only when stopped in Manual transmission The vehicle must be stationary the brakes must be applied and the gearshift lever neutral with brake must be in the neutral position when changing between Low Range and High Range i Warning parking lock Do not continue driving Apply the parking brake Apply parking brake Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Failure sport mode Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Sport mode only usable Sport mode cannot be selected when the off road driving program Low Range is engaged without reduction Limit exceeded The set speed limit has been exceeded Spare wheel is not locked Danger of injury and damage Before driving off always lock the spare wheel correctly Driver s door open All unlocked doors and lids are displayed when the vehicle exceeds 2 mph 3 km h Passenger s door open All unlocked doors and lids are displayed when the vehicle exceeds 2 mph 3 km h Rear left door open All unlocked doors and lids are displayed when the vehicle exceeds 2 mph 3 km h N p Y lt Multi Purpose Display and Instruments LOO Light on Warning message on the multi purpose instrument display panel System fault Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Meaning measures Rear right door open All unlocked doors and lids are displayed when the vehicle exceeds 2 mph 3 km h Hood open All unlocked doors and lids are displa
26. Setting air distribution ZN Air to windshield gt Press button g The air flows to the windshield amp gt Air to central and side vents gt Press button ee The air flows from the central and side vents Vents must be open Air to footwell gt Press button The air flows to the footwell Ending air distribution functions gt Press the relevant button again or gt Press button AUTO Accepting settings for driver s side for the entire vehicle The MONO function allows temperature settings for the driver s side to be accepted for the entire vehicle Switching MONO function on The temperature settings for the driver s side can be accepted for the entire vehicle gt Press button auro for 2 seconds The MONO logo appears on the air conditio ning display panel Ending MONO function gt Press button aurrea for 2 seconds or gt Change the settings in the air conditioned areas ry Switching automatic recirculating air mode on gt Press button OO once Indicator light in button lights up Control of the outside air supply depends on the air quality Note The recommended operating mode is automatic recirculating air mode 12 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window O Switching recirculating air mode J on 1 Warning Risk of accident due to impaired vision resulting in serious personal injury or death In recirculating air mode the windows may mist
27. The same applies to belt tensioner systems which have been triggered In addition the anchor points of the belts should be checked gt f safety belts do not work properly see your authorized Porsche dealer immediately gt fthe belts show damage to webbing bindings buckles or retractors they should be replaced to ensure safe operation gt Do not modify or disassemble the safety belts in your vehicle gt The belts must be kept clean or the retractors may not work properly Please see the chapter CAR CARE INSTRUCTIONS on Page 270 gt Never bleach or dye safety belts gt Do not allow safety belts to retract until they are completely dry after cleaning or this may cause damage to the belt Belt tensioner Depending on the force of a collision fastened seat belts are automatically tightened in an accident The belt tensioners are triggered in Front and rear impacts of sufficient severity Side impacts only belt tensioners of the front seats are triggered Incases of vehicle rollover Maintenance Notes The belt tensioner system can be triggered only once the system must be replaced afterwards lf there is a fault in the belt tensioner system the airbag warning light lights up Work may be performed on the belt tensioner system only by an authorized Porsche dealer Smoke is released when the belt tensioners are triggered This does not indicate a fire in the vehicle fA
28. gt Close the door gt Briefly press button 8 on the key once The emergency flasher flashes twice and an acoustic signal will sound twice gt f persons or animals remaining in the car Please see the chapter TEMPORARILY DEACTIVATING PASSENGER COMPARTMENT MONITORING SYSTEM on Page 246 Locking with Porsche Entry amp Drive keyless You must carry the key with you gt Close the door gt Briefly press the Porsche Entry amp Drive locking button A in the door handle The emergency flasher flashes twice and an acoustic signal will sound twice gt lf persons or animals remaining in the car Please see the chapter TEMPORARILY DEACTIVATING PASSENGER COMPARTMENT MONITORING SYSTEM on Page 246 Note on operation for locking the doors The vehicle cannot be locked if the driver s door is open Automatic door locking and automatic door unlocking 1 Warning In an emergency situation where you need to exit the car through an automatically locked door remember the following procedure to open the door gt Unlock the doors by pressing the central locking button or gt pull the inside door handle twice to open the door In the multipurpose display of the instrument panel you have the option of selecting diverse variants of automatic door locking AUTO LOCK and automatic door unlocking AUTO UNLOCK gt For further information Please see the chapter SETTING AUTO LOCK AUTOMATIC DO
29. gt SETTINGS gt COMFORT gt MIRRORS Select and confirm 2 Select SYNCH 3 Confirm selection SYNCHRONOUS ADJUSTMENT is activated CI SYNCHRONOUS ADJUSTMENT is deacti vated Changing settings for opening and locking the vehicle Note on operation Comfort settings can be made only when the vehicle is stationary You can set different variants of locking and unlocking the doors and the rear lid as well as the check back signal when locking and unlocking the vehicle and save them on the respective remote control 1 MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt COMFORT gt DOOR OPENING Select and confirm Set the desired function Switch ignition off Close the driver s door Press button on the car key The settings are now stored on this car key 0 Aa W N Note on operation gt For information on the operating principle of the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OPERATING PRINCIPLE on Page 124 Setting door unlocking Door unlocking can be set on an individual basis 1 MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt COMFORT gt DOOR OPENING gt DOORS Select and confirm 2 Select one of the three options SINGLE DOOR Only the driver s door is unlocked The door on the access side is unlocked on vehicles equipped with Porsche Entry amp Drive VEH SIDE Both doors on the driver s side are unlocked The doors on the access side are unlocked on vehicles equipped with Porsche Entry amp Dri
30. window cleaner concentrate in the mixture ratio specified on the container Always follow all the instructions on the containers of the additives used gt Only use window cleaner concentrate which meets the following requirements Dilutability 1 100 phosphate free suitable for plastic headlights We recommend window cleaner concentrates approved by Porsche Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to advise you gt Do not use engine coolant anti freeze or any other solution that can damage the car s paint in the washer reservoir The washer fluid reservoir for windshield rear window and headlights is located in the engine compartment 1 Open cap of washer fluid reservoir 2 Add washer fluid 3 Close cap carefully Power Steering 1N Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death When the engine is stationary e g when on tow or the hydraulic system fails there is no assistance for steering Therefore substantially more force will have to be exerted gt Exercise great care when on tow gt Have the fault remedied at your nearest authorized Porsche dealer The flow noise heard at full steering lock is design related and does not indicate a defect in the steering system Further important information concerning mainte nance can be found in a separate chapter gt Please see the chapter EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON Y
31. 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 Designation Cockpit socket at front centre centre console sockets at rear right and rear left Parking heater radio receiver Socket in passenger footwell Parking heater Sockets in luggage compartment Diagnostic socket rain sensor Wiper motor for windshield Vehicle electrical system control unit pump for washer fluid Power window and central locking rear left door Power window and central locking front left door Tail light right Vehicle electrical system control unit horn Vehicle electrical system control unit left turn signal light right side marker light left low beam Headlight washer system Vehicle electrical system control unit interior light Vehicle electrical system control unit instrument lighting fog light left left additional high beam Rear differential lock automatic rear lid Differential lock Rating in A 20 5 20 20 20 5 30 15 30 30 15 20 30 25 5 30 30 10 No 24 26 30 31 33 34 35 36 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 47 49 51 Designation Tire Pressure Monitoring Engine control unit engine management radiator fans airbag clutch switch instrument panel Off road roof mounted headlights Off road roof mounted headlights Steering column module Passenger compartment monitoring Vehicle electrical system control unit right fog light right additional high beam interior light Co
32. 1N Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death if a collapsible spare wheel is in use gt Avoid hard acceleration and high cornering speeds gt Do not exceed maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h gt Please observe the safety and operating instructions on the tire compressor gt Have the collapsible spare wheel replaced by an authorized Porsche dealer as soon as possible Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 139 Setting tire sealant sealing set 1 MAIN MENU gt TYRE PRESS gt SETTINGS gt TYRES gt SPARE WHEEL Select and confirm 2 Select SEALING SET 3 Confirm selection The display automatically returns to the TYRE PRESSURE sub menu filling information gt Inflate tires according to the displayed pressure differences A warning appears on the multi purpose display if the speed limit of 50 mph 80 km h is exceeded The reminder SPARE WHEEL SEALING SET OPERATION appears each time the ignition is switched on For information on spare wheel sealing set opera tion Please see the chapter NOTE ON SPARE WHEEL SEALING SET OPERATION on Page 140 140 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death if a tire repaired with tire sealant is in use gt Avoid hard acceleration and high cornering speeds gt Do not exceed maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h gt Please observe th
33. Air quantity button Air to windshield Air to footwell Air to central and side vents ECON button air conditioning compressor off on REST button engine residual heat Temperature button Ae TTOMMmMmMoIOWDSY Ya Defrost windshield gt Press button Q Indicator light in button lights up The air flows to the windshield and the front side windows The windshield is demisted or defrosted as quickly as possible Ending the function gt Press button Ga again Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window 67 E Setting temperature gt The selected temperature is shown in a bar dis play on the display above the button The more bars that are displayed the higher the temperature of the air flowing into the interior Increase temperature gt Push temperature button K up Decrease temperature gt Push temperature button K down Note gt For maximum cooling activate recirculated air button O Setting air quantity gt The selected air quantity is shown in a bar dis play on the display above the button The more bars that are displayed the more air flows into the interior lf the air quantity was reduced so much that OFF appears on the display the outside air supply is in terrupted Increase air quantity gt Push air quantity button E up Decrease air quantity gt Push air quantity button E down Warning Risk of accident due to impaired visi
34. Pregnant women should position the belt as low as possible across the pelvis and ensure that it is not pressing against the abdomen gt Pull onthe diagonal section of the belt now and again during the journey to ensure that the horizontal section remains tight Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 43 gt Make sure that the belts and buckles fit correctly on the rear seat bench Releasing the safety belt gt Hold the belt tongue gt Press the red button arrow gt Guide belt tongue to the reel 44 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel Safety belt height adjustment The heights of the belt deflectors for the driver s seat passenger s seat and the outer rear seats can be adjusted Adjust the height of the safety belt so that it runs across the middle of the shoulder not against the neck Adjusting belt height manually gt Upward push belt deflector up gt Downward press button A and move belt deflector Adjusting belt height electrically gt Operate rocker switch B in the desired direction until the optimal belt adjustment is reached On vehicles with comfort memory seat belt height adjustment can be stored on the person buttons and vehicle keys and recalled with these gt Please see the chapter FRONT SEAT WITH MEMORY on Page 37 Airbag Systems The airbags in combination with the safety belts make up a safety system which offers the driver and the passenger the greatest know
35. SOB ING see E eee cee came eee aCe Ls saa ae es nc cs Pec E S He csr 6 Bere ee T ne 189 sali fea Ree ere ceecaerse Semi einer nc onae enema 163 Warning message on multi purpose display rm 153 Parking heater ee a eea a 81 Activating the Memory ccccsssssseeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 84 COMED ae eee eae ees eee 81 EEAS E 85 Functional description P eee 81 POE a cameees ems oy eee ee Preee Ree cr ta Te rerere 83 Sic ie Oly OLE a neetvncgeseeree sence eueeeateerene 82 Particle filter maintenance instructions s 260 PASM Porsche Active Suspension Mana ement Functional description ccccccccceeeeeeeseeseeeeeeees 193 CEN ates teas esters oe eee eee eee eee 181 Selecting the running pedr SEMP eniin 193 Warning light and warning Message 193 Passenger airbag Automatic deactivation of the passenger eae 47 Warning light in the center CONSOIe 0 0000088 48 PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF Warning light in the center console 48 Passenger compartment ccccccccccececeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 233 Passenger compartment monitoring system E ale aerate A abe Woah earn s s PUTO ete tegen seeps eee eee eee eae eae S FU COM IACIG AUG Its E E 247 Switching off on the multi purpose display PEA Switching ON OMT cacticacsinescceds ayesedenssssecsdesnosece 246 Passenger mirror Activating synchronous mirror adjustment 143 Additional door mirrors when inne a trailer 234 PGI MG UNE seaed E eceaeens sae seea
36. Temperature sensor Air quantity button Temperature button for left side Air to windshield Air to footwell Air to central and side vents ECON button air conditioning compressor off on REST button engine residual heat Temperature button right side Ya Defrosting the windshield gt Press button G Indicator light in button lights up The air flows to the windshield and the front side windows The windshield is demisted or defrosted as quickly as possible Ending the function gt gt Press button Wa again or Press button auTO Automatic mode gt Press button auTO Indicator light in button lights up Air quantity and air distribution are automati cally controlled and variations are compensa ted Note on operation If necessary the automatic system can be manu ally influenced This manual setting is retained until the appropri ate function button is pressed again or the button AUTO is pressed Sensors To avoid affecting the performance of the air con ditioning system gt Do not cover the sun sensor on the dashboard and the temperature sensor F in the front con trol panel of the air conditioning system Setting temperature To suit personal comfort the interior temperature can be adjusted between 61 F and 85 F 16 C and 29 5 C Recommendation 72 F 22 C The selected temperature is shown on the display above the button Increase tem
37. Tire and rim sizes 1 2 3 Snow chains and clearance 4 Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake The load capacity coefficient e g 106 and maximum speed code letter e g T for permitted top speed are minimum requirements When fitting new tires or changing tires Please see the chapter TIRES WHEELS on Page 281 Extensive tests are performed before specific tires and wheels are approved by Porsche Your Porsche dealer has information about approved tires and wheels and is happy to assist you By fitting tires which have been approved by Porsche you can be sure that you have the best possible tires for your Porsche The 20 inch and 21 inch tire sizes are designed for on road use Please see the chapter SNOW CHAINS on Page 289 Clearance for tires marked is only assured with snow chain part No 955 044 600 077 Clearance for tires marked 2 gt is only assured with snow chain part No 955 044 600 13 For tires marked with gt Only use snow chains on the rear axle Optimal handling characteristics can be achieved only when snow chains are fitted on all four wheels of the vehicle It is also possible to fit snow chains on only one axle preferably the rear axle Maximum speed 50 km h 30 mph gt Observe the respective road traffic regulations gt Use only Porsche authorized fine link cross type or edge chains Tires marked with Not for vehicles with 20 inch Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake Ti
38. W Warning brake booster sccccsccesecexsesaveseocsnsccesseonisaneext 154 Warning brake proportioning sssecceeeeeeeeeeeeees 153 Warning messages Displaying on multi purpose display 0008 130 Warning messages on multi purpose display Ove eh eee ee ee 149 Washer fluid Antifreeze socncsvcntsactesiacevanaiesvedeiatarsavenvacdveotiens 258 Filme epa eee erence tees reir ese ear 359 Level ee ante tie AM ern AUER ERRATA Ie Eire rete e ren 258 MOOI Up cercesaes a pea vees rare A 258 Washing the vehicle instructions ceccceseeeeeeeeeeeees 27 Water crosse ae a es wicvexe lt eeeocteteeeence ane 199 Water crossing tips On driving sccceceeerrrrn 199 Wedges to prevent rOlling ccccccccsesesesesseseseseseseeteeeees 296 Wedges to secure the vehicle against rolling 296 Weights BY EE eR rs er RO RR Dee EE ter ee 356 Weel aN a NN ae ec ee E ere eee 287 UME EI CACC eects E a A ea 288 Wheels POMUSUNG scceesoet saqacsacersacs aetaaus ee eertee COU Changing Sy ee ree teeny 294 302 Comfort tire pressure data bar psi 0605 354 Fitting spare wheel on spare wheel bracket 309 E ase oe A ek es eee ee E ce 295 General information scccssssesesseeseeseeseeseeseeses 281 Inflating tires on vehicles with air suspension 308 Inflating tires on vehicles without air ORE N 307 Inscription on light alloy wheels sssescsecee 291 Inscription ON radial tir cccc
39. and push forward Using your other hand pull the bulb housing completely out of the front apron Minor Repairs 333 Replacing side marker light bulb Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 4 Pull bulb socket out of the bulb housing 334 Minor Repairs OFl loF Remove the defective bulb from the socket and replace When inserting the socket in the bulb housing make sure that the socket has engaged fully Changing turn signal bulb Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 1 Turn socket counter clockwise and remove 2 Replace the defective bulb bayonet fitting 3 Insert socket and turn in clockwise direction Make sure that the bulb is installed in the correct position Installing bulb housing Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia l Insert the bulb housing in the front apron Make sure that the two tabs are inserted correctly in the openings Push light fully into the front apron until you hear and feel it engage Check operation of lights Install headlight For information on installing headlights Please see the chapter INSTALLING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 328 4 Insert socket and turn in clockwise direction Make sure that the bulb is installed in the correct position 5 Check operation of bulb 6 Install headlight For information on installing headlights Please see the chapter INSTALLING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 328 Changing bulb for turn signal Caye
40. anti static record preservative Disc cleaners are available in audio stores Car Telephone and Aftermarket Alarms Important legal and safety information regarding the use of cellular telephones Some states may prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving a vehicle Check the laws and regulations on the use of cellular telephones in the areas where you drive 1 Danger Risk of an accident Severe personal injury or death can result in the event of an accident Looking away from the road or turning your attention away from your driving can cause an accident and lead to serious personal injury or death When using your cellular telephone you should always gt Give full attention to your driving pull off the road and park before making or answering a call if traffic conditions so require and gt Keep both hands on the steering wheel use hands free operation if available pull off the road and park before using a hand held tele phone It is essential to observe the telephone manufacturer s instructions before operating the telephone Any portable telephone or radio transmitter which is used in a Porsche must be properly installed in accordance with the technical requirements of Porsche The transmission power must not exceed 10 W The devices must possess a type approval for your vehicle and have an e symbol If you should require equipment with transmission power values greater
41. any time To do this press the corresponding but ton Detection of obstacles during opening The rear lid will stop moving if the system detects that the opening is blocked by an obstacle A war ning signal then sounds When the obstacle has been removed the rear lid can be opened by pressing the button lt lt on the key or the button in the driver s door or the release button on the rear lid Opening and Locking 25 Detection of obstacles during closing Warning Danger of crushing gt Despite the presence of this detection system you are still responsible for keeping yourself and others entirely out of the way of the door as it is closing The closing operation is interrupted if closing of the rear lid is blocked by an obstacle A warning signal sounds and the rear lid opens again by a few inches When the obstacle has been removed the rear lid can be closed by pressing one of the correspon ding buttons 26 Opening and Locking Adjusting the opening height of the rear lid The opening height of the rear lid can be individu ally adjusted so that the rear lid does not collide with the garage ceiling for example On vehicles with level control the vehicle height changes depending on the setting of the level con trol system For this reason always adjust the ope ning height with the vehicle at the highest level set ting so that the rear lid cannot accidentally collide with the garage c
42. e g winter operation powder snow Sound reflecting obstacles e g glass sur faces flat painted surfaces And very thin obstacles Other ultrasound sources e g pneumatic brakes of other vehicles jackhammers can interfere with detection of obstacles Fault indication without warning tone All red light segments of the active warning indica tors light up when there is a temporary fault in ParkAssist Note Correct operation is no longer ensured if there is a temporary fault e g caused by ice formation or heavy soiling on the sensors The system detects the temporary fault All light segments light up until a speed of 9 mph 14 km h Is reached ParkAssist is ready for operation again when the interference has been eliminated 240 Parking Fault indication with warning tone Driving with a trailer In the event of a long lasting fault in ParkAssist The ParkAssist rear monitoring area is switched the red light segments of the active warning indi off when the trailer s power supply Is plugged in cators light up and a continuous tone sounds for three seconds after a transmission range has been selected Possible causes Defect or system fault gt Switch ParkAssist off When ParkAssist is switched off the indicator light in the button lights up Please see the chapter SWITCHING PARKASSIST ON AND OFF on Page 237 gt Please have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche deale
43. gears Shifting into a higher gear early without lugging the engine will help save fuel gt Prolonged warm up idling wastes gas Start the vehicle just before you are ready to drive Accelerate slowly and smoothly gt Switch off the engine if stationary for longer periods gt Any additional weight carried in the vehicle reduces fuel economy Always keep cargo to a minimum and remove all unnecessary items gt Organize your trips to take in several errands in one trip gt All electrical accessories contribute to increased fuel consumption gt Only switch on the air conditioning when neces Sary gt Do not drive with the Roof Transport System mounted unless you need it The EPA estimated miles per gallon mpg is to be used for comparison purposes actual mileage may be different from the estimated mpg depending on your driving speed weather conditions and trip length Your actual highway mileage will probably be less than the estimated mpg gt Please see all local and national speed limits Maintenance and Car Care 265 Operating Your Porsche in other Countries Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards There fore cars built for the U S and Canada differ from vehicles sold in other countries If you plan to take your Porsche outside the conti nental limits of the United States or Canada the
44. no PIN is entered no SIM card Is inserted or the telephone Is switched off a corresponding indication will appear 1 Press the ENTER button The display reverts to the last menu Note The phone number of an incoming call is shown on the multipurpose display The name of the caller is shown only if the caller is stored in the telephone book 128 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Notes on operation lf the rocker switch is pressed for longer than one second the initial letters for which entries exist are shown This allows the desired entry to be found more quickly gt For information on the operating principle of the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OPERATING PRINCIPLE on Page 124 Accepting refusing ending a call Incoming calls are shown on the multi purpose display PHONE INFO must be activated Display on display screen 1 Select ACCEPT or REFUSE 2 Confirm selection After the call is accepted END appears in the menu Ending a call 3 Select END 4 Confirm selection Displaying telephone calls on the multi purpose display Automatic indication of an incoming call on the multipurpose display can be switched on or off with the PHONE INFO menu 1 MAIN MENU gt PHONE gt PHONE INFO Select and confirm 2 Select ON or OFF 3 Confirm selection The selected item is then accepted Displaying last numbers and last number redial The LAST NUMBERS menu sho
45. programed in each memory Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window 83 Programming ON times 1 Switch ignition off 2 Press button Timer 3 Select function parking heating or parking ventilation 4 Select the memory using button Timer The desired memory can be selected by pres sing button Timer several times 5 Set ON time using the and buttons Pressing the buttons adjusts the time on a minute by minute basis If the button is kept depressed the time is adjusted faster ON times are only valid for 24 hours 6 Press ON OFF button ade Displays F and G flash for approx 10 seconds Flashing of the displays can be ended before this time has elapsed by pressing the ON OFF button 4 again After ON OFF button amp l has been pressed ON time H clock symbol F and memory G are displayed for 2 minutes The display then goes out The parking heater has now been programed and the selected memory is active symbol G is lit Note on operation Only one memory can be active at any one time Activating the memory The parking heater runs for 30 minutes It then switches itself off automatically The program must be reactivated for every subse quent run To do this 1 Switch ignition off 2 Press button Timer 3 Select function parking heating or parking ven tilation 4 Select the memory using button Timer The ON time that was last saved is displayed 5 Press O
46. s exhaust pipe is avoid placing your legs near the exhaust pipe when loading and unloading cargo in the rear and closely supervise children around the vehicle during time when the exhaust pipe could be hot A hot exhaust pipe can cause serious burns Radiator fans The radiator and radiator fans are in the front of the car 1N Warning Danger of injury After the ignition is switched off the engine compartment and coolant temperatures are monitored for approx 30 minutes During this period and depending on temperature the radiator fan may continue to run or start to run gt Carry out work in these areas only with the engine off and exercise extreme caution Driving and Driving Safety 161 Parking Brake The parking brake acts on the rear wheels and serves to secure the car while parked gt Use the parking brake only after the vehicle has come to a full stop 162 Driving and Driving Safety Applying the parking brake gt Press down firmly on the foot pedal The warning light in the instrument panel lights up A message will be displayed on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel if the parking brake is not released before moving off lf the brake is not fully set the vehicle may roll without control Before exiting the vehicle make sure that the parking brake is fully applied and the vehicle is not moving at all 4 Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death A partial
47. soon as possible Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers 1 13 1 14 Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Instrument Panel USA Models 0008 117 Instrument Panel Canada Models 119 Oil Temperature Gage cceesesssseeeeeeeees 120 TaChoOMeter cccccccccccccccccesseeeeeeeeeeeesueuseaeeues 120 CLOG Koa cke ce pee E AEAEE 120 Fuel GAQC cesseeeeececcceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesusueeneans 120 SP CdOMEtel cccceeeccceseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeess 120 Odometer ae nm he re ee me Betty Rene read 121 WOIMOUED a 121 Cooling System cccceccecseeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 122 Emission Conio areenaa a 123 Operating the multi purpose display on the instrument panel cccccsseeeeeceeseeeeeeeeeaeeeess 124 Opening the Main MEnU sccccceceeeeerereen 125 Operating example Displaying average COMSUMPUONeactieshcetchcendtestecmncectenchmclen 125 Displaying resetting average speed 127 Displaying range on remaining fuel 127 Displaying tire pressure cceeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeees 12 7 Displaying COMPASS ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 127 Displaying navigation information 127 Operating the telephone via the multi purpose display 128 Setting speed limit on the multi purpose MED aa 129 Displaying warning messages n 130 Displaying status of level control s es 131l Displaying status of locks reduction 131 Dis
48. specially matched to off road driving is activated to enhance traction In order to improve driveability on difficult terrain the response of the off road PSM is less sensitive in the low speed range when the vehicle is opera ted in the Low Range off road driving program lf the brakes are highly stressed the automatic brake differential ABD switches itself off to protect the brakes It remains deactivated until the brake system has cooled sufficiently Engine drag torque control In conditions of excessive slip the engine drag torque control system prevents all driven wheels from locking up when the car is passing This is also the case for downshifts on a slippery road Switching off PSM gt Press PSM OFF button A PSM is switched off after a short delay The light emitting diode in the button is lit up When the PSM is switched off the multifunctio nal PSM light on the instrument panel is lit and a message appears in the multi purpose dis play of the instrument panel During braking the vehicle is stabilized even when PSM is switched off One sided spinning of the wheels is prevented even with PSM switched off PSM should always be switched on during normal driving However it can be of advantage to switch off PSM temporarily in exceptional situations Ona loose surface or in deep snow When rocking the vehicle free When using snow chains Vehicles with Tiptronic When
49. undesirable pollutants in the exhaust gas before it is released into the atmosphere The exclusive use of unleaded fuel is critical ly important for the life of the catalytic con verters Therefore only unleaded fuel must be used The catalytic converters will be damaged by push or tow starting the vehicle misfiring of the engine turning off the ignition while the vehicle is moving or driving until the fuel tank is completely empty by other unusual operating conditions gt Do not continue to operate your vehicle under these conditions since raw fuel might reach the catalytic converters This could result in overheating of the converters Federal law prohibits use of leaded fuel in this car Fuel Economy Fuel economy will vary depending on where when and how you drive optional equipment installed and the general condition of your Car A car tuned to specifications and correctly maintained will help you to achieve optimal fuel economy gt Have your vehicle tuned to specifications Air cleaner should be dirt free to allow proper engine breathing Battery should be fully charged Wheels should be properly aligned Tires should be inflated to the correct pressure gt Always monitor your fuel consumption gt Drive smoothly avoid abrupt changes in speed as much as possible gt Avoid jack rabbit starts and sudden stops gt Do not drive longer than necessary in the lower
50. 1 eee ee eae en Om ore 41 E e E E ces 41 SEME iene eee ton es A SOR i See OO RAO 56 Recall using car key E rts arene an Gon ame 31 Recall using person buttons scce 31 Stonne DKE ere a ne en 56 Swivelling down mirror glaSs ccccsseeeeeeeeeeees 241 SC at MS ONONY COMMON sacsccs cacevece a enceeetesevanceseesavexseess 37 SEN EO cess cscacsivarstcessancaassesveccesinsosasesevr ness 56 Swivelling down mirror NS op E acces 24 Seats Adjusting rear seats to vertical position 206 Adjusting the front seat ceecee OO Child restraint Sy Stitt 22225 ecczsocdez cox scceeecsectenesseee 49 Drawer under right front seat scncese 229 Folding forward at rear and returning TO PMG AL POON e a sea ececess geese 204 FAO sg area E E e eee tee eee 34 Recalling settings memory eee 37 Storing driver s seat settings memory A E 38 Storing passenger mirror setting as a parking aid memory ccssseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees OO Storing passenger s seat settings memory pees Securing points in the luggage compartment 207 Selecting off road driving program esscr 178 Selecting on road driving program cssceeeeeeeeee L 78 Selection mode PATIO TT e Nae tee ene ier eee hse Br Beara ara ee pte ae 171 MENEE E E E a S Selector lever E eee eee oe emery eee a nO eer tec E 171 Selector lever Tiptronic S Display on the multipurpose display 171 Emergency operation 175 Selector lever position Tiptronic S
51. 123 Checking hydraulic fluid power sree Saad RET Re Asc Child restraint anchorages cnn aoa Child restraint system Installing with LATCH system ccsesseeseeseeeeeees 53 LATCH restraint YS EM a 53 Child seat Installing with LATCH system cccc000ee DO LATCH rane SURI a eee ect coeeeereneneceeeaze ene 53 Prescribed installation direction sss se e e 50 E E E T 53 Cigarette ETET rr 228 aE A E A E EE E ne et 228 REEE A E E A E E E E AR 2 0 Cleaning the engine compartment aN E E 273 Clock Burontor erine eee een eee eae ee en re ae 123 Setting on the multi purpose display eee 146 Closing Automatically closing the rear lid 2D Closing sliding lifting roof secc 99 Locking vehicle door from inSide ss0eeceeeeeees 28 Panorama roof SYSTEM ccncccersastsinesstesnccereesnncO Persons animals remaining in the vehicle 21 Powerlift ate a QQ Rear window cece tee eee eee eee ee ee ere Spare wheel bracket ccccccccsseesseeseeeeseeeeenees 311 Vehicle door with Porsche Entry amp Drive keyless 21 Vehicle door with the car key remote ania ere Zl Closing the rear lid A PE A E A S A E E ret ro a OCP 169 Cockpit Adjusting illumination acssacscesessasanecesscsseencesnuean 105 E E E ERD E E S Cooling system temperature gage E E A Fuel level gage ccce LOO OdOMEtCL ce cccccccsccscssesseseesessesseseesesseseeseesensee 121 Oil temperature ae Speedometer a 120 XE GEL ese see cee ee e
52. 3053 Ibs 1385 kg 3638 Ibs 1650 kg 6493 Ibs 2945 kg 6493 Ibs 2945 kg 3053 3803 Ibs 1385 1725 kg 221 Ibs 100 kg 165 Ibs 75 kg Towing capacity vehicle trailer weight Maximum towing capacity braked up to a max 12 slope Maximum towing capacity unbraked Maximum vehicle trailer weight Maximum trailer hitch load 7716 Ibs 3500 kg 1654 Ibs 750 kg 14209 Ibs 6445 kg 617 Ibs 280 kg 1 Empty weight includes 165 Ibs 75 kg driver and baggage share 7716 Ibs 3500 kg 1654 Ibs 750 kg 14209 Ibs 6445 kg 617 lbs 280 kg 2 The maximum gross weight must not be exceeded Note If additional equipment is installed the useful load will be correspondingly less 3 Use only Original Porsche Roof Transport System 356 Tire Pressure and Technical Data Cayenne GTS Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia Cayenne GTS manual transmission 4905 5732 lbs 2225 2600 kg 9071 5897 lbs 2300 2675 kg 3208 Ibs 1455 kg 3704 Ibs 1680 kg 6790 Ibs 3080 kg 6790 Ibs 3080 kg 3208 3803 Ibs 1455 1725 kg 221 Ibs 100 kg 165 Ibs 75 kg 7716 Ibs 3500 kg 1654 Ibs 750 kg 14506 Ibs 6580 kg 617 lbs 280 kg Cayenne S Transsyberia Tiptronic S 4949 5776 lbs 2245 2620 kg 9115 5941 Ibs 2320 2695 kg 3208 Ibs 1455 kg 3704 Ibs 1680 kg 6790 Ibs 3080 kg 6790 Ibs 3080 kg 3208 3803 Ibs 1455 1725 kg 221 Ibs 100 k
53. A and at the same time push it down fully Example driver s seat Removing headrests Front seats gt Press button A and at the same time completely remove headrest Rear seats outer headrests 1 Press button B and push the headrest all the way down 2 Press button A and at the same time pull the headrest completely out Example middle rear headrest for sport seats Rear seat middle headrest gt Press button A and at the same time pull the headrest completely out 1 Danger Driving with removed headrests improperly positioned headrests or improperly installed headrests can cause serious personal injury or death in an accident gt Adjust the headrests so that the upper edge of the headrest is brought to eye level or higher gt Do not drive the vehicle without the headrest in place and properly adjusted Installing headrests Front and outer rear headrests Note The middle headrest of the rear seat bench must only be fitted to the middle seat of the rear seat backrest 1 Insert the headrests into the guides 2 Press button B and at the same time push the headrest downwards until the desired position is reached Rear seat middle headrest 4 Danger Driving with an improperly installed headrest can cause serious personal injury or death in the event of an accident gt Do not attempt to insert the rear middle seat headrest into either of the rear side seats Th
54. C and 29 5 C Recommendation 72 F 22 C The selected temperature is shown on the display above the button Increase temperature gt Push temperature button up Left air conditioned area front Button H Right air conditioned area front Button Q Left air conditioned area rear Button H Right air conditioned area rear Button S Decrease temperature gt Push temperature button down Left air conditioned area front Button H Right air conditioned area front Button Q Left air conditioned area rear Button H Right air conditioned area rear Button S lf LO or HI appears on the display the system is operating at maximum cooling or heating power lf the preselected temperature Is changed the air quantity blowing out can adjust automatically in automatic mode The desired temperature is reached more quickly this way 39 Setting air quantity The air quantity can be selected individually for each of the four air conditioned areas The selected air quantity is shown in a bar display on the display above the button The more bars that are displayed the more air flows into the inte rior Increase air quantity gt Push air quantity button up Left air conditioned area front Button G Right air conditioned area front Button R Left air conditioned area rear Button G Right air conditioned area rear Button T Decrease air quantity gt Push air quantity button down Left air con
55. Car key lf the battery in the remote control becomes too weak a warning will appear on the multi purpose display in the instrument panel The battery should be changed in this case ET 1 238 Changing the battery l Carefully pry out the lid on the back of the key housing with a small screwdriver Replace battery observe polarity A replacement battery is available from your authorized Porsche dealer Replace cover and press together firmly Emergency Starting with Jumper Cables lf the battery is discharged e g in winter or after the car has been parked for a long time the bat tery of another car can be used for starting with the help of jumper cables Make sure the voltage of both batteries is the same The capacity Ampere hours Ah of the booster battery must not be substantially less than that of the discharged battery The discharged battery must be correctly connected to the vehicle s elec trical system gt Please see the chapter BATTERY on Page 320 Note Do not try to start the car by pushing or towing Damage to the catalytic converters and other components of the car may result 1 Danger Risk of short circuit damage and explosion resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Use only jumper cables of adequate diameter cross section and fitted with completely insulated alligator clips gt Follow all warnings and instructions of the jumper cable manufa
56. Displaying range on remaining fuel 127 Displaying tire pressure 127 Displaying COMPASS cccccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeee 127 Displaying navigation information 0 127 Operating the telephone via the multi purpose display seeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 128 Setting speed limit on the multi purpose OE E E E E E EAE T EE E 129 Displaying warning messages 111111111 130 Displaying status of level control 0008 Isl Displaying status of locks reduction 131 Displaying average Consumption 132 Setting Tire Pressure Monitoring 4 dc 8 Table of Contents Switching off passenger compartment monitoring on the multi purpose display 142 Synchronous adjustment of door mirrors 143 Changing settings for opening and locking the vehicle eeen EE ARERR 143 Switching daytime driving lights on off 145 Setting lighting off delay ceceeeseeeeeeees 146 Setting the CloCk cccceecceeeceesseesesseeeeeeees 146 Setting COMPASS ccccccccceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeee sees 147 Changing language for displayS ccccceee 148 Changing units for displays 0000088 148 Resetting display to factory settingS 148 Overview of warning messages 149 Driving and Driving Safety 0 00 157 Ignition Lock Steering LOCK oeenn 158 Starting and Stopping the Engine 160 Parking
57. Driving Safety 167 Decelerating Option 1 gt Push operating lever down into position 4 until the desired speed is reached The speed reached is maintained and stored when the operating lever is released Option 2 gt Push operating lever slightly downwards into position 4 a maximum of 10 times The speed is reduced by 1 mph 2 km h each time the lever is pushed downwards 168 Driving and Driving Safety Interrupting cruise control operation The speed driven before the interruption remains stored in the memory and can be reactivated by operating the operating lever Please see the chapter RESUMING THE STORED SPEED on Page 168 gt Push the operating lever forward to position 2 it doesn t engage or gt Operate brake or clutch pedal or on vehicles with Tiptronic S select position N gt Please see the chapter TIPTRONIC S on Page 170 Cruise control operation is interrupted automatically lf the set vehicle speed is exceeded by more than approx 16 mph 25 km h for longer than 20 seconds lf the actual vehicle speed falls by approx 6 mph 10 km h below the set vehicle speed for longer than 5 seconds e g upward slopes lf Porsche Stability Management PSM intervenes for longer than 0 2 seconds lf Low Range is switched on Resuming the stored speed gt Pull back the operating lever to position 1 Note on operation The stored speed should only be recalled
58. Mirrors and Steering Wheel Your vehicle is equipped with a total of five head rests in the backrests of the front and rear seats The height of the headrests in the front and back seats is adjustable All headrests are removable All occupants including the driver should not operate a vehicle or sit in a vehicle s seat until the headrests and backrests are placed in their pro per positions so that the risk of neck injuries is minimized in the event of a crash For proper positioning and operation of the head rest the backrest s inclination should be adjusted such that the headrest is in an upright position Driver and passengers should be seated upright and in the center of their seats Adjusting headrests 4 Danger Improperly positioned headrests can cause serious personal injury or death in an acci dent gt Adjust the headrest so that the upper edge of the headrest is brought to eye level or higher gt Do not drive the vehicle without the headrest in place and properly adjusted Example driver s seat Raising gt Push headrest upwards until the desired position is reached Additionally press button B on the outer rear seat headrests Push the middle rear headrest upwards into its locked position Lowering gt Press button B and at the same time push the headrest downwards until the desired position is reached For lowering the middle rear headrest below its locked position press button
59. Press button C and lift the cover Pi r a Drawer underneath the right front seat There is room for the fire extinguisher in the drawer underneath the right front seat Opening gt Lift the unlocking handle and pull out the drawer Closing gt Close the drawer until it clicks audibly into place Opening the storage compartment gt Pull off the cover on the handle recess Closing the storage compartment gt First insert the cover at the bottom and then close it until it clicks audibly into place 4 Caution Risk of damage gt Because of the heat the right hand storage compartment cannot be used as such in vehicles that have air suspension with level control and height adjustment Side storage compartments in the luggage compartment Depending on how the vehicle is equipped there is an additional storage option in the left hand storage compartment The intermediate base can be removed to increase the size of the drawer Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 225 Cupholder You can place drinks cans and cups in the cup holder gt Keep the cupholder closed while driving 1 Warning Risk of accident scalding or damage due to spilling drinks gt Only use cupholder when safe to do so it is gt Only use containers which fit gt Never put overfull containers in the cupholder gt Never place hot drinks in the cupholder Opening front cupholder gt Ope
60. Step 4 lf your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load Capacity of your vehicle Stowing load in the vehicle 1 Warning Danger of injury An unsecured or incorrectly positioned cargo can slip out of place or endanger the vehicle occupants during braking direction changes or in accidents Never transport objects which are not secured gt Always transport cargo in the cargo area never in the passenger compartment e g on or in front of the seats gt Support the cargo on the seat backrests whenever possible Always lock the backrests into place gt Place the cargo behind unoccupied seats whenever possible gt Stow heavy objects as close to the front of the Cargo area as possible with lightweight ob jects behind them gt The cargo must never project over the top edge of the seat backrest gt Always protect the passenger compartment with a luggage safety net and a luggage compartment cover Do not drive with objects on top of the luggage compartment cover gt Ifthe rear seats are not occupied the back rests can be additionally secured with the safe ty belts Simply cross the outer safety belts and insert each into the opposite buckle gt Make sure that the cargo cannot damage the heating filaments of the rear window and the TV antenna of th
61. Switching on intermittent operation c000 113 Window wiping plus washer system s00c0 113 Wiping rear window once ee function 113 PE EEO E ecaseat cece spaeereereeoeee ces 231 Reduction Low Range Displaying status on the multi purpose Da ma 31 NEG ALOU Ment a eee eet cee ease ce ee 179 374 Index SUES 11M 242 0 eee E 178 E ON sess scexerenctscetsensseersetectesetsersomeuss 178 Relic ae a Oo Be le es eee eae tenses et eect 312 Release BU OMe ee 170 Remote Control cccccccsssssssssssesssssssssssessssssssesseseees 16 Chanine WEI orcas sec cee tes Ueacieamee see eeetera uae vers 322 Locking the vehicle door a eae 21 Opening closing Panorama roof system eee 99 Opening closing sliding lfting roof c eeeee 93 Unlocking vehicle dOOr cccceeeessseeseeeeeeeeeeeees 20 Pee oie wien eet tee ree neat ei eeeine eee 268 REST mode Using engine residual heat 65 With 2 zone air CON eae net 65 With 4 zone air conditioning cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 65 With manual air Conditioning ocen OD Restraint systems for children Installing with LATCH system cccccccseesseeeeeeees D3 LATCH restraint SY SIC ilies secessacstsaceesasacssentsteccages 53 Prescribed installation direction 00 eee DO Be ON ee ah pene scenes renee eee ee eee 169 Swivelling down mirror PASS 241 Swivelling down the mirror glass ccccceceeeeeeeeees 56 Reversing light Chanana GUID S te
62. W5W W5W W3W W3W W3W W3W W3W WOW WOW K12V10W Towing Certain state statutes and local ordinances prohi bit towing with a chain rope or even a tow bar In addition damage to your vehicle may result from improper procedures Consult your authorized Porsche dealer for details When the turn signal light is set with the ignition on and the emergency warning lights active only the turn signal light on the corresponding side of the vehicle will light up After the turn signal light is re set the emergency warning lights will be switched on again Vehicle towing Flat bed towing is the preferred type of towing to be used on Porsche vehicles Under certain cir cumstances wheel lifts may be used when the vehicle will not roll The vehicle must be towed with all four wheels off the ground otherwise damage to the vehicle may result Towing hook Depending on the vehicle equipment the spare wheel well contains one or two towing hooks 4 Caution Risk of damage to the vehicle gt Use the towing hook only for an emergency to remove the vehicle off the road The towing hook is to be used only to pull the vehicle onto the flat bed tractor or towing aparatus if the vehicle will roll freely Under no circumstances is the vehicle to be secured using the towing hook gt Never use the towing hook to tow this or any other vehicle Screwing in rear towing hook 2 Screw in towing hook B as far as the stop le
63. a spill or to used coolant left in an open container Coolant can be deadly to pets if consumed 256 Maintenance and Car Care 1 Remove cover 2 lf the engine is hot cover the the expansion tank cap with a cloth Open cap carefully and allow any overpressure to escape Then unscrew cap completely 3 Read the coolant level Top up with coolant if necessary Only add a mixture of anti freeze and water in equal parts Antifreeze in coolant 50 provides anti freeze protection down to 31 F 35 C Do not exceed the max mark Note on operation gt Ifthe coolant level exceeds the max mark when the engine is hot check the coolant level again when the engine is cold 4 Screw the cap closed firmly and put on the cover 5 Have the cooling system checked by an authorized Porsche dealer Maintenance Notes If in an emergency pure water has been added the mixture ratio must be corrected at an authorized Porsche dealer gt Marked loss of coolant indicates leakage in the cooling system The cause should be remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer immediately Radiator fans The radiator and radiator fans are in the front of the car 1 Warning Danger of injury The fans can start running as a function of temperature even with the engine switched off gt Exercise extreme caution when working in the area of the radiator fans Brake Fluid Level gt Use only new unused Original Porsche brak
64. according to the speed and helps protect from the disturbing effects of the wind when the Panorama roof system is open especially at high speeds or from turbulent air flow Both roof elements 2 and 3 can be moved by activating the knob in the vehicle s longitudinal direction Roof element 3 can also be raised This allows the interior to be better ventilated Roof element 4 is a fixed glass element and completes the Panorama roof system 1 Draft deflector 2 Sliding roof element 3 Sliding lifting roof element 4 Fixed glass element amp e H3 a t Caution Risk of damage when activating the Panorama roof system due to improperly atteched roof elements gt Check that the roof elements are securely attached before starting to drive gt Make sure there is sufficient clearance between the Panorama roof system and the attached roof elements Readiness for operation of the Panorama roof system With ignition switched on With ignition key withdrawn until door is first opened but only for a maximum of 10 minutes Readiness function of the Panorama roof system switches off after 10 minutes lf the vehicle is unlocked the Panorama roof sys tem can no longer be operated after 10 minutes to save the vehicle battery The power supply is Switched back on when the ignition is switched on or the engine started Windows and Sliding Roofs 97 A Close Panorama roof system completely
65. air from the tires of this vehicle 5 Switch ignition on 6 Press hand valve D until the correct tire pres sure is achieved Monitor the tire pressure with pressure tester C during the inflation process 7 Unscrew the screw coupling from the com pressor connection 8 Unscrew filler connection from the tire valve 9 Stow tire filler hose in the bag Note on operation The compressor features a protective function against overheating and switches itself off auto matically if necessary The compressor must cool down for a few minutes after automatic deactiva tion Reducing tire pressure on vehicles with air suspension gt Open air bleed screw E until the correct tire pressure is achieved Monitor the tire pressure with pressure tester C while correcting the tire pressure Spare wheel 1 Warning Risk of accident The wheel and tire size and the tire quality of the spare wheel and normal wheel may differ If a spare wheel that differs from the normal tires is used this may impair the driving behavior gt The spare wheel must be used only over short distances in cases of emergency For safety reasons replace the tires before the wear indicators appear webs in the tire grooves 1 16 in 1 6 mm high gt Never deactivate the Porsche Stability Management PSM system gt Ifthe tire on the spare wheel is older than 4 years the spare wheel should be used only in the event of a flat gt A
66. and rear right You can manually influence the automatic system This individual adjustment is shown on the air conditioning display panel Please read the information on REST mode ECON mode and air conditioning compressor on page 65 E 8 Control panel front Windshield defroster Heated rear window AUTO button automatic mode REST button engine residual heat Recirculated air automatic recirculated air Air conditioning display Temperature sensor Air quantity button left Temperature button left Air to windshield left Air to footwell left Air to left central and side vents Setting for rear air conditioned areas ECON button air conditioning compressor off on Air to right central and side vents Air to footwell right Air to windshield right Temperature button right Air quantity button right AOVOZSrMrACSCT TBOMM MOS OWD Qy Defrosting the windshield gt Press button Q on the front control panel Indicator light lights up The air flows to the windshield and the front side windows The windshield is demisted or defrosted as quickly as possible Ending the function gt Press button Ga again or gt Press the button A979 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window 15 Fkh 688 o EI BA ag meee eS J seal jj AUTO Automatic mode You can switch to automatic mode for the front and rear air conditioned areas
67. bench the backrest can warp Warping of the backrest can lead to malfunctions gt Correct the seat adjustment The seat is not jammed and is self supporting The backrest is in the upright position gt Do not transport a load and objects in the rear footwell or under the passenger s seat If the load or objects are under the seat they can cause malfunctions lf the weight on the passenger s seat is reduced significantly e g by supporting weight on the armrest the passenger s airbag can be switched off gt Select an upright seat position and do not support weight on the armrests or lean out of the window Always keep feet in the footwell while driving Do not put feet on the dashboard or the seat area Do not lean against the inside of the door or outside the window while the vehicle is moving If the passenger s seat is warped significantly a message is displayed in the multi purpose display in the instrument panel gt Correct the seat adjustment gt Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 Vehicle modifications to accommodate persons with disabilities Because modifications to your vehicle could compromise your advanced airbag system please call 1 800 PORSCHE prior to having your vehicle modified Automatic deactivation of the passenger airbags 1 Danger The use of a child restraint system in the front passenger seat can result in serious personal injury or deat
68. car on stable supports if you have to work under it When working under the vehicle always use safety stands specifically designed for this purpose gt Please use a suitable knee rest to protect your clothing against soiling Flat Tire Note The tools required for changing a wheel e g jack wheel bolt wrench assembly aids folding wedges are only supplied with the vehicle if the vehicle comes with a collapsible spare wheel or full size spare wheel as standard Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to advise you 1 Stop the vehicle as far away from the driving lane as possible The car must be parked on a firm and flat surface offering adequate grip 2 Switch on the emergency flashers 3 Fully apply the parking brake 4 Shift into 1st gear or move the Tiptronic selector lever to position P 5 Straighten the front wheels 6 Withdraw the ignition key to lock the steering and prevent the engine from being started 7 Have any passengers leave the vehicle 8 Set up a warning triangle at a suitable distance A Wedges Securing the vehicle against rolling For this purpose use the two folding wedges A secured next to the tool box 1 You can remove the wedges after undoing the Velcro fastening Minor Repairs 295 A Folding wedges 2 Unfold the wedges 3 Lock them in unfolded position 296 Minor Repairs 4 Place one wedge directly in front of and another directly behind th
69. caucesserseeeiuensae 179 Seine 010 01 10 ee perreate ana sem 180 SportDesign package arare scscctcactenseeesseutccseseexesececet 3 Information on risk of damage secc 195 Sports exhaust system Switching On Off e rete eee eee 179 Stainless steel exhaust tailpipes cccseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 276 Stainless steel tailpipes C rucon a eee eke necnereers 276 Starting Emergency starting with j Me Cables niie 373 Enone a e eemees ae Rrm Nereie 2 Be Se eno a 160 Engine Tiptronic adi amuadean amen 6 With jumper cables scce OCG I E E E ents 170 Steam jet cleaners information ON USE 271 SLE ABA FEU S ceee cece cece ee tense teceree coe enrece epeeenecne cere 238 Steering column Locking with Porsche Entry amp Drive nccc 159 Locking without Porsche Entry amp Drive 159 Steering column lock With Porsche Entry amp Drive LOY Without Porsche Entry amp Drive n se 159 Steering lock Emergency operation of the key 159 Functionaldescnpion ea r eae 158 Sne Wee seats qaneees cnencesteces cece eecea ds 58 Ruine ea eter at me deee nme oe ee 59 PRA UNI E E Seer ectereeteen 58 Poe IR eae eaeaa st unes ese ye ee eeran aves eal eeeeeeun nt 58 Multi functional steering wheel 61 Multi functional steering wheel functional GeSCription ccccccccceceeseeseeseeeeeeees 60 376 Index Operating the function keys sser OO Operating E a a 58 a CAEN SUPE ED 172 St Ghin ge 1OCK sces feeders ieeencsectstvlest
70. child from an airbag deployment To reduce risk of injury from an inflating airbag in an accident Porsche strongly recommends gt Under all normal circumstances the child seat must be placed in the rear Do not use a child restraint system on the front passenger seat gt Please see your authorized Porsche dealer for correct Porsche Child Seat availability gt Porsche recommends the use of a Porsche Child Seat with Lower Anchorage and Tether for Children system LATCH on the rear seats 1 Secure the child seat to retaining lugs A as outlined in the operating manual for the child Seat 2 Pull the child seat to check that both fastening points are engaged correctly 54 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel Child Restraint Anchorages gt Please see the chapter AUTOMATIC LOCKING RETRACTOR on Page 52 lf your child restraint seat or seats require the use of a tether strap you will want to use the anchor points A provided behind the rear bench back rests To ensure proper installation see your authorized Porsche dealer Warning Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adults safety belts or harnesses Such use could result in serious personal injury or death gt Do not misuse the child restraint anchorages Only attach one child seat tether per ancho rage gt The
71. collapsible spare wheel wheel psi ar 255 55 R 18 summer and M S tires R18 255 55 R 18 summer and M S tires and M S tires 255 50 R 19 M S tires R 19 M S tires SEs e e R19 275 45 R 19 summer and M S tires and M S tires 39 psi 2 7 bar 50 psi 3 4 bar 39 psi 2 7 bar 50 psi 3 4 bar 275 40 R 20 summer and M S tires R 20 275 40 R 20 summer and M S tires and M S tires 295 35 R 21 summer tires R21 295 35 R 21 summer tires tires gt On vehicles with Tire Pressure Monitoring the vehicle load must be set in the multi purpose display of the instrument panel Please see the chapter SET TING VEHICLE LOADING AND ADJUSTING TIRE PRESSURE on Page 135 Note M S identification located on All Season and winter tires Tire Pressure and Technical Data 355 Weights Empty weight Empty weight depending on equipment per DIN 70020 per 70 156 EEC Maximum axle load front Maximum axle load rear 2 Maximum gross weight Trailer operation Canada USA Maximum gross weight Maximum axle load front rear axle Roof load Maximum roof load 2 when roof rail is fitted Cayenne manual transmission 4762 5556 lbs 2160 2520 Kg 4927 5720 lbs 2235 2595 kg 3053 Ibs 1385 kg 3638 Ibs 1650 kg 6493 Ibs 2945 kg 6493 Ibs 2945 kg 3053 3803 Ibs 1385 1725 kg 221 Ibs 100 kg 165 Ibs 75kg Cayenne Tiptronic S 4784 5578 Ibs 2170 2530 kg 4949 5743 Ibs 2245 2605 kg
72. completely closed Remove dirt e g leaves 5 Keep the rocker switch F pressed to the rear 6 until the roller blind is completely closed Close sliding roof element 1N Caution Risk of damage if the Panorama roof system and roller blind are in the roller blind cleaning position while driving gt Close the Panorama roof system completely one time before driving off Emergency operation of the Panorama roof system Use emergency operation only under exceptional circumstances if the electric emergency closing function cannot be implemented and the end position cannot be stored gt Before using emergency operation please check whether the fuse Is defective After the fuse has been changed the limit positions of the Panorama roof system will have to be Stored again 1 Danger Danger of injury and risk of damage when closing the roof gt Ensure that no one is in the way of the roof ele ments as they are being opened or closed gt Do not operate the Panorama roof system with the knob during and after emergency operation 1 Fold up armrest 2 Remove key B from the lower storage tray underneath the rubber mat in the center console Windows and Sliding Roofs 101 3 Unclip cover 4 Insert the key in opening H or I until it can be felt and heard to engage Effort is required to insert the key H Emergency operation for the sliding roof element and the draft deflec
73. console gt For information on the programs for Off Road and On Road driving and engaging locks reduction Please see the chapter DRIVING PROGRAMS FOR ON ROAD AND OFF ROAD DRIVING on Page 177 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 13 1 Bs tt f Displaying average consumption 1 MAIN MENU gt VEHICLE INFO Select and confirm 2 Select CONSUM 3 Confirm selection The average consumption is displayed The displayed value is based on the distance travelled since the last reset to zero Resetting average consumption 4 Select RESET 5 Press the ENTER button for longer than 1 second The value is set to Note on operation gt For information on the operating principle of the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OPERATING PRINCIPLE on Page 124 132 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Oda tie Setting Tire Pressure Monitoring 4 Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death Driving the vehicle with low tire pressure increases risk of a tire failure and resulting loss of control Furthermore low tire pressure increases rate of wear of the affected tires Despite the advantages offered by Tire Pressure Monitoring it is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is still the driver s responsibility to update the settings in the multi purpose display and maintain the correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to
74. controls the set interior temperature completely automatically Temperature air quantity and air distribution can be set individually for the front left front right rear left and rear right air conditioned areas How do I recognize which is my air conditioning system A Wide rocker switch and no AUTO button B AUTO button and REST button present C Button for rear control panel is present 64 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window Valid for Every Air Conditioning System Note on operation The air conditioner settings are stored on the respective remote control when switching off the ignition and locking the vehicle The Air flow OFF setting is stored for approx 60 minutes and the Recirculated air setting is stored for approx 20 minutes REST mode Using engine residual heat The residual heat of the engine can be used to heat the interior up to 20 minutes after the ignition has been switched off gt Press button Rest manual and 2 zone air conditioning or YZ 4 zone air conditio ning on the front control panel The air conditioning settings cannot be chan ged in REST mode Ending the function gt Press button Rest manual and 2 zone air conditioning or amp LE 4 zone air conditio ning on the front control panel Note on operation lf the battery voltage is too low REST mode is automatically ended ECON mode 1 Warning Risk of acci
75. display left monitoring area lf ParkAssist is activated the green light seg ments of the active warning indicators are lit up continuously lf the vehicle approaches an obstacle that has been detected by the sensors one or more of the yellow or red light segments lights up depending on the distance to the obstacle lf the first yellow light segment lights up the obstacle is still 48 in 120 cm to the front or 48 in to 59 in 120 to 150 cm to the rear away A brief signal tone sounds when reversing An intermittent tone sounds when the distance becomes less than approx 24 in 60 cm The fourth yellow light segment lights up A continuous tone sounds when the distance be comes less than approx 10 in 25 cm on vehic les with trailer coupling approx 14 in 35 cm The second red light segment lights up lf the obstacle is approached even closer the system may not be able to recognize the obstacle any longer gt Set the radio volume so that the signal tones are not drowned out You can have the volume of the signal tones adjusted to your own requirements at your authorized Porsche dealer Note on operation lf the obstacle is approached even closer after the continuous tone sounds and the second red light segment lights up the system may not be able to recognize the obstacle any longer Parking 239 Limits of ultrasonic measurement ParkAssist cannot detect sound absorbing obstacles
76. doing this Push the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm and snap it into place Carefully fold wiper arm back on to the rear window Emission Control System In the interest of clean air Pollution of our environment has become a problem that is of increasing concern to all of us We urge you to join us in our efforts for cleaner air in controlling the pollutants emitted from the auto mobile Porsche has developed an emission control system that controls or reduces those parts of the emission that can be harmful to our environment Your Porsche is equipped with such a system Porsche warrants the Emission Control System in your new car under the terms and conditions set forth in the Warranty Booklet You as the owner of the vehicle have the respon sibility to provide regular maintenance service for the vehicle and to keep a record of all mainte nance work performed To facilitate record keeping have the service performed by authorized Porsche dealers They have Porsche trained technicians and special tools to provide fast and efficient service To assure efficient operation of the Emission Control System gt Have your vehicle maintained properly and in accordance with the recommendations described in your Maintenance Booklet Lack of proper maintenance as well as improper use of the vehicle will impair the function of the emission control system and could lead to damage gt Do not alter or remove a
77. eae 267 Filling pressure EEEO A 348 OCMC ING a ee rey teeter tee 307 308 TNS WAN T eee eee 354 Warning light on speedometer cccccseeeeeees 141 Warning message on multi purpose display ere 15 ilter Air cleaner maintenance instructions 0 06 260 Particle filter maintenance instructions 200 Bre exineuis her a a res erent Sree ten Eee censor oe 40 Floor mats Care inStrUCtiONnS ccccscsecseeessseeeeeeeeeeas 277 Fluids and fuels Beea E A E E CO E eee 359 Engine oa e anes nrrnmmrn rere 101 E E ena art ee anon A 359 Hydraulic fluid for power steering ere COO OVErieW genera nega Mere AN e RO Ree lee ee a 359 Washer MUI E E a a OOO Folding key DIt INOUE re aaeeea a eee ce 16 Folding wedges to prevent OVINE e 296 Foor e e 163 Warning light cccccccceccscccsessseesssessnessnessees LOG Footwell lightning Dinine scee eee eereeeee E eer eeece Four wheel drive Functional description cccceesesssseeeeeseeeeeeeee 182 Warning message on multi purpose display 154 Four zone air conditioning Air Conditioning SENSOIS cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees JO Controlling rear air conditioned areas with the front control panel cceeeeseeseeeeeeeeees 79 Defrosting windshield sessen 2D Disablinig Control Panel Sar aiina Disabling control panel for air conditioned areas Git THE Cal or ssean a ceresenwtenenes sane er cmtectyet venmts went Operating overview front
78. ean eR Ne sD Ae PPR Ua ees 350 5 6 G2 21 cee nn ene ET OEE hat HOES 287 Wheel change meee a SOO Wiper blades J Car EE E are 274 Cara E a r 262 Replacing front so ssrsresssrorerreusnesnereeerisesre OL Wan Porsche Pme Drive a 19 Working on your vehicle i seeria 200 Wrench socket security wheel bolt eee sere ae eee 294 X Xenon Changing bulb for additional high beam Bi Xenon headlights cccccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 331 Changing bulb for cornering light Bi Xenon headlights 332 Changing gas discharge headlight Bi Xenon headlights 330 Installing headlights cccc ccccccssscceseeeseeeessees 328 Removing headlights ccccccccsssssesseeeeeeeeeenees 32 Index 379
79. eee ad Aio el reece ean rege E EE EEE RA OE DA 292 COMPrESSOT cecceecceccecceeessseeeeeeeesuseeeeeeeeeees 292 SPIC enn ee E eee Pa 293 Wheel Bolts ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 293 Changing Wheels 00c0eseeesseessssseessseeees 294 ae ae Wd earner cee ee ee eR Ea irae Merah 295 Lifting the Vehicle with a Lifting Platform or Garage lift 298 Electrical System icce A BEN e eeeminesheeea aceneteseatede 320 Replacing the remote control battery 322 Emergency Starting with Jumper Cables 323 Replacing Bulbs scccecceeeesesseeeeeeeeeeees 326 Headlights cccccessssssssssssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeness 327 TEIE 336 License Plate Lights cccccsssseeeeeeeeeees 338 Headlight Adjustment csssssessseeeseeees 339 Changing headlights from left to right hand traffic cccccceeee 340 Bulb Chart EEE PE eae 342 Tonne a a eee reee seer ecee naan eeee ees 342 Tire Pressure and Technical Data 346 Vehicle Identification ccccccccsseeseeeeeeeee eens 347 Engine Dala oeren e en ecsatewadeeness 349 Tires Rims Tracks ceecee 350 Tire Pressures Cold 68 F 20 C 354 VUGIULS E 356 Ground Clearance ccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 357 I L E S E 359 Dimensions errean E EE 360 Driving Pertormance ecserin 361 ndeX snnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn OO2 Table of Contents 9 Overview Illustrations Driver s
80. elements are locked in position by pushing against them 208 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage Inserting and adjusting the strap reel The strap reel is stored in the supplied bag together with the tie down rings in the luggage compartment or in the spare wheel well 1 Take the strap reel out of the bag 2 Press the button B on the end element of the strap reel and pull both elements out to the width of the two mounting rails Insert the two end elements of the strap reelin Inserting strap reel on one rail the openings A of the mounting rails 1 Press button B on the end element and pull Press both end elements down and push both elements apart slightly against the load 5 Release the end elements Check that the elements are locked in position by pushing against them Press button B and tension the strap so that the load cannot move Release button B Insert one end element of the strap reel in the opening A of a mounting rail press down and Slide into position Insert the second element in the same opening A press down and slide in the opposite direc tion Check that the elements are locked in position by pushing against them Press button B and place the strap around the item of luggage Tighten the belt so that the item of luggage Cannot move Release button B Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 209 Inserting and adjusting tie down rings rm
81. fitted in accordance with their marking The perception that tire durability and perfor mance are not affected by storage and age is unfounded Chemical additives which make the rubber elas tic lose their effectiveness over the course of time and the rubber becomes brittle and cracks Therefore the tires especially the spare tire should be inspected from time to time Minor Repairs 287 Note Under no circumstances should tires older than 6 years be used on your Porsche The age of the tire can be obtained from the DOT code number If for example the last three num bers read 1208 then the tire was produced in the 12th week of 2008 Snow tires The installation of Porsche approved winter tires Is recommended Use Porsche approved winter tires for grip on snow and ice For optimum performance stud ding can be considered Check with your local Motor Vehicle Bureau for possible restrictions 4 Danger Risk of loss of control and damage to the vehicle as well as serious personal injury or death The standard tires profile and rubber mixture are optimized for wet and dry driving condi tions and may not prove favorable for snow conditions gt Install winter tires before driving in such condi tions 288 Minor Repairs Before mounting winter tires consult with your Porsche dealer He has the technical information necessary to advise you on wheel and tire compa tibility gt Snow tir
82. injury or death if cleaning agents e g wheel cleaning agents come into contact with the brake discs The resulting film on the brake discs can impair braking performance gt Make sure that no cleaning agent comes into contact with the brake discs gt If cleaning agent has come into contact with the brake discs thoroughly clean the brake discs with a strong jet of water gt Paying attention to any road users behind you dry the brake discs by applying the brakes Pitting may occur if metallic particles which cause contact corrosion e g brass or copper in brake dust are allowed to remain on the aluminum too long gt f possible wash the wheels with a sponge or wash brush about every two weeks In areas where road salt or grit is spread on winter roads or there is a lot of airborne industrial dust it is best to clean the wheels weekly The Porsche Light Alloy Wheel Cleaner ph value 9 5 can be used for this purpose 2 6 Maintenance and Car Care If the ph value of the detergent is incorrect the protective coating on the wheels will be destroyed Polishes which dissolve oxides such as those frequently used for other metals or abrasive tools or agents are unsuitable because they break down the oxide film of the protective coating and will cause discoloration of the wheel gt Every three months after cleaning coat the wheels with a car wax or non corrosive grease e g vaseline Using a clean cloth tho
83. is activated for the front and rear areas In all other gearshift positions ParkAssist is activated for the front area Note On vehicles with manual transmission the parking assistant is not switched on in the rear area if the vehicle rolls backward without reverse gear engaged 1 Warning Risk of serious personal injury or death ParkAssist cannot detect small objects such as Children and pets Even when using ParkAssist the driver is still responsible for taking due care when parking and when assessing obstacles gt Make sure that no persons especially small children animals or obstacles are within the maneuvering area Switching ParkAssist on and off gt Switch ParkAssist on and off using button A in the roof console When ParkAssist is switched off the indicator light in the button lights up Note on operation It is a good idea to switch off ParkAssist when driving off road and on unpaved surfaces Parking 237 OF OFd Or 026 Front ultrasound sensors Sensors Six ultrasound sensors in the front and rear bumpers measure the distance to the closest obstacle Range of outer sensors front and rear approx 24 in 60 cm Range of front middle sensors arrow approx 48 in 120 cm 238 Parking Rear ultrasound sensors Range of rear middle sensors arrow only in vehicles without spare wheel bracket approx 59 in 150 cm Range of rear m
84. located on the left under the loadspace floor Vehicle identification number In accordance with Federal Safety Regulations the vehicle identification number of your car is lo cated at the bottom left of the windshield frame and can be seen from the outside and in the lug gage compartment on the right in front of the tool box Tire Pressure and Technical Data 347 OF72 2 16 Safety compliance sticker The safety compliance sticker is your assurance that your new Porsche complies with all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards which were in effect at the time the vehicle was manu factured The sticker also shows the month and year of pro duction and the vehicle identification number of your car perforations as well as the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and the Gross Axle Weight Rating 348 Tire Pressure and Technical Data For setting Partially Load 1 Correct the setting in the multi purpose dis play Please see the chapter SETTING VEHICLE LOADING AND ADJUSTING TIRE PRESSURE on Page 135 2 Correct the tire pressure Tire pressure plate The tire pressure plate is attached to the left hand door aperture The pressures shown on the tire pressure plate re fer to a fully loaded vehicle In case the combined weight of occupants and cargo does not exceed 260 kg or 573 Ibs the pressures for PARTIALLY LOADED may be used for greater driving com fort gt Please see the chap
85. lower storage tray 2 Unclip cover A underneath the rubber mat in the center console 6 Close sliding lfting roof To close the roof turn to the right To open the roof turn to the left 7 Remove the key and return it to the storage tray 8 Clip in cover gt Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer 5 Insert the key in opening C This requires a so mewhat greater effort Windows and Sliding Roofs 95 Brief overview Panorama roof system This brief overview does not replace the informa tion provided in the chapter Panorama roof system In particular warnings are not replaced by this brief overview What do I want to do Open roof completely roof elements 2 and 3 Open roof element 2 Open roof element 3 Lift roof element 3 Close roof 96 Windows and Sliding Roofs Elements of the Panorama roof system What do I have to do Turn switch to position C Turn switch to position B Turn switch to position E Turn switch to position D Turn switch to position A Lr it E ma o Switch in the roof console What do I see Roof elements 2 and 3 open Only roof element 2 opens Only roof element 3 opens Only roof element 3 is lifted All opened roof elements are closed Panorama roof system The Panorama roof system of your Porsche consists of a total of four roof elements Roof element 1 is the draft deflector This adjusts itself
86. multi purpose display you must subsequently update the settings in the TYRE PRESSURE sub menu 138 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Setting spare wheel 1 MAIN MENU gt TYRE PRESS gt SETTINGS gt TYRES gt SPARE WHEEL Select and confirm 2 Select SPARE WHEEL 3 Confirm selection The display automatically returns to the TYRE PRESSURE sub menu filling information The required tire pressures are displayed here Select BACK 4 Confirm selection The basic display appears O73 722 The spare wheel is not equipped with a wheel transmitter and is not monitored by Tire Pressure Monitoring The tire pressure warning light on the speedometer flashes about 60 seconds and lights up thereafter permanently when the ENTER button is pressed The value _ is displayed in the sub menu TYRE PRESSURE filling information at the position of the spare wheel The reminder SPARE WHEEL SEALING SET OPERATION appears each time the ignition Is switched on For information on spare wheel sealing set operation Please see the chapter NOTE ON SPARE WHEEL SEALING SET OPERA TION on Page 140 1 Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death The spare wheel is not equipped with a wheel transmitter and is not monitored by Tire Pressure Monitoring gt The spare wheel must be used only over short distances For information on handling and fitting removing the spare wheel Please
87. must be inspected by an authorized Porsche dealer at the intervals recommended in your Maintenance Booklet Important information If you sell your Porsche notify the purchaser that the vehicle is equipped with airbags and refer them to the chapter Airbag Systems in the owner s manual safety and disposal rules Further information on the airbag system can be found on stickers attached to the sun visors as well as on all airbag components For special recommendations on the use of child restraints gt Please see the chapter CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS on Page 49 Child Restraint Systems Porsche recommends that all infants and children be restrained in child restraint systems at all times while the vehicle is in motion in accordance with applicable laws gt Porsche recommends the use of L A T C H Lower Anchorage and Tether for Children equipped Porsche child seat Use only child restraint systems with the LATCH system recommended by Porsche These sys tems have been tested and adjusted to the interior of your Porsche and the appropriate child weight groups Other systems have not been tested and could entail an increased risk of injury You can obtain child seats that are LATCH compatible at your authorized Porsche dealer gt Always observe the separate installation instructions for your child seat The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 US states and the Canadian pro
88. nical locks using the lost key EJAT Panic button In dangerous situations or when one s own safety is threatened it is possible to draw attention to the situation by triggering an alarm To trigger an alarm gt Press button The horn sounds and the emergency flashers flash To stop the alarm gt Press button again The horn becomes silent and the emergency flashers go out Central Locking System USA KR55WK45032 Canada CAN 267 104 187 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation of this device is subject to the following two conditions t may not cause harmful interference and it must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifi cations to this equipment Such modification could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 1 Warning Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by Porsche could void the user s authority to operate this equipment Your vehicle is equipped with a central locking system The following are unlocked or locked together Doors Rear lid rear window Filler flap The central locking system is always activated when the vehicle is unlocked and locked On the multi purpose display of the instrument panel you can set diffe
89. not damaged 5 Secure straps to front of flat bed Release tension on hoist cable but do not dis connect Use hoist cable as a safety cable Recovering the vehicle Depending on the vehicle equipment the spare wheel well contains one or two towing lugs gt When recovering the vehicle always use two towing lugs if possible Screw in the towing lugs only at the front or rear Never screw them in so that one towing lug is at the front and one is at the back Minor Repairs 345 Tire Pressure and Technical Data Vehicle Identification ccccceccsseeeeeeeeeeeeees 347 Ete ie ala a cena arauetiay 349 Tires RIMS TraCkS cceccesseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 350 Tire Pressures Cold 68 F 20 C 354 WEIS TING a reqeuotetincent aa avese nigeutimentinevaed 356 Ground Clearance s on 357 Cee yee eee E eee 359 DIMENSIONS cic ccusecsevenanteatuntcennecenniderneaenmsaens 360 Driving Performance serere 361 346 Tire Pressure and Technical Data This label contains the following information 1 Vehicle Identification No 2 Type Type description 3 Engine code Transmission code 4 Paint No Interior 5 Optional equipment A duplicate of this label is in your Maintenance Booklet Note The data bank cannot be reordered when lost or damaged Vehicle Identification When ordering spare parts or making inquiries please always quote the vehicle identification number Data bank The data bank is
90. of the gt Adjust rotary switch A downwards 2 Front windshield wiper slow gt Move wiper stalk upwards to the second click 3 Front windshield wiper fast gt Move wiper stalk upwards to the third click At speeds of less than approx ca 2 5 mph 4 km h rain sensor operation mode is automatically activated if the windshield wiper is Switched on If you exceed a speed of approx 5 mph 8 km h the system switches to the preselected wiper level 4 Front windshield wiper one touch operation gt Move wiper stalk downwards The front windshield wipers go through one wipe cycle 5 Front windshield wipers and washer gt system Pull wiper stalk towards the steering wheel The washer system sprays and wipes while the lever is pulled towards the steering wheel When the wiper lever is released a few wipes are executed Headlight washer on vehicles with Bi Xe non headlights The washer sprays only while low beam or high beam Is switched on To activate the headlight washer system the wiper lever must be pulled for a longer period of time The headlight washer can be re activated at the earliest after five washing cycles The spray duration is limited Maintenance Note gt gt lf heavily soiled repeat wash Persistent dirt e g insect remains should be regularly removed Please see the chapter CAR CARE INSTRUCTIONS on Page 270 The front windshield washer nozzles are heated
91. of the fuel hydrocarbons may not be burned completely but may be discharged into the engine crankcase or exhaust system Additonal hydrocarbons may enter the atmosphere through evaporation of fuel from the fuel tank These hydrocarbons HC when released into the air contribute to undesirable pollution In addition carbon monoxide CO and oxides of nitrogen NOx contribute to engine emissions They too are formed during the combustion process and discharged into the exhaust system To reduce these pollutants your Porsche is equipped with a precisely calibrated fuel injection system to assure a finely balanced air fuel mixture under all operating conditions Oxygen sensor The oxygen sensor installed in the exhaust pipe continuously senses the oxygen content of the ex haust and signals the information to an electronic control unit The control unit corrects the air fuel ratio so the engine always receives an accurately metered air fuel mixture Crankcase ventilation Through crankcase ventilation undesirable emissions from the engine crankcase are not per mitted to reach the outside atmosphere These emissions are recirculated from the crankcase to the air intake system From here the emissions mix with the intake air and are later burned in the engine Catalytic converters The catalytic converters are efficient clean up devices built into the exhaust system of the vehicle The catalytic converters burn the
92. of the window being blocked and The windows are closed using the car key in the door lock comfort function The windows close with their full closing force 1N Warning Risk of serious personal injury If the rocker switch is pulled again within 10 seconds of the window being blocked the window will close with its full closing force gt Ensure that no one can be injured when the windows close One touch operation is disabled for 10 seconds after the door window Is obstructed Disabling power windows in the rear doors The power windows central locking buttons on the rear doors and the rear control panel for the air conditioning can be disabled by means of the safety button in the armrest of the driver s door Ae Switching child protection on off gt Press the safety button to switch child protec tion on and off The symbol in the safety button lights up if child protection is active If you unlock the vehicle with the key at the door lock only the driver s door is unlocked In order to prevent the alarm system from being triggered you must switch the ignition on within 15 seconds of opening the door On vehicles with and without Porsche Entry amp Drive Opening closing windows with car key 1 Warning Danger of injury The window will close with its full closing force gt Ensure that no one can be injured when the windows close gt Hold the car key in the door lock in th
93. oil dipstick MAX marking gt Do not top up engine oil MIN marking gt Top up engine oil immediately Cayenne oil dipstick MAX marking gt Do not top up engine oil A Normal marking gt Engine oil can be topped up MIN marking Top up engine oil immediately Topping up Engine Oil Porsche recommends Mobil H The right oil for your vehicle Vehicle Meets Viscosity approval class Cayenne S Porsche A40 SAE OW 402 Cayenne GTS SAE 5W 407 Cayenne S SAE 5W 504 Transsyberia Cayenne V6 Porsche C30 SAE 5W 302 1 Generally you can find specifications relating to manufacturer approvals on the oil containers or as a notice displayed by the retailer You can also ask your authorized Porsche dealer for the current approval status 2 SAE viscosity class Example SAE OW 40 Specification OW Viscosity specification for low temperatures winter Specification 40 Viscosity specification for high temperatures 3 For all temperature ranges For temperature ranges above 25 C Maintenance and Car Care 253 Always observe the following points Use only engine oils approved by Porsche This is a precondition for optimum and problem free operation of your vehicle The engine oil is changed regularly during servicing It is important that the service intervals particularly the oil change intervals are observed in accordance with the specificat
94. or parts which project be yond the contours of the vehicle may be damaged by design features e g brushes of automatic car washes 212 Maintenance and Car Care The following parts are particularly susceptible to damage Windshield wipers and rear wiper always switch them off wiper stalk in position O to prevent them wiping unintentionally in intermit tent or sensor operation Door mirrors always fold in External antennas always unscrew Roof Transport System always remove com pletely Off road roof mounted headlights always remove completely Spoiler Wheels the wider the rim and the lower the tire height the greater the risk of damage gt Please consult the operator before using automatic car washes gt Wash and dry by hand all points not reached by a car wash such as door and lid seams or door sills Note Automatic car washes spray water at odd angles and high pressures which are not seen in normal driving Therefore water can sometimes find its way into the passengers compartment during or Shortly after the car wash Paint gt Never rub a dusty car with a dry cloth since dust particles are abrasive and could dull and damage the surface finish The paintwork of your car is exposed to all types of mechanical and chemical conditions particular ly climatic ones such as bright sunlight rain frost and snow Ultraviolet light rapid changes in
95. out of the fender by approx 4 inch 10 cm 7 Press back the release tab of the plug D and pull plug off 8 Pull out headlight completely 328 Minor Repairs 4 Remove socket wrench C and replace in tool kit NS a0 j 5 Fit cover A and fold it down AG 6 Close lid 8 E A Cover C Socket wrench D Plug Installing headlights l Insert headlight in the guide rails connect plug D and then push the headlight fully into the fender Push headlight to the rear and simultaneously turn socket wrench C in the direction of the arrow The headlight locking device must perceptibly and audibly engage Check whether the headlight is seated securely Changing bulbs on Halogen headlights 3 Turn bulb socket B counter clockwise and remove Changing bulb for low beam high beam 1 Remove headlight For information on removing headlights Please see the chapter REMOVING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 327 2 Press down both release tabs A and remove cover 4 Insert bulb socket and turn in clockwise direc Remove defective bulb and replace tion Make sure that the bulb is installed in the correct position Fit cover on headlight Both release tabs must be fully engaged Install headlight For information on installing headlights Please see the chapter INSTALLING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 328 Check operation of bulbs Minor Repairs 329 Changing bulb for additional
96. park your vehicle where it may contact dry grass brush or other flammable materials The hot parts of the exhaust system could set such materials on fire thereby causing both property damage and severe or fatal physical injury gt Passengers must not be in the vehicle when it is jacked up gt Before you change a wheel be sure the ground is level and firm If necessary use a board under the jack to ensure that the jack does not sink into the ground gt Set the parking brake and block the wheels opposite the flat tire on the other side of the vehicle While operating the jack gt The jack is only to be used for changing a wheel Do not use it as a support to work under the car gt The car must be jacked up only at the illustra ted jacking points Lifting at any other place may damage the vehicle or may result in per Sonal injury Never jack the car up by the body or the bumpers gt For safety reasons do not use tire inflating bot tles Do not use commercially available sealant bottles Use only the tire inflating bottle located in the luggage compartment Sequence of operation 1N Warning The jack must be used only to raise the car for wheel changing The jack must never be used as a support to work underneath the vehicle If the jack is accidentally dislodged you or bystanders could suffer severe personal injury gt Never jack up other vehicles or other loads with the jack gt Always place the
97. part of servicing 260 Maintenance and Car Care Automatic Transmission Fluid The torque converter and the transmission are lubricated with Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF gt Please see the chapter CAPACITIES on Page 359 Do not tow the car or run the engine without ATF in the transmission The automatic transmission may be damaged by even a tiny speck of dirt only a Clean funnel or spout must be used when adding ATF The ATF and transmission oil has to be checked and changed at the intervals listed in your Mainte nance Schedule We recommend that you have the ATF and trans mission oil changed at your Porsche dealer who has the required lubricants and the necessary fil ling equipment If you suspect an oil leak in the transmission have your authorized Porsche dealer check it out imme diately Manual Transmission Oil The transmission oil has to be checked and chan ged at the intervals listed in your Maintenance Schedule gt Please see the chapter CAPACITIES on Page 359 We recommend that you have the transmission oil changed at your Porsche dealer who has the required lubricants and the necessary filling equip ment If you suspect an oil leak in the transmission have your authorized Porsche dealer check it out imme diately Wiper Blades Maintenance Notes Wiper blades that are in perfect condition are vital for a clear view gt Replace the wiper blades twice per
98. plug of the trailer is plugged into the towing vehicle and whether all lights function Driving with a trailer When towing a trailer you must under all circum stances adapt your speed to prevailing road and driving conditions Towing at excessive speed can result in loss of control Observe country specific laws for driving with trailers gt Carefully and gradually familiarize yourself with the handling and braking behavior of the car trailer combination Do not drive with the towing vehicle empty and the trailer loaded lf this unfavorable combination is unavoidable please drive especially slowly Bear in mind the different vehicle handling and size in situations such as braking parking cornering and overtaking etc The driving stability of the car trailer combina tion worsens as the speed increases There fore drive especially slowly on downhill stretches and in the case of unfavorable road and weather conditions such as wind Drive in an appropriately low gear on downhill Stretches in order to make use of the engine braking effect gt Slow down immediately if the trailer starts to sway Do not countersteer brake if necessary Never attempt to straighten out the car trailer combination by accelerating gt Activate Low Range when moving off on steep Slopes gt Under no circumstances may people animals or objects be in the space between the trailer and the towing vehicle when the vehicle is mo
99. quality and filling quan tities Please see the chapter CAPACITIES on Page 359 gt For information on fuel and refueling Please see the chapter REFUELING on Page 268 gt If the vehicle s inclination changes e g going uphill downhill minor deviations in the indica tion may occur Fuel reserve warning When the ignition is switched on or the engine is running the warning light on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel lights up if less than 3 gallons 12 liters of fuel remains in the tank or the range on remaining fuel falls below approx 30 miles 50 km gt Fill up at the next opportunity Caution A shortage of fuel may cause damage to the emission control system gt Never drive the tank dry gt If the warning lights have come on do not take turns at high speed gt For further information on the emission control system Please see the chapter HOW EMISSION CONTROL WORKS on Page 264 Speedometer The digital speedometer is integrated on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel An analog display is also located on the right next to the multi purpose display in the instrument panel J Odometer The displays for the total mileage and individual trips are located in the analog speedometer The upper display counts the total mileage the lower display counts the short trips After exceeding 6213 miles 9999 kilometers the short tr
100. rating on the tire sidewall on any tire on the vehicle Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tires Wheel change gt When wheels are removed mark the direction of rotation and position of each wheel Example FR front right FL RR and RL gt Always fit the wheels in accordance with the markings Snow chains 1 Warning Risk of damage to body axle or brake com ponents gt Use only the fine ink snow chains recommen ded and authorized by Porsche so that sufficient clearance between the wheel well and the chain is assured gt Please see the chapter TIRES RIMS TRACKS on Page 350 gt Follow instructions issued by the supplier of the chains The best possible handling characteristics are achieved when snow chains are fitted on all four wheels of the vehicle However it is also possible to fit snow chains on only one axle preferably the rear axle gt Remove spacers if 18 inch tires snow chains or acollapsible spare wheel are mounted t Caution Risk of damage to wheel housings if the spacers on the rear axle are not removed before fitting the snow chains gt 17 mm spacers must always be removed from the rear axle when snow chains are to be fitted gt For information on the spacers Please see the chapter SPACERS on Page 293 Please see the chapter CHANGING A WHEEL WITH REMOVAL OF 17 MM SPACER on Page 303 gt Before fitting chains remove accumul
101. roads gt Pay attention to the ground clearance of the Car Please see the chapter GROUND CLEARANCE on Page 35 7 1N Caution Risk of damage to the vehicle floor when driving through ruts that are too deep gt Always bear in mind the car s ground clearan ce gt Do not drive over ruts that are too deep Note on operation gt Activate the Low Range program and engage differential locks if necessary Tips on driving gt In cases of doubt drive with one wheel on the strip of grass between the ruts gt Avoid high engine speeds max 2 500 rpm gt Drive slowly Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage Folding rear seats forward and returning to PIE NIL OO SION evesmneanen austen aceteretcceyes 204 Load SDAL Cuccreessectscectos tse eee eee teeta cece 207 Cargo management system sseeeeeeeees 208 Luggage Compartment Cover ss cc 211 Luggage safety net ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 212 DL ae gee er A A E E E E 214 Roof Transport SyStem cccccccceseeeeeeeeeees 216 Off road roof mounted Headlights Cayenne S TransSyberia o c 217 Car Audio Operation TIDS cccccccssseeeeeeeeeeens 218 Porsche Communication Management POND eee rac ctaee cette cre sent auaseasanenceeen ees eeee sce 220 POG USB and AUA eee eee 221 SOLO e e AE sete E E A AE e EN T 222 DUN NCIGET teen et eee 226 ASNUHAY cccceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeesessseeeaenees Zel Cigarette Lighter eccerre 228
102. sary use a trailer with an adjustable drawbar gt When the vehicle is driven in the mountains the engine output decreases as altitude increases The maximum weights stated are the values at sea level The total permissable weight of the car trailer combination must therefore be re duced by 10 for each increment of 3 280 ft 1 000 meters altitude A fractional increment counts as the full 3 280 ft 1 000 meters Please take this into consideration when plan ning your route 234 Trailer Hitch Distributing the load gt Distribute the load in the trailer so that heavy objects are as close to the axle as possible Always safeguard all objects against slipping and tie them down securely You should make the best possible use of the trailer coupling s rated vertical coupling load when loading the trailer but never exceed it Tire pressure gt Select the vehicle tire pressure for full load when towing a trailer Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 Check the tire pressure of the trailer s wheels according to the manufacturer s instructions Door mirrors gt f the width of the trailer obstructs your view of the traffic behind the trailer you must have additional door mirrors fitted Headlights lights gt Always check the headlight adjustment before driving with a trailer If necessary correct with the headlight beam adjustment function Check whether the
103. secese 192 Raising with level CONEOL O 19M Recovering ccce O40 Securing the vehicle against rolling A D A S S Storage eee eee tO ir eR ean eee Etre ne ee OLL Storing your POrSChEssesscesesseseesessesseseesessesseseee 278 TOWING E nce cient E wets Ore porine a E 192 Vehicle door Lackne ronin de esis cuetraecesetereersvess a Locking with Porsche Entry amp Drive keyless ee Locking with the car key remote control 21 Unlocking with Porsche Entry amp Drive keyless Unlocking with the car key Compte control cem 50 Vehicle height Technical data ccccessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 360 Vehicle key remote control Changing battery cccccccscccsccssecesseeseeseenssnes GOD Emergency operation of key i in ignition lock renee 159 Locking the vehicle doof s scsseseeseesersssseeeee OL Opening closing Panorama roof system EEN 99 Opening closing sliding lifting roof 0 93 Opening closing windows without Porsche Entry amp Drive asss 89 Unlocking the vehicle door cccceceseeceeeeeeeeeees 20 Vehicle length Technical data cccceeseessessseeeees 300 Vehicle width Technical data seeen GOO E EE EE A ceiver tenis 64 70 Vents A E T E 79 Opening closing 2222 eecces ester eee LO Venue Al COMPING OAC ceeeeene eee ereee cece ross cee sees senees 231 VOCE Onir tere me eo en Et Sem a 106 Voltage indication ea a a 121 OA E E E S E S 121 Battery alternator WarMing ccsesceseeeeseeeeees 121
104. sensor Highway driving Note on operation Fog is not recognized gt Inthe event of fog the driving light must be Switched on manually 1 Warning Risk of accident due to driving without lights gt Always carefully monitor the automatic driving light control Highway function The light is switched on at speeds of over 87 mph 140 km h If you are travelling slower than 40 mph 65 km h the driving light is switched off after a delay of approx 2 minutes if the external lighting conditions permit Rain function The driving light is switched on after five seconds of continuous wiper operation The driving light is switched off approx 4 minutes after the wipers have stopped Off delay and door surrounding lighting Off delay and door surrounding lighting are active when the automatic driving light assistant is Switched on gt Please see the chapter DOOR SURROUNDING LIGHTING on Page 109 gt Please see the chapter COMING HOME FUNCTION AUTO SHUT OFF DELAY on Page 109 Daytime driving lights Regulations for switching daytime driving lights on and off vary according to the legal requirements in each country The position lights at the front and rear and the low beam headlight come on when the ignition is switched on The instrument and switch illumination in the interior of the vehicle remains off The daytime driving lights go off when the ignition is Switched off A warni
105. settings Memory cccceeceeeeseseeeeeeees 56 Switching heating On Off ccccseeeessssssseeeeeeees 56 io one a eRe E a rene SR ee Aine RTs 14 When towing a trailer ccccccssssssssssesuessssssseas 2O4 POOL OPENIN reree te ae RE 21 Door trim panel Bom e E ne eae cae eee an 109 Door surrounding lighting SVE INN ON ees rece seer eee ere 109 Drawer under right front seat l Openin Jonee 225 Drinks holder Cosme rean on Vege nat ape a7 e a eR PERE RE er a roger Pen ORO T 226 PO A coer pees E E ss aera eaeeraueeeee 227 S Removing insert FON voeeesseessevessseessuessseessseeeen 226 Driving EEO aoe Reenter he eter Pe pera Be ener ne Ore Oo 233 fa eee eee E Cdr nana Feta Moa ene aaD 239 ATC Cl ee eee cee teen ner AC ooh eee eheeie Perec 175 Driving light assistant Switching on light SWitCh ccce 104 Driving off road Crossing obstacles a 201 Downnill driving eeaeee eaa l 9O Driving systems for off road driving TEE 196 Engaging the center differential lock 066 178 Engaging the rear differential loCK ccccceeeeees 178 Low Range Paen indicator light 179 Rules tor driving eeaeee enea a 195 SANG E een cee teen a a ray a E 201 Setting special terrain leVel ccseseesseeesseeeseeesees 191 Setting terrain level LO Switching on Low Range reduction cere ee 178 Viele Aico ee epee a enna iene tr E 202 UPN ICING oa cesacnavctoasnecnmssterssattessecesdeecttonrse 197 Water Crossing 25sec eee 199 Driv
106. side C The passenger s mirror swivels downwards 6 Adjust the passenger s mirror to the required setting 7 Briefly press the SET memory button and within 10 seconds hold down the person button on which the setting is to be stored until an acknowledge tone is obtained Storing passenger seat settings 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Switch ignition on 3 Adjust seat position and belt height 4 Briefly press the SET memory button and within 10 seconds hold down one of the per son buttons 1 2 or 3 until an acknowledge tone is obtained Automatic storage driver s seat lf settings were changed after the driver s door was opened these new settings are temporarily stored when the vehicle is locked This storage is deleted if the vehicle is unlocked with a programed key and the driver s door is opened Then the settings of the key used is recalled Ps z 40 Easy Entry Function The Easy Entry function makes it easier for you to get in and out of the car Warning Risk of crushing if persons are behind the driver s seat when settings are recalled Risk of damage if the rear seat bench is fol ded forward when settings are recalled gt Switch off the Easy Entry function if there are persons behind the driver s seat or if the rear seat bench is folded forward Switching Easy Entry function on and off gt Press switch A Entering the vehicle When the driver s door is o
107. spare wheel bracket 309 Removing fitting spacers 303 Replacing tires general information eee eee ee ee eee eee sense eee Pee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee eee eee Snow chains general information S oe wheel general information 00000006 309 0 E a Tire pressure data bar psi Pee eee eee eee eee ee eee seen eee Pee eee eee eee Pee eee eee eee eee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee tee ee los EE en ne Meee 281 ee on vehicles without air suspension 292 E E eee cree EE ETS SCrEWATIVED iiinn 292 WEES EE EE 290 Wheel bolt wrench cccccescceccceseececeeneeceneeeneeens 292 Torque Technical data cccceccsesseeeeseeeeeseeeeseseeseees G49 Towing GC Ione easeree a are E oll General information cccccccssesseeseseesseeseeeseeeees 342 Screwing in front towing HOOK G44 Screwing in rear towing hOOk ssseeeeeeeeeeees 343 Fos me 01 eee pesene Sten ie peice d Towing hook when recovering the vehicle 345 Towing ODE N 42 Track E eee aE E aD eco AIGA EPs E Ui ere The E ee 198 Traction control system T CS Functional description lt ccccccxnccevessereareceerasssessees 182 Trailer COPINE 230 Do a E E E Erect om RarkAsioT a cased cvetsereceeecuns ac 240 Electrical connection ees eeeeerare reran 230 Hit nne eresene nese ace tana cemesace necdreyat cemns ornare 230 OPE eececaes ss saspocetstetsaeetesstesteeseerceec OU Rewon eeu thes
108. sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight The load rating is the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure The maximum load rating is the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pres sure The cargo capacity is the permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of passengers from the load limit gt Never exceed the permissible limits 4 Danger Risk of personal injury or death Injuries are much more likely in an accident if persons ride in the cargo area gt Persons must ride only on the seats provided for this purpose gt Make sure that everybody fastens their safety belts Risk of loss of control damage to the vehicle and serious personal injury or death gt Never exceed the specified axle loads Over loading can shorten the service life of the tires and car as well as lead to dangerous vehicle reactions and long braking distances Damage due to overloading is not covered by the vehicle warranty Trailer Hitch 23 1 E334 Load limit 1 400 ib 640 kgl 150 ib 150 Ib 300 lb 70 kg 70 kg 140 ke Occupants 6 Load limit 1 400 ib vhs 640 ke 150 Ib x4 600 ib 70 kg x 4 280 kg Example for determining the combined weight of occu pants and cargo Vehicle Load Capacity gt The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed the weight s
109. system ceases to function lf the vehicle was locked before the battery was disconnected the alarm will be triggered when the battery is reconnected To deactivate the alarm system gt Lock the vehicle and unlock it again Alarm system central locking The status of the central locking and alarm system is not changed by disconnecting the battery Maintenance Notes Even if you put your vehicle out of operation the battery still discharges The battery will discharge more quickly if your ve hicle is not driven on a daily basis over a distance of several miles The more often you drive your ve hicle and the longer the distance driven on each trip the more opportunity the vehicle s charging system will have to recharge the batteries gt To preserve its efficiency charge the battery about every 6 weeks gt Check the battery acid level and top off with distilled water if necessary gt Store a battery that has been removed in a dark cool place but not subject to freezing Replacing the battery The service life of the battery is subject to normal wear it depends greatly on care climatic conditi ons and driving conditions distances loads gt Only use an original Porsche battery with the correct part number as a replacement Only this battery meets the specific requirements of the vehicle gt Please observe the disposal instructions for batteries Minor Repairs 32 1 Putting vehicle into ope
110. tem perature rain snow industrial dust and chemical deposits constantly attack the paint which is only able to withstand such exposure in the long term if it is given regular care and attention gt Donotapply silicone polishes to the windshield or window gt Do not treat mattpainted components with preservatives or polishes otherwise the matt effect will be lost Preservation The paint surface becomes dull over time due to weathering It is therefore necessary to preserve the paint regularly This keeps the paint shiny and elastic Dirt is prevented from adhering to the paint surface and industrial dust is prevented from penetrating the paint Provided it is washed and treated with preserva tive regularly the brand new finish of your car will be retained for years to come gt Simply apply paint preservative after washing the car and polish it smooth Polishing Do not resort to using Porsche polish until it becomes evident that the normal preservatives no longer produce the desired finish Removing spots and stains gt Remove tar stains grease oil spots and dead insects etc as soon as possible with Insect Re mover They can cause discoloration if allowed to remain on the paintwork gt Wash the affected area immediately after treating it Minor paint damage gt Have minor paint damage such as scratches scores or chips caused by flying stones repaired immediately by your authorized Porsch
111. than 10 W please consult your authorized Porsche dealer for this purpose He is familiar with the technical requirements for installing devices of this kind The antennas for all radios and telephones with a transmitting antenna must be externally mounted The improper installation of radios or telephones or use of a radio or telephone with a transmitting antenna inside the car may cause the warning lights to come on Improper installation of such equipment can create a discharged battery or excessive current draw from added equipment Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 2 19 lf aftermarket systems are installed by non dealer ship technicians or outside the selling dealer problems may result Installation of aftermarket equipment is not covered under the New Car Warranty gt Consult your authorized Porsche dealer about the installation of non Porsche approved equip ment Reception quality The reception quality of your car telephone will change constantly when you are driving Interfe rence caused by buildings landscape and wea ther is unavoidable It may become particularly difficult to hear when using the hands free function due to external noise such as engine and wind noise Automatic car wash gt Unscrew external antennas before using an au tomatic car wash Porsche Communication Management PCM 1 Warning There is danger of accident if you set or operate the on board computer r
112. the Tire Pressure Monitoring system and cannot be changed The following settings must be made to permit correct monitoring Tires Select the type and size of the tires fitted on the vehicle Load Select the type of loading Note on operation Settings can be made only when the vehicle is stationary gt For information on tires and wheels Please see the chapter TIRES WHEELS on Page 281 a Warning light 1 Warning Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPM malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPM malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle Start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPM malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPM from functioning properly Always check the TPM malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPM to continue to function properly Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 133
113. the central locking system operating the lock barrel in the driver s door will lock all functioning locking elements of the central locking system gt For information on locking the doors by means of the emergency operation Please see the chapter NOT ALL VEHICLE DOORS ARE LOCKED on Page 32 gt Have faults in the central locking system reme died at an authorized Porsche dealer Opening and Locking 31 Not all vehicle doors are locked The central locking system has failed The doors must be locked with the emergency locking device 1 Open the passenger s door 2 Remove cover A 32 Opening and Locking 3 Press red slide B with the key bit in the direction of the arrow For information on folding out the key bit Please see the chapter FOLDING OUT THE KEY BIT on Page 16 4 Fit cover A again 5 Repeat procedure at the rear doors 6 Close all doors 7 Lock the driver s door with the key in the door lock Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel Seat and Headrest ccecce 34 Front seat with MEMOLy ccccccccceeeeeeeeenenees 37 Easy Entry FUNCTION cccccccceceeseseeeeeeeeeeees 39 Fire Extinguisher cccsssssssseeeeeeeeeseeeeeenees 40 Heated Seats Front and Rear cccccceee 40 Sate ly BENG sarcen eo ates ts A ENEE EE 42 ADAS Oy SUSI eee eee tne vautent eenrasees ye saeeer 45 Child Restraint SySteMs scce 49 LATCH Child Seat System n 53 Child Restraint Anchorages
114. the wiper system is switched off and then on again Opening and Locking 29 1 Pull the release lever arrow The engine compartment lid is now unlocked 30 Opening and Locking OF 029 2 Unlatch safety catch A 3 Open the lid completely Closing 1 Danger Risk of loss of control or an accident resul ting in serious personal injury or death gt Should you notice at any time while driving that one of the lids is not secured properly please stop immediately in a suitable place and close it The front lid may fly up impairing vision 1 Lower lid and let it fall into the lock If neces sary push the lid closed with the palm of your hand in the area of the lock 2 Check that the lid has correctly engaged in the lock When the vehicle is in motion a message will be displayed on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel if the lid is not closed properly Malfunctions when opening and closing Emergency operation of rear lid lf the rear lid cannot be opened with the radio re mote control e g if the battery of the remote control is dead the emergency operation must be performed 1 Unlock and open the driver s door with the car key 2 Switch on the ignition so that the alarm system will not be triggered 3 Check if the TAILGATE function Is activated in the multi purpose display of the instrument panel Please see the chapter SETTING REAR LID LOCKING on Page 144
115. to readjust the headlights Height adjustment for low beam Repositioning headlights high beam and additional high beam 1 Please see the chapter REMOVING HEAD Switch ignition on LIGHTS on Page 327 Siono beam and or heh beam Remove headlight Press down both release tabs A and remove cover Open engine compartment lid Place allen key 6 mm on adjusting screw oO Aa W N F amp F Adjust low beam in direction of the arrow 340 Minor Repairs Halogen headlights Xenon headlight 2 Push lever B down to the stop 3 Turn spindle C in clockwise direction to the stop using a crosshead screwdriver 4 Fit cover on headlight Both release tabs A must be fully engaged 5 Install headlight Please see the chapter INSTALLING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 328 6 Reposition the other headlight Minor Repairs 341 Bulb Chart Exterior lights Halogen low beam and high beam Xenon low beam and high beam Side marker lights front Turn signal light rear Turn signal light front License plate light Fog light Rear fog light Back up light Additional high beam Cornering light Interior lights Interior light front Reading light Footwell light Glove compartment light Center console Curb lights doors Warning lights doors Curb light rear lid Guard light rear lid Luggage compartment light 342 Minor Repairs Type rating H7 DIS W5W P21W PY21W COW H11 P21W P21W H7 H11
116. turn in clockwise direc tion Make sure that the bulb is installed in the correct position Fit cover on headlight Both release tabs must be fully engaged Install headlight For information on installing headlights Please see the chapter INSTALLING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 328 Check operation of bulbs 332 Minor Repairs Changing lamp for static cornering light 3 Turn bulb socket B counter clockwise and l Remove headlight remove For information on removing headlights Please see the chapter REMOVING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 327 Press down both release tabs A and remove Cover Pull both release tabs on the plug apart and pull plug out of lamp socket Replace defective bulb Make sure that the bulb is installed in the correct position Fit cover on headlight Both release tabs must be fully engaged Install headlight For information on installing headlights Please see the chapter INSTALLING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 328 Check operation of bulbs Changing bulb for turn signal and side marker light Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 1 Remove headlight For information on removing headlights Please see the chapter REMOVING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 327 2 Press release tab on the bulb housing in the direction of the arrow and at the same time push forward to the first detent A GT 103 3 Press release tab A in direction of arrow again
117. unit manufacturer gt Always cover the lid over the brake fluid reser voir prior to cleaning Never point the cleaning jet directly at the lid gt When cleaning with a flat jet nozzle or the like maintain a minimum distance of 21 in 50 cm gt Never use high pressure cleaning equipment steam cleaners etc with a round jet nozzle High pressure cleaning equipment with a round nozzle will damage your vehicle The tires are particularly susceptible to damage gt Do not point the cleaning jet directly at any of the aforementioned components Decorative foils t Caution Risk of damage due to separation of the de corative foils when using high pressure clea ning equipment steam cleaners or similar cleaning equipment gt Do not use high pressure cleaning equipment steam cleaners etc to clean decorative foils Door lock gt To prevent the door lock from freezing during the cold season cover the lock barrel with a Suitable adhesive tape during washing Should the locks freeze use an ordinary de icer In many cases a well warmed key can help Never use excessive force Washing The best protection for the car from the damaging effects of the environment is frequent washing and preservation The underside of the car should also be thoroughly washed for cinders salt or sanding at winter s end The longer salt road dust industrial dust insect remains bird excrement and tree exudations r
118. up gt Only select recirculating air mode for short periods gt lf windows mist up end recirculating air mode by pressing the recirculating air button again and selecting the function Defrost wind Shield gt Press button OS twice Indicator light in button lights up The outside air supply is interrupted and only the inside air is circulated Note on operation When the air conditioning compressor is switched off manually or automatically recirculating air mode ends after approx 3 minutes Brief Overview Automatically Controlled 4 Zone Air Conditioning System Front Control Panel This brief overview does not replace the informa tion provided in the chapter Automatically Controlled 4 Zone Air Conditioning In particular warnings are not replaced by this brief overview What do I want to do Switching on automatic air conditioning system at front Setting temperature at front Setting air quantity at front Setting air distribution at front Defrosting windshield What do I have to do Press button C Left side Push button H up warmer or down colder Right side Push button Q up warmer or down colder Left side Push button G up more or down less Right side Push button R up more or down less Air to windshield left or right side Press button I or P Air to central and side vents left or right side Press button K or N Air to footwell left or right side Pr
119. vehicle resul ting in serious personal injury or death gt Operate the components while driving only if the traffic situation allows you to do so safely gt Carry out any complicated operating or setting procedures only with the vehicle stationary Engine Exhaust 1 Danger Engine exhaust is dangerous if inhaled Engine exhaust fumes have many compo nents which you can smell They also contain carbon monoxide CQ which is a colorless and odorless gas Carbon monoxide can cause unconscious ness and even death if inhaled gt Never start or let the engine run in an en closed unventilated area It is not recommended to sit in your car for prolonged periods with the engine on and the car not moving California Proposition 65 Warning 1 Warning Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemi cals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc tive harm Hot Exhaust Pipes 1N Warning Risk of burn injury when standing near or coming into contact with the exhaust pipe The exhaust pipe is hot when the vehicle is running and remains hot for some time after the vehicle is turned off gt To preve
120. visor A down to prevent dazzle from the front gt lf you are dazzled from the side unclip sun visor A from the inner bracket and swivel it round so that it is in front of the door window You can also swivel sun visor B downwards Note on operation gt Please note that sun visor B must be swivelled upwards before swivelling back sun visor A Otherwise sun visor B can no longer be Swivelled upwards 62 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel Make up mirror The make up mirror on the rear of the sun visor is closed with a sliding cover 1 Warning Risk of injury in an accident gt Keep the sliding cover closed while driving gt The make up mirror illumination is switched on automatically when the sliding cover is opened arrow i Sun Blinds Rear Side Windows The sun blinds in the rear door trim panels can be pulled out and secured in the holders A 4 Caution Risk of damage gt Pull out sun blinds during the journey only when door windows are closed Retracting sun blinds gt Disengage the sun blind from holders A and carefully guide it back into the retractor roller Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window Opening the Cover Flap of the Air Conditioning Control Panel 000 64 Overview of Air Conditioning Systems 64 Valid for Every Air Conditioning System 65 Brief Overview Manual Air Conditioning 66 Manual Air Conditio
121. when traffic conditions and the road surface so permit Switching cruise control readiness off gt Push forward the operating lever to position 2 until it clicks audibly into place The memory is cleared and the green readiness light goes out When the vehicle is parked and the ignition switched off the memory is cleared Tip on driving On upward or downward slopes the set speed cannot always be maintained by cruise control gt To obtain sufficient engine braking or a better engine speed range therefore you have to change down to a lower gear Manual transmission clutch Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious perso nal injury or death gt Do not obstruct the pedal travel with floor mats or other objects To avoid damage to the clutch and transmis sion gt Always depress the clutch pedal fully when changing gears Make sure that the gearshift lever is completely engaged gt Only shift into reverse when the car has come to a complete stop Floor mats of the correct size and with the appropriate fasteners are available from your authorized Porsche dealer The positions of the gears are shown on the shift diagram on the gearshift lever gt When shifting gears always ensure that the clutch pedal is fully depressed and the gear has fully engaged gt Select reverse only when vehicle is stationary gt Select an appropriately low gear on upward and downward slopes This wil
122. when the ignition is on as a precaution against freezing However this does not replace the use of antifreeze 6 Rear window wiper intermittent gt operation Move wiper stalk forwards to the first click The rear window wiper wipes at preset intervals 7 Rear window wiper one touch gt operation Push wiper stalk forward briefly The washer system sprays and the rear window wiper goes through three wipe cycles Rear window wiper and washer system Push wiper stalk forwards as far as it will go The washer system sprays and wipes while the lever is pulled away from the steering wheel When the wiper lever is released a few drying wipes are executed Maintenance Note gt Periodically clean the wiper blades with window cleaner especially after the vehicle has been washed in a car wash We recommend the Porsche window cleaner In the event of heavy soiling e g insect residue the blades can be cleaned with a sponge or a cloth lf the wiper blades rub or squeak this may have the following causes f the vehicle is washed in an automatic car wash wax residues may adhere to the wind Shield These wax residues can be removed only by using window cleaner concentrate gt Please see the chapter WASHER FLUID on Page 258 gt Please contact your authorized Porsche dealer for further information The wiper blades may be damaged or worn gt Replace damaged or worn wiper blades as
123. with the receiver of the garage door ope ner after programming 5 Repeat steps 1 to 4 to program the other buttons Synchronization for changeable code systems 1 To synchronize the system Press the programming button on the receiver of the garage door opener Afterwards you usually have approx 30 seconds to initiate step 2 Press the previously programmed button on the keypad three times for approx 1 second Changeable code synchronization is now com pleted Repeat steps 1 to 2 to synchronize other signals to the other buttons Note gt Please consult an authorized Porsche dealer if you have not been able to successfully assign Signals to the buttons even though you have carefully followed the instructions in this section and the operating instructions for the original remote control Your authorized Porsche dealer also has a list of all compatible garage door opener systems Operating the garage door opener gt Press the corresponding button on keypad A Light emitting diode B lights up continuously during signal transmission with fixed code systems In the case of signal transmission for change able code systems light emitting diode B repeatedly lights up rapidly for a short time and then lights up continuously for approx 2 seconds Parking 243 Alarm System and Theft Protection Alarm System and Passenger Compartment Monitoring 245 244 Alarm System and Theft Prote
124. 00 Adjusting as parking BID cooecceccssecsesseseeseeseseeseesee DO Adjusting synchronously scere DO Driving with a trailer 234 gel ae ae eae tr neice Sorte eRe cae eee 55 Storing setting as parking a ee nein Senet 38 Switching heating on off 56 Uioldine e ete me ut ey ance ne pe Merrett 55 When towing a trailer nccc 234 PCCB Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake General information ccccccscsseeeeesseeceeseeeeeeeneaes 3 PCM Porsche Communication Management eee 220 PDCC Porsche Dynamic Chassis Control Functional description ccccccseseeeseeeeseeeeeeeenees 194 OIE eee eee eee eee eee cee 181 Warning message on the multi purpose display 194 Performance Technical data 349 Person DUttONS E 37 Petrol PUTO GE sage m a Fuel reserve Warning LOO General information ccs cesscceeecceesceeeeeeedscneeadeese 269 Octane ratih aaeain narea LOI Portable fuel containers ccssscssseessseesseesseessees 3 TEE A one Aes E E E E E E 268 Tank apaci Supra ee re vane aren 268 359 Plastic components Care instructions 215 Porsche Active Suspension Management PASM Functional description cscceeseesseeeeeeeneees 193 OETI Sees eceetree eee ee ee Oo Selecting the running gear Setup ee cary 193 Warning light and warning message 193 Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake PCCB General information ccccccccsssssseeeeseeseeeeseeneneees Porsche Communication Management PCM eee rere 220 Porsche
125. 100 km h Maximum speed when driving with a trailer Top track speed Acceleration O 60 mph 96 km h Acceleration O 62 mph 100 km h Maximum speed when driving with a trailer Cayenne Cayenne Cayenne S manual transmission Tiptronic S Tiptronic S 141 mph 227 km h 141 mph 227 km h 155 mph 250 km h 7 5 seconds 7 9 seconds 6 4 seconds 8 1 seconds 8 5 seconds 6 8 seconds Observe country specific laws for driving with trailers Cayenne GTS Cayenne GTS Cayenne S Transsyberia Cayenne S Transsyberia manual transmission Tiptronic S 157 mph 253 km h 156 mph 251 km h 5 7 seconds 6 1 seconds 6 1 seconds 6 5 seconds Observe country specific laws for driving with trailers Tire Pressure and Technical Data 361 Index 2 zone air conditioning Air Conditioning Sensors ssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee DL Defrosting Windshield ccccsssseseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees ZO Functional desorption ese arean Information on air conditioning compressor 65 Opening the cover lap esee reae eee Od Operating OVErVieW ccccceceessessessesseeserseesseeaeas AO Re SOC Eas camera mie ieetienseeceat ewan 65 Setting air distribution 222252 2eetsee te eect 2 Setting air quantity ct eeaeee ra a Seine 1am a a a d Setting temperature ccccccccseeseeseeeseeeeeeeeeeees 71 E tee eee tenes Switching air conditioning compressor On off oe 65 Switching automatic mode on off ccecceeee ZL Switching ECON mod
126. 191 Setting normal level iiser 191 Setting special terrain level n se LOL Setting terrain level eeseeseeeeseeseseeseeeessn LOL Special terrain level cccceceeeeeeeeseeeeeen 190 Switching ON and Off eeeceeeeeeeeeeteees eeecee eeeereess ace 192 Warning message on the multi piles display 192 Licenseplate WOME aa ss toncessccceecteceeseseecueseanes 109 Lid Luggage COMP ANENEME ecceccceecccesseccacecsassareeceecse 23 Lifting Gate iter E eee 298 VETE Nn a eg ag E a SRC Tena 299 ATR cee E E 298 Light Headlight flasher sciicict cccecesescctcecce thectecesteences 106 Switching daytime driving lights on off 5 145 Switching on Coming Home function 0660 109 Switching on when entering the vehicle 109 Switching on when leaving the vehicle 109 Light alloy wheels Care IMSUMUHONS22t 5 ceaacees eaacecerssceqcerteseeaeseee 2 Tass m Toul p peep a aes ian cevmnen a nrceaeaneten bad mnens 291 Gemt seamen OO Light switch Functional description auto function 104 E E ee eee LU Switching on auto position ee od Lighting Switching on when entering the vehicle 109 Index 369 Lights Coe ANG ENLIC TION a essere ecneueeceesereere 2 6 CHENE a seen creinaceacde enecraieeainecanvearetes 326 ed ere E et ener ae ere ei ree 342 Dimming comfort lighting occcccccesesseeseeses Boece 109 Dimming TOOTWEN WON a a 109 Switching front reading li
127. 6 00 4 6 Gane nere tere nee tener Steering wheel and instrument cluster Center console front n 10 Overview Illustrations CoD ll Driver s cockpit 1 Power Lift Gate See Page 23 2 Power Windows See Page 87 3 lInner door Handle See Page 28 4 Door mirror adjustment See Page 55 5 Engine compartment lid release See Page 29 6 Parking brake See Page 162 7 Diagnostic socket 8 Parking brake release See Page 162 9 Ignition lock steering lock See Page 158 10 Seat adjustment See Page 34 11 Instrument lighting knob See Page 105 12 Light switch See Page 104 Overview Illustrations 1 1 7 8 9 10 1i 12 Steering wheel and instrument Ea E cluster 1 Tiptronic rocker switches See Page 58 2 Turn signals See Page 106 3 Cruise control See Page 167 4 Function keys See Page 60 5 Horn See Page 58 6 Windshield wipers See Page 111 7 Tachometer See Page 120 8 Clock See Page 123 9 Cooling system temperature gage See Page 122 10 Multi purpose display See Page 124 11 Fuel gage See Page 120 12 O0dometer See Page 121 1 23 4 5 4 6 1 12 Overview Illustrations Center console front 1 Porsche Communication Management PCM See separate operating instructions 2 Air conditioner See Page 64 3 Ashtray cigarette lighter See Page 226 4 Cupholder See Page 226 5 Reduction Low Range differential locks See Page 177 6 Spo
128. 8 109 Y XL 275 45 R 19 108 Y XL 275 40 R 20 106 Y XL 275 40 R 20 106 Y XL 295 35 R 21 107 Y XL 295 35 R 21 107 Y XL 255 55 R 18 109 V XL2 4 255 50 R 19 107 V XL 4 275 40 R 20 106 V XL 275 40 R 20 106 V XL 255 55 R 18 109 V XL2 4 275 45 R 19 108 V XL3 4 195 75 18 195 65 19 Wheel front rear 8Jx18 9Jx19 9Jx20 9 J x 20 10 J x 20 10Jx 21 10Jx 21 8Jx18 9Jx19 9Jx20 9 J x 20 10 J x 20 8Jx18 9Jx19 6 5x18 6 5x 19 Rim offset front rear 2 24 in 2 36 in 2 36 in 2 36 in 2 17 in 1 97 in 1 97 in 1 77 in 2 24 in 2 36 in 2 36 in 2 36 in 2 17 in 2 24 in 2 36 in 2 09 in 1 71 in 53 mm 43 5 mm Track front 64 8 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 65 4 in 65 4 in 64 8 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 64 8 in 64 6 in Tire Pressure and Technical Data 35 1 1647 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1661 mm 1661 mm 1647 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1647 mm 1641 mm rear 65 4 in 65 2 In 65 2 in 65 6 in 66 0 in 66 4 in 65 4 in 65 2 In 65 2 in 65 6 in 65 4 in 65 2 In 1662 mm 1656 mm 1656 mm 1666 mm 1676 mm 1686 mm 1662 mm 1656 mm 1656 mm 1666 mm 1662 mm 1656 mm Cayenne GTS Summer tires Winter tires All Season Collapsible spare wheel Tires 255 55 R18 109 Y XL 275 45 R 19 108 Y XL 275 40 R 20 106 Y X
129. A B and C and they represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under con trolled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this is based on braking straight ahead traction tests and does not include cornering turned traction acceleration hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the genera tion of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperatures can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 1N Warning The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinfla tion or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure resulting loss of control leading to serious personal i
130. Brake crrr 162 Brake ccccccccsccccccccceeeeeeeeueueuuusuueeseeeeeeeness 163 Cruise Control nerien ride savtesee atten aunts 167 Manual transmission CIUtCH ccecce 169 MORONE S races a Selector Lever Positions 171 Driving Programs for On Road and Off Road Driving ENE FO AEA E T 177 Power Transmission and Running Gear Control Systems cccccceee 181 Air Suspension with Level Control and FICIShiL Adjustment ea a aa 190 Porsche Active Suspension Management PASERO E 193 Porsche Dynamic Chassis Control PDCC 194 Off Road Driving sarerea LO Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 203 Folding rear seats forward and returning to upright positions wis szi cents eeusiccrnrtenrentnritinn OF GAG PaE eee ree nee 207 Cargo management system icce 208 Luggage Compartment Cover eccere 211 Luggage Safety net ccecce 212 WEE meena oe eae ne ar Roo 214 Roof Transport System 216 Off road roof mounted Headlights Cayenne S Transsyberia o e 217 Car Audio Operation TIpS cccccccceeeeeeeeeeees 218 Porsche Communication Management LP CI ee stceumsnntentneuntaguteentnrniune tes 220 iPod USB and AWK cece cecusaseeccretensuestsatetaes 221 SE S cL ere E Pe E Oe 222 Cupholder cece eeesecececeseeeueeeeseeeeeeeeeueeeeeees 226 EUT EE E EE teed ea ce a Rie ener ST 227 Cigarette Lighter EEE E 228 Trailer Hitch cssccsscsscsscnsscsscnsenssess 229 Trailer Coupling
131. Clean all windows regularly inside and outside with Porsche window cleaner gt Make sure not to damage the TV antenna in the side window when cleaning gt If you use a chamois leather for the windows do not use it for paintwork as it will otherwise pick up a certain amount of preservative or polish and could smear the windows and thus impair vision gt Remove dead insects with insect remover 214 Maintenance and Car Care Care of wiper blades Wiper blades that are in perfect condition are vital for a clear view gt Replace the wiper blades twice per year before and after the cold season or if wiper performance deteriorates or the blades are damaged gt For information on replacing the wiper blades Please see the chapter WIPER BLADES on Page 261 gt Periodically clean the wiper blades with window cleaner especially after the vehicle has been washed in a car wash We recommend the Porsche window cleaner In the event of heavy soiling e g insect residue the blades can be cleaned with a sponge or a cloth lf the wiper blades rub or squeak this may have the following causes f the vehicle is washed in an automatic car wash wax residues may adhere to the wind Shield These wax residues can be removed only by using window cleaner concentrate gt Please see the chapter WASHER FLUID on Page 258 Please contact your authorized Porsche dealer for further information The w
132. Closing a roof element after triggering the force limiter 1 Remove the obstruction 2 Turn knob to position A again Electric emergency closing function 1 Warning Risk of injury from the emergency closing function for the Panorama roof system The force limiter is not available and the roof elements will close with full force gt Ensure that no one can be injured when the Panorama roof system is closing lf the roof cannot be closed due to dirt ice or similar substances 1 Turn knob to position A 2 Hold the knob in position A until all roof elements are completely closed Save final position of the Panorama roof system After disconnecting reconnecting the vehicle battery or if the vehicle battery is discharged or after emergency starting with jumper cables the final positions of the Panorama roof system are lost 1 Warning Risk of injury when closing the Panorama roof system The force limiter is not available and the roof elements will close with full force gt Ensure that no one can be injured when the Panorama roof system is closing Switch ignition off Turn knob to position A Switch ignition on BRB N e Press knob up at its front edge in position A and keep pressed The teaching process begins after around 5 seconds Hold the knob pressed in position until the roller blind and all roof elements have completely stopped moving The procedure lasts a maximum of 20 se
133. Dear Owner We would like to thank you for your purchase of a Porsche Cayenne Judging by the car you have chosen you are a motorist of a special breed and you are probably no novice when it comes to automobiles Remember however as with any vehicle you should take time to familiarize yourself with your Porsche and its performance characteristics Always drive within your own unique capabilities as a driver and your level of experience with your Porsche Ensure that anyone else driving your Porsche does the same To prevent or minimize injury always use your safety belts Never consume alcohol or drugs before or during the operation of your vehicle This Owner s Manual contains a host of useful information Please take the time to read this manual before you drive your new Porsche Become familiar with the operation of your Porsche car for maximum safety and operating pleasure The better you know your Porsche the more pleasure you will experience driving your new Car Always keep your Owner s Manual in the car and give it to the new owner If you ever sell your Porsche A separate Maintenance Booklet explains how you can keep your Porsche in top driving condition by having it serviced regularly A separate Warranty and Customer Informa tion Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Porsche For U S only If you believe that your vehicle has a fault which could cause a crash injury or deat
134. Drive Off Assistant Moving off assistant on vehicles with manual transmission 188 Porsche Dynamic Chassis Control PDCC Functional description ccccsseseeesseeseeeeeeeeeeee LOG OVErVICW E A T 181 Warning message on the multi purpose display 194 Porsche Entry amp Drive Locking the VENICE snncssanccessincenressvetvsaccreansnnedee 20 Opening closing Panorama roof system Car KE eae eee ao te anes onesie ot AS Pea Cnmc ANN Switching off readiness for operation ee eee 19 Unlocking the vehicle cccccscesseesssessseessessseees 20 Porsche Stability Management PSM ossis 306 Functional description c cccsseeesessseseeeseeeeeees LOD Functional description of off road PSM a 184 Multi functional light in the tachometer 185 COE a a E eee saree tes ieee eerste 181 CE S Sie e a e e E oot ne 186 Warning light on instrument panel after charging the battery ssesseeeeeeeeeeees 322 Warning message on the multi purpose display 153 Porsche Traction Management PTM Functional description e eee LOZ ONE eater aa ene RR a 181 Porsche Traction Management Plus PTM Plus OVEFV EW cece ete nee 181 Portable Fuel Container cccccccssssssssssssssssssssssssees 208 Potentiometer Adjusting brightness of instrument illumination 105 Power SLO QUING ma a 259 Checking and adding hydraulic fluid 259 REC 018 6 ste pape mn a a Per 87 Adjusting after connecti
135. E WHEEL gt Spare wheel type or SEALING SET 6 Press the ENTER button 1 Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death The spare wheel and collapsible spare wheel are not equipped with wheel transmitters and are not monitored by Tire Pressure Monitoring gt The spare wheel and collapsible spare wheel must be used only over short distances 1 Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death if a collapsible spare wheel or tire sealant is in use gt Avoid hard acceleration and high cornering speeds gt Do not exceed maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h gt Please observe the safety and operating instructions on the tire compressor gt Have the tire or wheel replaced by an authorized Porsche dealer as soon as possible Note lf a collapsible spare wheel or tire sealant is used a warning reminder appears on the multi purpose display if the speed limit of 50 mph 80 km h is exceeded Note on operation If you do not confirm a selection or confirm a selection without carrying out the task described for this selection this will affect correct indication of warnings and messages Depending on the selection made a corre sponding message will appear when the ignition is switched on when driving off or while driving For further information on warning messages on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAG
136. ES on Page 149 Ora 7aa Tyre pressure too low message This message indicates pressure loss of at least 4 psi 0 3 bar The message indicates the wheel in which the pressure loss has been detected The deviation from the required pressure Is displayed for the corresponding wheel The message appears only when the vehicle is Stationary It appears for the first time when the ignition is switched off and then each time the ignition is switched on until the tire pressure has been corrected to the required value The message is shown for 10 seconds on the multi purpose display It can be suppressed immediately by pressing the ENTER button gt Check the tire pressure at the next opportunity and fill the tires Example If the tire pressure display shows 4 psi 0 3 bar you must increase the tire pressure by 4 psi 0 3 bar Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 137 The spare wheel and collapsible spare wheel are not equipped with wheel transmitters and are not monitored by Tire Pressure Monitoring Wheel change without warning The settings of the multi purpose display must be updated after changing wheels or tires on the vehicle Please see the chapter SETTING THE TIRE TYPE AND SIZE on Page 134 Setting spare wheel sealant without warning lf you have fitted a spare wheel or collapsible spare wheel or used tire sealant without being requested to do so by a Flat tyre warning on the
137. ES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 14 Screw valve cap onto the tire valve 15 Check the tire pressure after driving for around 10 minutes lf the tire pressure is less than 22 psi 1 5 bar do not continue driving lf a value of more than 22 psi 1 5 bar is indi cated correct the pressure to the prescribed value 16 Please consult your authorized Porsche dealer 298 Minor Repairs The settings for Tire Pressure Monitoring must be update on the multi purpose display after filling the tire with sealant Please see the chapter SETTING TIRE SEALANT SEALING SET on Page 140 Car care instruction After drying any sealant that emerges can be peeled off like a film Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Have the tire replaced by a specialist work shop as soon as possible gt Avoid hard acceleration and high cornering speeds gt Do not exceed maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h gt Please always observe the safety and opera ting instructions which can be found in the separate operating instructions for the sealant and on the compressor Lifting the Vehicle with a Lifting Platform or Garage lift gt The car must be raised only at the illustrated jacking points Please see the chapter LIFTING THE VEHICLE WITH A LIFTING PLATFORM OR GARAGE LIFT on Page 298 Please see the chapter RAISING VEHICLE WITH THE JACK on Page 192 gt Liftin
138. L 275 40 R 20 106 Y XL 295 35 R 21 107 Y XL 295 35 R 21 107 Y XL 255 55 R18 109 V XL2 255 50 R 19 107 V XL 275 40 R 20 106 V XL 275 40 R 20 106 V XL 255 55 R18 109 V XL24 275 45 R 19 108 V XL 195 75 18 195 65 19 352 Tire Pressure and Technical Data Wheel front rear 8Jx18 9Jx19 9Jx 20 9 J x 20 10 J x 20 10Jx 21 10Jx 21 8Jx18 9Jx19 9Jx 20 9 J x 20 10 J x 20 8Jx18 9Jx19 6 5x18 6 5x19 Rim offset front rear 2 24 In 2 36 in 2 36 in 2 36 in 2 17 in 1 97 in 1 97 in 2 24 in 50 mm 1 77 in 2 24 in 2 36 in 2 36 in 2 36 in 2 17 in 57 mm 2 36 in 2 09 in 1 71 in 57 mm 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm 55 mm 50 mm 45 mm 57 mm 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm 55 mm 60 mm 53 mm 43 5 mm Track front 64 8 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 65 3 in 65 3 in 64 8 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 64 8 in 64 6 in 1645 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1659 mm 1659 mm 1645 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1645 mm 1641 mm rear 65 7 in 65 4 in 65 4 in 65 8 in 66 2 in 66 6 in 65 7 in 65 4 in 65 4 in 65 8 in 65 7 in 65 4 in 1669 mm 1662 mm 1662 mm 1672 mm 1682 mm 1692 mm 1669 mm 1662 mm 1662 mm 1672 mm 1669 mm 1662 mm Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne GTS and Cayenne S Transsyberia
139. N OFF button ad The program is reactivated Displays F and G flash for approx 10 seconds The ON OFF button dd can be pressed again to switch off the displays before this time has elapsed After the ON OFF button 4 has been pressed the ON time H clock symbol F and memory G are displayed for 2 minutes The display then goes out The parking heater has now been programed and the selected memory is active symbol G is lit Note on operation Only one memory can be active at any one time 84 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window Example The parking heater is to activate the parking heating function at 9 48 a m To do this 1 Switch ignition off 2 Press button timer on the front air conditio ning control panel The symbols for the parking heating or parking ventilation function flash on the display 3 Press button This selects the parking heating function 4 Select the memory using button Tiver 5 Set ON time to 9 48 a m using the and buttons 6 Press ON OFF button 4d The parking heater has now been programed and the selected memory is active Note on operation lf the parking heater is switched on manually prior to program start of an active memory this will delete the programming The memory must be reactivated if it is needed lf the memory is not reactivated the parking heater will not switch on Parking heater faults Initial start up following period of
140. NT MONITORING SYSTEM on Page 246 Press button d on the key EFI S l Porsche Entry amp Drive What happens The emergency flasher flashes once The driver s door can be opened All vehicle doors and the rear lid can be opened The doors and the rear lid can be opened The emergency flasher flashes twice and an acoustic signal will sound twice The doors are locked EF 1 543 Unlocking and locking from outside Depending on your vehicle equipment you can either unlock and lock it with the car key or without a key by means of Porsche Entry amp Drive With the key Use the buttons on the key to unlock and lock the vehicle With Porsche Entry amp Drive On vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive you can unlock lock and start the vehicle without using the key You simply have carry the key with you e g in your trouser pocket Do not expose the car key to a high level of electromagnetic radiation This could adversely affect Porsche Entry amp Drive Readiness for operation The Porsche Entry amp Drive readiness for operation is switched off for the passenger doors after ap proximately 30 hours and for the driver s door af ter approximately 90 hours if the vehicle is not un locked during this period In this case gt Pull door handle once to reactivate the sys tem gt Pull door handle again to open the door or gt Press button ww on the key to reactivate the sy
141. OCK off and AUTO UNLOCK on The doors do not lock automatically lf the doors are locked with the central locking system button On vehicles without Porsche Entry amp Drive the doors are unlocked automatically when the ignition key is withdrawn On vehicles equipped with Porsche Entry amp Drive the doors are unlocked when the ignition is switched off twice Switching daytime driving lights on off Note on operation The options in the LIGHTS menu can only be set when the vehicle is stationary USA only You can activate deactivate the daytime driving lights on the multi purpose display in the instru ment panel 1 MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt LIGHTS Select and confirm 2 Select DAYTIME DRIVING LIGHTS 3 Confirm selection ir Function ist activated CI Function ist deactivated Canada only The DAYTIME DRIVING LIGHTS function cannot be deactivated Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 145 Setting lighting off delay Note on operation The options in the LIGHTS menu can only be set when the vehicle is stationary You can set the duration the lights remain on after the vehicle is locked 146 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt LIGHTS Select and confirm Select OFF DELAY 3 Confirm selection r The set off delay time is now active Select the time input field Confirm selection Set the off delay time Coming Home function T
142. ON al GESCHOLON a 241 CG cf 1 1 semen eNO A oc Stree a A Synchronisation for changeable code systems 243 5 8 4 Rens E CER Oem E eee a Soma 58 Hot exhaust CAE SE ee rE EE 3 Identification number lOCation cssececseeeteeee 347 Ignition key Emergency operation 159 Ignition lock Emergency operation of the key occa L59 Functional description csccc lt ssccceseccrecccevsccssteases LOO Illumination Of steering wheel keys switching on off 61 RED CIN DuBo a 326 Switching on when entering the vence a ee 109 Switching on when leaving the vehicle 109 Immobilizer Functional description ccccccccceeesseeuseeeeeeenees 248 Switching on and Off ccccccceccseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 248 Inflation pressure l Comfort tire pressure bar psi cccsseseeeeeeees 354 Plaedoc anon e ie ete he amare enya Ae eile 348 HAT oka 05 477 2 eRe Aa oe hk ar arene 354 Warning light on speedometer siirsin 141 Inserting and adjusting tie down rings cargo Management SYStEM 0ccccceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeees 210 Instrument cluster Adjusting illumination eerren 105 Coe ee erate Petre rea Ere Rehr ee rae es Cooling system temperature a ene 122 Fuel level Sage cccccccccccccuceeueeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeenass 120 Caster eee Oil temperature gage a ae eeee ean eane ss 120 Speedometer a eee ae ere een eee 6 Gale WG Mlle Lol seat sees gate tenet te eter sees ec ereeeeee eet Gh Voltage MGIC ARON es te
143. OR LOCKING AND AUTO UNLOCK AUTOMATIC DOOR UNLOCKING on Page 144 Opening and Locking 21 On aa Unlocking and opening rear lid vehicles with spare wheel bracket On vehicles with spare wheel bracket this must be swung to the side before opening the rear lid gt For further information on opening the spare wheel bracket Please see the chapter OPENING SPARE WHEEL BRACKET on Page 310 22 Opening and Locking 4 Danger Risk of poisoning Exhaust gases can enter the passenger compartment when the rear lid is open gt Always keep the rear lid closed when the engine is running gt Always keep the rear lid closed while driving The vehicle doors remain locked after unlocking the rear lid The rear lid is locked automatically after 30 seconds if it is not opened Unlocking with the key gt Press button lt gt on the key gt Press the release handle arrow on the rear lid and open the rear lid Unlocking with Porsche Entry amp Drive keyless Y Warning Risk of being locked out of vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive gt Do not leave the key in the vehicle if the vehicle is locked and access is gained through the rear lid The vehicle is automatically locked when the rear lid is closed lf the key has been left in the vehicle the emer gency flasher flashes twice and a warning sig nal sounds The rear lid can be opened again within approx 30 seconds After 30 sec
144. OUR VEHICLE on Page 250 Checking hydraulic fluid gt Use only hydraulic fluid authorized by Porsche gt Check the fluid level with the engine stopped and cold engine temperature approx 68 F or 20 C 1 Remove cover A O71177 OT 1 128 2 Open the reservoir cap 3 The fluid level should lie between the MIN and MAX marks on the dipstick Add hydraulic fluid if necessary 4 Close cap carefully 5 Put on cover A 6 Close engine compartment lid Note on operation gt f the fluid level drops significantly please have the cause remedied immediately by an authorized Porsche dealer Maintenance and Car Care 259 Changing Air Cleaner Regular replacement of the filter element is part of servicing gt In dusty conditions clean the filter element more frequently and replace if necessary Further important information concerning mainte nance can be found in a separate chapter gt Please see the chapter EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE on Page 250 Changing Particle Filter The fresh air passing through the particle filter into the passenger compartment is virtually free of dust and pollen gt f the outside air is polluted by exhaust fumes press the recirculating air button A dirty filter can be the cause of reduced air throughput gt Have filter replaced by your authorized Porsche dealer gt Regular replacement of the filter is
145. Page 104 The lights are switched off when the vehicle is locked or at the latest after the Coming Home light that has been set on the multipurpose display has expired gt Please see the chapter SETTING LIGHTING OFF DELAY on Page 146 Door Surrounding Lighting The door surrounding lighting enables passengers to enter the vehicle safely Obstacles on the ground e g puddles can be identified more easily The area in front of the vehicle is illuminated with the following lights when the vehicle is unlocked by remote control or by Porsche Entry amp Drive Low beam Lights in the door mirrors Side marker light License plate lights Note on operation gt Set light switch to auto gt Please see the chapter LIGHT SWITCH on Page 104 The door surrounding lighting switches off after the Coming Home light light that is used during twilight hours that has been set on the multi purpose display has expired or when the ignition is Switched on gt For information on setting the off delay on the multi function display Please see the chapter SETTING LIGHTING OFF DELAY on Page 146 Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers 109 Brief overview Windshield wipers This brief overview does not replace the informati on provided in the chapter Windshield wiper washer stalk In particular warnings are not replaced by this brief overview What do I want to do Automati
146. Safety Belt Warning System An audio visual warning system is interconnec ted with the driver s safety belt Every time the ignition is turned on the gong will sound for about 6 seconds to remind driver and passenger to buckle up In addition the gong will sound for approx 90 seconds If vehicle speed exceeds 15 mph 24 km h The safety belt warning lights in the instrument pa nel and multi purpose display will go off as soon as the driver has buckled up Fastening the safety belt gt Assume a comfortable sitting position Adjust the backrest of the front seat so that the belt always rests on your upper body and runs across the middle of your shoulder gt Grasp the belt tongue and pull the belt in a Slow continuous motion across your chest and lap Note on operation The belt can be blocked if the vehicle is standing at an angle or if the belt is pulled out using a jerking movement gt The belt cannot be pulled out while accelera ting and slowing down when cornering and when driving uphill gt Insert the belt tongue into the appropriate buckle on the inboard side of the seat until it locks securely with an audible click gt Make sure that belts are not trapped or twis ted and that they are not rubbing on sharp edges gt The horizontal section of the belt should al ways fit snugly across the pelvis Therefore af ter fastening the belt always pull the diagonal part of the belt upwards
147. Self adhesive weights must not come into contact with cleaning agents since they could drop off Uneven tread wear indicates wheel imbalance In this event the vehicle should be checked at an authorized Porsche dealer 1 Danger If during a trip uneven running or vibrations occur that could be caused by damage to tires or the car the speed must be reduced immediately but without braking sharply If you continue your trip without having the cause of the fault remedied you might lose control of your vehicle which could cause serious personal injury or death gt Stop the vehicle and check the tires gt fno cause for the fault can be found drive ca refully to the nearest authorized Porsche dea ler Wheels with Tire Pressure Monitoring TPM sensors Before changing wheels make sure that the wheels are compatible with your vehicle s TPM gt Check this with your authorized Porsche dea ler Removing and storing tires gt After changing adjust tire pressure and torque wheel bolts diagonally Please see the chapter CHANGING WHEELS on Page 294 gt Store tires in a cool and dry place Rotate peri odically to avoid flat spots gt Avoid contact with petrol oil and grease Tires must always remain on the same side of the vehicle When wheels are removed the direction of rotation and position of each wheel should be marked Example FR front right FL RR and RL Wheels must always be
148. T on Page 336 Unscrew fastening screws D with the cross head screwdriver from the tool kit Remove lamp bracket C 338 Minor Repairs G Q T m Rear fog light Turn signal light Tail light Replace the defective bulb bayonet fitting Insert lamp bracket and screw in fastening Screws Install tail light For information on installing tail lights Please see the chapter INSTALLING TAIL LIGHT on Page 337 Check operation of lights OFi 115 License Plate Lights Changing bulb for license plate light 1 Unscrew both screws A and remove the light 2 Push the bulb holder apart and pull the bulb out 3 Replace defective bulb 4 Insert light initially tighten both screws A and then screw in uniformly 073 184 Headlight Adjustment gt Check tire pressure and adjust if necessary gt Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 gt Please see the chapter REPLACING BULBS on Page 326 Adjustment The adjustment is made with the vehicle ready to drive and the fuel tank completely filled The driver s seat must be loaded by a person or a 165lbs 75kg weight and the tire pressures must meet the prescribed values After being loaded the car must be rolled a few meters so that the suspension can settle For checking the headlight adjustment the verti cal position of the cutoff of the lowbeam see fig has to be
149. There is a danger of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death if you set or operate the multi purpose display radio navigation system telephone or other equip ment while driving Operating these devices while driving could distract you from traffic and cause you to lose control of the vehicle gt Operate these components while driving only if the traffic situation allows you to do so safely gt Carry out any complicated operating or setting procedures only with the vehicle stationary It is not possible to describe all details of the functions in this Owner s Manual The examples clearly demonstrate the functional principle and clarify the menu structure 124 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Note on operation Depending on the equipment of your vehicle some information or functions may not be avai lable on the multi purpose display e g navigation audio system compass or tire pressure Various menus can only be called up when the vehicle is stationary Note The multi purpose display is ready for operation only when the ignition is on Note on operation By selecting the menu items MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt FACTORY SET you can reset all individual settings to the basic factory settings Note on operation Arrows at the top and bottom of the menu indicate additional entries gt Press rocker switch A up or down In the COMFORT menu the menu scrolls automatically as you approa
150. Tire Pressure and Technical Data 35 Air suspension special terrain level Ramp angle Overhang angle front Overhang angle rear Ground clearance center of axles 1 Not Cayenne S Transsyberia 358 Tire Pressure and Technical Data Cayenne 24 7 31 8 25 4 10 67 in 271 mm Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 24 7 31 8 25 4 10 67 in 271 mm Cayenne GTS 21 1 29 7 23 3 9 88 in 251 mm Capacities Use only fluids and fuels authorized by Porsche Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to advise you Your Porsche has been designed so that it is not necessary to mix any additives with oils or fuels Cayenne S Cayenne Cayenne GTS Cayenne S Transsyberia Engine oil change quantity without oil filter approx 6 34 quarts 6 0 liters approx 9 0 quarts 8 5 liters Engine oil change quantity with oil filter approx 7 29 quarts 6 9 liters approx 9 51 quarts 9 0 liters Reference indication is the level on the oil dipstick Please see the chapter CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL on Page 252 Coolant depending on equipment level approx 3 4 4 8 U S gallons 13 18 liters approx 4 8 5 5 U S gallons 18 21 liters Manual transmission with compensation approx 1 9 quarts 1 8 litres approx 1 9 quarts 1 8 litres Automatic transmission with torque converter approx 10 04 quarts 9 5 liters approx 9 51 quarts 9 0 liters Transfer box approx 0 9 quarts 0 85 liter approx 0 9 qu
151. XL 255 55 R18 109 V XL2 275 45 R 19 108 V XL 195 75 18 350 Tire Pressure and Technical Data Wheel front rear TS Cay 8Jx 18 9Jx19 9 Jx 20 9 J x 20 10 J x 20 10Jx21 10Jx21 FAILA 8Jx18 9Jx19 9 Jx 20 9 J x 20 10 J x 20 TSAA 8Jx18 9Jx19 6 5x18 Rim offset front rear 2 09 in 53 mm 2 24 in 57 mm 2 36 in 60 mm 2 36 in 60 mm 2 36 in 60 mm 2 17 in 55 mm 1 97 in 50 mm 1 97 in 50 mm 1 77 in 45 mm 2 09 in 53 mm 2 24 in 57 mm 2 36 in 60 mm 2 36 in 60 mm 2 36 in 60 mm 2 17 in 55 mm 2 09 in 53 mm 2 24 in 57 mm 2 36 in 60 mm 2 09 in 53 mm Track front 65 2 in 64 8 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 65 4 in 65 4 in 65 2 in 64 8 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 64 6 in 65 2 in 64 8 in 64 6 in 1655 mm 1647 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1661 mm 1661 mm 1655 mm 1647 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1641 mm 1655 mm 1647 mm 1641 mm rear 65 7 in 1670 mm 65 4 in 1662 mm 65 2 in 1656 mm 65 2 in 1656 mm 65 6 in 1666 mm 66 0 in 1676 mm 66 4 in 1686 mm 65 7 in 1670 mm 65 4 in 1662 mm 65 2 in 1656 mm 65 2 in 1656 mm 65 6 in 1666 mm 65 7 in 1670 mm 65 4 in 1662 mm 65 2 in 1656 mm Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia Summer tires Winter tires All Season Collapsible spare wheel Tires 255 55 R1
152. a Panorama roof system Brief oveniew eee aa JO Comitor TUNCTION ee aa O9 Emergency operation cccccccccccceccceeeeeeueeeeeeeas 101 Functional description eeraa eeaeee 97 MEE HONS a E eee oer eee E Opening closing with Car key cscssssseeseeeeeeeeees 99 Openino oine ae a OO Opening closing roller blind nesses LOO Roller blind cleaning position cccceeeeeeeeee 101 ea pe sot Lo ce em co ae CT SO Rte re AR NS 230 Distance display Tont 239 Distance display reaf ccccccccsccceeeeseeeeeeeneeeness 239 Ke neee a 231 Sr ea e 230 W INS ON O a eer ade ae ceva neeess esaseeeas 237 When driving with a trailer 0 ss00000eeeeeeeee 240 PU eee ree an em etre ones oe oven en ren Seen emery 175 Applying the parking e 22 Ne eee cor nena aie 162 Distance display front cnc 239 Distance display r ar cccccccceccsseseeeseeeeeeeeeeees 239 LOCKING the vehicle 2a a 21 ParkAssist functional description eee eee 237 N 6 cen ROC nd Pn oe RR 238 Switching ParkAssist on and Off scsscsseessesseeseee 237 When towing a trailer a se 240 PAA aid scacetaes neas notiasens des oesads tyr te aeea sarees aneiees 56 Distance display FON D 239 Distance display reaf n on 29 Functional description eee a 23 7 Sensors ee ee On EMRE rc Storing door mirror setting as parking ad sear 38 S nine OM Olio a saceceet tee tnevee eeenaie hee cee Or Swivelling down mirror QIASS oin a 56 When driving with a trailer n e 240 Parking brake
153. able for the PDCC system After selection of a running gear setup in Porsche Active Suspension Management PASM comfort normal sport PDCC automatically activates the corresponding on road driving program gt For information on selecting a running gear setup Please see the chapter PORSCHE ACTIVE SUSPENSION MANAGEMENT PASM on Page 193 PDCC automatically activates the off road driving program if Low Range reduction is switched on 194 Driving and Driving Safety gt For information on switching Low Range reduction on and off Please see the chapter DRIVING PROGRAMS FOR ON ROAD AND OFF ROAD DRIVING on Page 177 Warning message A warning message appears on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel if there is a system fault gt For further information on warning messages on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 gt Adapt your driving style to the changed conditions gt Consult an authorized Porsche dealer in order to remedy the fault Checking hydraulic fluid Regular checking and changing of the hydraulic fluid takes place as part of servicing 7 Further important information on Maintenance can be found in a separate chapter gt Please see the chapter CAR CARE INSTRUCTIONS on Page 270 Off Road Driving Please read this chapter carefully before driving off road with your Porsche Th
154. able for your current driving style is selected and the appropriate gear is selected Note on operation Take care not to operate the rocker switches on the steering wheel inadvertently thereby trigger ing undesired gear changes 170 Driving and Driving Safety gear Changing the selector lever position The selector lever is locked with the ignition key withdrawn The selector lever can be moved from position P or N only with The ignition switched on The brake pedal pressed and The release button pressed arrow Release button The release button arrow on the front side of the selector lever prevents unintentional gear chan ges The release button must be pressed when shifting to position R or P The selector lever cannot be operated in the event of an electrical fault gt Please see the chapter SELECTOR LEVER EMERGENCY RELEASE on Page 175 Starting The engine can be started only in selector lever position P or N with the brake pedal pressed Moving off gt Select the desired position for moving off D M or R only when the engine is idling and when depressing the brake pedal gt Since the car creeps when in gear do not re lease the brake until you want to move off gt After selecting a gear do not accelerate until you can feel that the gear is engaged Selector lever position Indicator for selector lever position and engaged gear When the engine is run
155. ace floor Note On vehicles with 19 inch collapsible spare wheel the prop B is omitted Closing loadspace floor 1 Lift the loadspace floor slightly and clip prop B into its holder in the vehicle floor 2 Close the loadspace floor Tie down rings You can secure the load in the luggage compart ment against slipping Tie down straps or the luggage net can be fastened to tie down rings D gt Make sure that all rings are equally loaded when securing a load Note on operation The tie down rings are not designed to restrain a heavy load in an accident Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 207 Cargo management system The cargo management system is a variable system for securing objects in the luggage compartment It is comprised of two telescopic rails integrated in the loadspace a telescopic bar four tie down rings as well as a strap reel and a reversible mat The reversible mat is provided with an anti slip structure on the underside gt For information on stowing loads and luggage Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMATION on Page 231 i mi 1 Inserting and adjusting the telescopic bar 1 Insert the two end elements of the telescopic bar in the openings A of the mounting rails 2 Press the end elements down and push against the load When the bar is correctly positioned the load should no longer be able to move 3 Release the end elements 4 Check that the
156. ada Therefore we recommend you do not take your car to areas or countries where unleaded fuel may not be available Octane ratings Octane rating indicates a fuel s ability to resist detonation Therefore buying the correct octane gas is important to prevent engine damage The RON octane rating is based on the research method The CLC U S Cost of Living Council oc tane rating or AKI antiknock index octane rating usually displayed on U S fuel pumps is calculated as research octane number plus motor octane number divided by 2 that is written as RON MON R M 2 2 The CLC or AKI octane rating is usually lower than the RON rating For example 95 RON corresponds 90 CLC or AKI gt Do not use fuel additives without Porsche approval Fuels containing ethanol gt Do not use any fuels containing more than 10 percent ethanol by volume We recommend however to change to a different fuel or station if any of the following problems occur with your vehicle Deterioration of driveability and performance Substantially reduced fuel economy Vapor lock and non start problems especially at high altitude or at high temperature Engine malfunction or stalling Maintenance and Car Care 269 Fuel Evaporation Control Fuel tank venting The evaporation chamber and the carbon canister prevent fuel from escaping to the atmosphere at extreme high outside temperatures when driving a
157. adio navi gation system telephone or other equipment when driving This could distract you from traffic and cause you to lose control of the vehicle re sulting in serious personal injury or death gt Operate the components while driving only if the traffic situation allows you to do so safely gt Carry out any complicated operating or setting procedures only with the vehicle stationary gt fitis necessary to operate these components while the vehicle is in motion use the function keys on the multifunctional steering wheel gt Refer to the separate operating instructions before putting the PCM into operation When put into operation for the first time a distance of approx 3 miles 5 km must be driven in order for the navigation system to complete the process of fine calibration The same applies when the tires are changed e g summer winter tires or new tires fitted Full location accuracy is not yet achieved during the fine calibration process 220 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage lf the vehicle has been transported e g ferry car train the system may take a few minutes after being switched on before it determines the current location Serious tire slip e g spinning wheels on snow may result in temporarily inaccurate navigation When the battery has been disconnected it may take up to 15 minutes before the navigation system is operational once more Satellite radio You must have th
158. aforementioned features allow for a sportier setup of the running gear The TCS and ABD provide even better traction for all wheels Full time all wheel drive With the four wheel drive the drive power is variably distributed to the front and rear wheels Power distribution and wheel speed compensation between the front and rear axles is realized with a transfer box Distribution of the drive power depends on the wheel speed difference between the two axles The transfer box always controls power distribu tion in such a way that optimal propulsion is achie ved even on an unfavorable road surface Full time four wheel drive ensures optimal handling and greater stability Automatic brake differential ABD The ABD system controls the front and rear axles separately If one wheel of an axle starts to spin it is braked so that the other wheel on the same axle can be driven The ABD recognizes different driving states and it features control strategies adapted to these States In situations in which little propulsive power is required such as when the car moves off ona level gravel surface traction control already becomes active at low engine speeds If great propulsive power is required e g when moving off on an uphill slope or for rapid acceleration the ABD is adapted accordingly A special off road program is used in Low Range mode Traction control system TCS The traction control system prevents the whe
159. age and chassis components should be free of dirt and salt deposits gt Fill up the fuel tank gt Change the oil and oil filter and run the engine for several minutes gt Increase the tire pressure to 58 psi 4 bar It is not recommended to lift the vehicle due to the possibility of corrosion on shock absorber piston shafts The vehicle should be moved slightly approximately every four weeks to prevent flat spot on the tires Climate control The air conditioning system should be in good working condition and fully charged Windshield Headlight washer gt Check and correct antifreeze cleaning solution level as necessary Electrical system gt Remove the battery from the vehicle and store it in a cool dry place not on a cement floor When the battery is disconnected the alarm system is deactivated gt Recharge the battery every 3 months If the battery remains in the vehicle with the cables connected it is necessary to check remove and recharge the battery every 2 3 weeks Do not fast charge the battery gt Please see the chapter CHARGE STATE on Page 320 Vehicle interior The interior must be dry especially in the area of the floor carpets The use of drying agents Silica Gel is recommended in vehicles with leather inte rior and in areas with high humidity The recom mended amount is 3 fabric bags of 1 1 Ibs 500 grams each placed on the floor carpets gt Windows doors lids a
160. air conditioning 55 76 Switching air conditioning compressor on off 65 Switching automatic mode on off with 2 zone air CONItIONING s 0esceceeeeeeeeeeeeee AL Switching automatic mode on off with 4 zone air conditioning HO Switching child protection on off 4 zone air conditioning ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Z9 Switching ECON mode on off lt 65 Switching on automatic recirculating air mode with 2 zone air CONItIONING ccccceeeeeeeeeeeees 72 Switching on automatic recirculating air mode with 4 zone air conditioning a se erener 78 Switching on recirculating air mode with manual air conditioning 0cccceeeeeeeeeeeees 68 Switching REST mode on off OD Temperature sensor for 2 zone air conditioning 71 Temperature sensor for 4 zone air conditioning 76 Which system iS iN MY CAP cinicevevsneadscestancrvianneons 64 Air conditioning e a1 Gc a a nee en nt eee Se ote sean ER 80 A S Air pressure Comfort tire pressure Dar PSi cccsseeeeeeeeees 354 Data Bar PI tae amesterne ie ns MOS Pe aoe n e BRERA aA TEE Ona 354 a e ee E oe eee E EEE 348 Warning message on multi purpose display 151 All SUSPONSION a Dp 236 Compressor connection for inflating tires 308 Displaying status of level control ON multi purpose display 131 Lowering hee ar a a Lowering the car for a eee ee 191 OI a1 fe1 AMIne feo theca a ee ore OP ee ee e
161. air suspension Overview PTM PTM Plus PSM PASM PDCC 181 Running gear setup EEE T T 193 SCLC TG r 193 Warning light and warning message perry nee 193 S Gately De lisa E A een E ete Adjusting DEINE N Ess cceecacescdsiesvactaoeuaseaesyereeune 44 Belt tensioner functional description 42 Care instructions ccccceccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeueeeeeess 278 FAS SWIPE 2 eager ee eee 43 OPENING vecsceccccecseseesesseseeseesessesseseesesseses eee 44 ee E a eae Seren aan ROM ne wre cw 53 Warning light on the tachometer 2 sssseeeeee 43 Safety button in the armrest Disabling control panel for air conditioned areas GE GS rear a aa cee eee Disabling power windows in the rear doors 88 Safety eo pcre E E E 348 Salen net o E OP ne ere 21 E Gee ce eee 212 Permitted USCS cccccccecccseeecseeeeeeeeuueeeeueeueeees 212 Removing from rear seat backrest 213 Securing passenger compartment ccc008 213 Screwdriver storage location cc ssssssseseeeeeeeeeeenees 292 Sealant sealing set For detective tires ena eee ee 296 Setting on the multi purpose display 00 140 Seals Care instructions cc ccccccseececeseeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeeeees 2 6 Seat belts Care instructions neee 278 ett ME AMUN ge vec eeaces cones as veesee ee cece N assesses 40 Rear 4 zone air conditioning A E E eesen al Rear manually controlled air conditioning 2zone air conditioning eree eee aeeea sean seeeceee 41 SAE
162. al safety system Your primary protection comes from your safety belts The front airbags are triggered during a frontal collision of sufficient force and direction In the event of a side impact of corresponding force the side airbag on the impact side is triggered The inflation process generates the amount of gas required to fill the airbags at the necessary pressure in fractions of a second Airbags help to protect the head and upper body while simultaneously damping the motion of the driver and passenger in the impact direction in the event of a frontal impact or side impact In order to help provide protection in severe colli sions which can cause death and serious injury airbags must inflate extremely rapidly Such high speed inflation has a negative but unavoidable side effect which is that it can and does cause in juries including facial and arm abrasions bruising and broken bones You can help minimize such in juries by always wearing your safety belts There are many types of accidents in which airbags are not expected to deploy These include accidents where the airbags would provide no be nefit such as a rear impact against your vehicle Other accidents where the airbags are designed not to deploy are those where the risk of injury from the airbag deployment could exceed any pro tective benefits such as in low speed accidents or higher speed accidents where the vehicle decele rates over a l
163. am indicator light Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 1 19 qx A Oil Temperature Gage A warning message will appear on the multi pur pose display of the instrument panel if the engine oil temperature is too high gt Reduce speed and engine load immediately if the red zone is reached gt For information on the warning message on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 B Tachometer The start of the red zone on the tachometer scale is a visual warning of the maximum permissible engine speed lf the red zone is reached during acceleration fuel feed is interrupted in order to protect the engine C Clock Warning Risk of loss of control or accident resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Do not reach through the steering wheel spokes while driving gt Inthe event of a sudden turn or airbag deploy ment serious personal injury could result if hand is positioned through steering wheel spokes 120 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Clock C is adjusted on the multi purpose display in the instrument panel gt Press button D The SETTINGS gt CLOCK menu is automatical ly opened on the multi purpose display gt For information on setting the clock Please see the chapter SETTING THE CLOCK on Page 146 i 6G Fuel Gage When the ignition is on the fuel level is displayed gt For information on fuel
164. amage that occurs suddenly e g flat tire due to acute external effects gt fatire pressure message is displayed correct the tire pressure at the next opportunity gt Incomplete entries or selection of the wrong tires on the multi purpose display affect correct indication of warnings and messages The settings in the TYRE PRESSURE menu must be updated after wheel changes use of a spare wheel or changes in vehicle loading gt Use only the pressure differences shown in the TYRE PRESSURE menu or from tire pressure messages or warnings when correcting the tire pressure gt Tires lose air over time without a tire defect being present A tire pressure warning will then appear on the multi purpose display Correct tire pressure Functional description of Tire Pressure Monitoring Tire Pressure Monitoring continuously monitors tire pressure and tire temperature on all four wheels and warns the driver when the tire pressure is too low The display as well as the settings for Tire Pressure Monitoring take place on the multi purpose display in the sub menu TYRE PRESSURE However the tire pressure must still be set manually on the wheel The deviations in the tire pressures from the required pressures are shown in the sub menu TYRE PRESSURE Example lf the tire pressure display shows 4 psi 0 3 bar you must increase the tire pressure by 4 psi 0 3 bar The tire pressures to be monitored are fixed in
165. anagement SYSLOM soccseesecssessessersersessesseeeseese 208 Inserting and adjusting the strap reel 208 Inserting and adjusting the telescopic bar 208 Inserting and adjusting tie down rings c000 210 VG E EEE CUO Carpet care instructions a Cat Oe vices sensaeencas 264 Emission control Check Engine E 123 Center armrest Opening front storage compartment 224 Opening rear storage compartment ET 224 Center differential l0Ck ccccccccccceceseeeseeeueeeseeeneeenass 178 E E E 178 Central locking system Changing settings via multi purpose display 143 Closing the rear WINdOW ccccseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees L PMC HON Gl Me SChDUOMN ea a a 17 Locking the rear lid case essseeeeceee er esate Locking vehicle door with Porsche Entry amp Drive 21 Locking vehicle door with the car key Kemo CO nna Mere Arete ner mrs 1 PRC 21 Opening and locking vehicle door from inside 28 Unlocking and opening rear lid 2 seseeeee 22 Unlocking and opening the rear window 055 2 7 Unlocking vehicle door with Porsche Entry amp Drive 20 Unlocking vehicle door with the car key AGE Ti COMMON E a tee ccene chee a When disconnecting battery cccccceseeeseeeeeee O21 Changing bulb for license plate light ner enh errr as 336 Changing wheels oaa ve eesecrceacseearcessen a 2A Check engine emission control Functional description s es LOO Warning light on the tachometer E eR
166. ance and or you suspect that possible damage to your tires or vehicle has occurred you should immediately reduce your speed without excessive use of the brakes gt Stop the vehicle as soon as possible and inspect the tires lf you cannot determine the cause for the disturbance have your vehicle towed to the nearest Porsche or tire dealer to have your vehicle or tire s inspected gt Continuing to operate the vehicle without correction could result in a loss of control and serious personal injury Minor Repairs 281 prea ASTORI 1 Example Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades 282 Minor Repairs Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specific govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the ac tual conditions of their use however and may de part significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA
167. any speed difference bet ween the front and rear axles If for example both wheels at the front axle lose traction on an icy road or soft surface the rigidly linked drive wheels will permit the car to continue moving neverthe less Tip on driving rear differential lock When the rear differential lock D is fully engaged there is no longer any speed difference between the two rear wheels If for example one drive wheel at the rear axle loses traction on an icy road or soft surface the rigidly linked drive wheels will permit the car to continue moving nevertheless Note on operation The rear differential lock can be engaged only while the engine is running Note on operation lf the Low Range indicator light next to the rocker switch flashes rapidly after the ignition is swit ched on there is a fault in the shifting system gt Have the vehicle checked immediately Please consult an authorized Porsche dealer T Low Range indicator light lf the Low Range indicator light next to the rocker switch flashes when you attempt to operate rocker switch then at least one condition for shif ting has not been met Vehicles with manual transmission Vehicle is not stationary Brake is not pressed Gearshift lever in not in neutral Vehicles with Tiptronic S Vehicle has exceeded or gone below the limit speed Tiptronic selector lever is not in position N BLUE Foo 050 Sport Mode Funct
168. apply a fresh coating of suitable pre servative to unprotect areas after cleaning the underside of the body the transmission the engine or carrying out repairs to underbody engine or transmission components Effective rustproofing is particularly important during the cold weather season If your car is driven frequently in areas where salt has been spread on the roads the whole engine compart ment should be cleaned thoroughly after the winter to prevent salt from causing any lasting damage A full under body wash should also be performed at the same time Cleaning headlights lights interior and exterior plastic parts adhesive films Observe the following points gt Use only clean water and a little dishwashing detergent or interior window cleaner to clean headlights lights plastic parts adhesive films and surfaces Use a soft sponge or a soft lint free cloth Note An interior window cleaner can also be used to clean plastic surfaces observe cleaning instruc tions on the container We recommend the Porsche interior window cleaner gt Gently wipe the surface without applying too much pressure gt Do not clean when dry gt Never use other chemical cleaners or solvents Rinse cleaned surfaces with clear water Maintenance and Car Care 275 Light alloy wheels gt Please see the chapter AUTOMATIC CAR WASHES on Page 272 1 Danger Danger of accident resulting in serious personal
169. apsible spare wheel Required pressure 3 5 bar 51 psi max 50 mph 80 km h System not active System not active Brief disturbance System not active Too many wheel transmitters Meaning measures Weight sensing Is impaired on the passenger s seat Advanced Airbag Correct the seating position set the backrest upright do not support weight on the armrests or lift on the handles Airbag faulty Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Fasten seat belt Tire Pressure Monitoring detects a pressure loss of at least 6 psi 0 4 bar or a larger leak Stop in a suitable place and check tires Change wheel if necessary Appears about every 6 months Check if the pressure of the mounted spare wheel matches the required pressure manually as it is not monitored electronically Tire Pressure Monitoring detects a pressure loss of at least 4 psi 0 3 bar Correct tire pressure at the next opportunity Observe maximum permitted speed Information on driving with a collapsible spare wheel after selection in spare wheel menu Observe maximum speed of max 50 mph or 80 km h and required pressure of 51 psi or 3 5 bar Tire Pressure Monitoring faulty Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Select new set of wheels in the tire pressure menu after changing the wheels External interference e g wireless headphones or excessive temperature over 248 F 120 C at the wheel transmitters Tire Pressu
170. ar lid Option 1 gt Make sure the vehicle is unlocked if your vehicle is not equipped with Porsche Entry amp Drive Then briefly press the release handle on the rear lid The vehicle need not be unlocked on vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive You simply have carry the car key with you e g in your trouser pocket OF 1 oF Option 2 gt Press the button lt gt on the key for approx 1 second lf the vehicle is locked the vehicle doors re main locked when the rear lid is opened Option 3 gt Pull and hold the button in the driver s door with the ignition switched on until the rear lid has opened fully Opening Is interrupted if the button is released prematurely Automatically closing the rear lid Make sure that the load is not in the area of the rear lid when the lid is closed otherwise the clo Sing operation will be interrupted after contact with the load and the rear lid will open again by a few inches gt Briefly press the button in the rear lid trim pa nel Interrupting the opening or closing operation in the event of danger The opening or closing operation is interrupted im mediately if one of the following buttons is pressed gt Press the button lt gt on the key or Release the button in the driver s door or Briefly press the button in the rear lid trim pa nel or Briefly press the release button on the rear lid Automatic operation can be continued again at
171. arning light lf the ABS warning lights light up in the instrument panel and on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel while the engine is running the ABS has switched off because of a fault In this event the braking system will operate with out lock prevention as in cars without ABS gt Adapt your driving style to the changed braking behavior gt The ABS must be checked immediately at an authorized Porsche dealer This is necessary in order to prevent the occurrence of further faults whose effects cannot be defined The ABS control unit is adjusted for the approved tire dimensions The use of tires with non approved dimensions can lead to different wheel speeds causing the ABS to switch off Off road ABS ABS in Low Range program When Low Range is active an ABS specially matched to off road driving is activated automati cally In the event of braking on loose ground the per missible slip values for ABS braking are increased so that the off road braking distance is reduced wheels dig into the surface lf the driver needs to steer this off road driving program is automatically switched off to maintain steerability Hillholder moving off assistant on vehicles with Tiptronic S In Tiptronic selector lever positions D and M the hillholder function makes it easier to move off from a standstill on an upward slope when the engine is running The driver does not have to apply the brake The hill
172. artment monitoring system Is located next to the driver s seat under the seat belt height ad justment Note on operation You can also temporarily deactivate the passen ger compartment monitoring system on the multi purpose display in the instrument panel gt Please see the chapter SWITCHING OFF PAS SENGER COMPARTMENT MONITORING ON THE MULTIPURPOSE DISPLAY on Page 142 Deactivating passenger Activating the alarm system and the compartment monitoring system passenger compartment monitoring system CS gt Unlock the vehicle and lock it again 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Remove ignition key Fault indication On vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive If the monitoring system could not be deactivated Switch off the ignition the symbol on the rocker switch will flash e g the 3 Open the driver s door rocker switch is pressed with the ignition on For deactivating the passenger compartment 4 Press the rocker switch ake monitoring The rocker switch symbol lights permanently 5 Lock the vehicle gt Switch off ignition Emergency flasher flashes twice and an acous Press the rocker switch tic signal will sound twice gt Lock the vehicle The vehicle doors the rear lid and the rear window are locked but the doors can be opened from the inside by pulling the inner door handle twice gt Inform any persons remaining in the vehicle that the alarm system will be triggered if the door is opened
173. arts 0 85 liter Front axle differential approx 1 1 quarts 1 0 liter approx 1 1 quarts 1 0 liter Rear axle differential approx 1 3 quarts 1 25 liters approx 1 5 quarts 1 4 liters Locking rear differential approx 1 7 quarts 1 6 liters approx 1 7 quarts 1 6 liters Eaaliank approx 26 4 U S gallons 100 liters approx 26 4 U S gallons 100 liters including approx 3 U S gallons 12 liters reserve including approx 3 U S gallons 12 liters reserve The engine is designed to provide optimum performance and fuel consumption if unleaded premium fuel with 98 RON 88 MON is used puerta ty lf unleaded premium fuels with octane numbers of at least 95 RON 85 MON are used the engine s Electronic Oktane knock control automatically adapts the ignition timing Power steering approx 1 6 quarts 1 5 liters Pentosin CHF 202 S approx 1 6 quarts 1 5 liters Pentosin CHF 202 S Brake fuid approx 1 0 quart 0 95 liter approx 1 0 quart 0 95 liter Use only Original Porsche brake fluid Use only Original Porsche brake fluid Window headlight washer system approx 7 9 quarts 7 5 liters approx 7 9 quarts 7 5 liters Tire Pressure and Technical Data 359 Dimensions Length Length with external spare wheel Width Width with door mirrors Height at DIN empty weight Height at DIN empty weight rail Height at DIN empty weight basic carrier of Roof Transport System Height at DIN empty weight with rear lid open Ma
174. asive cleaners when washing the wheels gt Check wheel rims for corrosion gt Remove road salt if driving in winter Minor Repairs 285 Tire damage puncture gt Please see the chapter HIGH PRESSURE CLEANING EQUIPMENT STEAM CLEANERS on Page 271 1 Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death Driving the vehicle with low tire pressure increases risk of a tire failure and resulting loss of control Furthermore low tire pres sure increases rate of wear of the affected tires gt Check tires including sidewalls regularly for foreign bodies nicks cuts cracks and bulges gt After driving off road examine tires for signs of damage such as cuts tears bulges or foreign objects stuck in the tread Replace a damaged tire if necessary gt Cross curb edges slowly and at right angles if possible Avoid driving over steep or sharp curbs gt In cases of doubt have the wheel particularly the inner side checked by an authorized Porsche dealer 286 Minor Repairs In case of tire damage where it is uncertain whether there Is a break in the ply with all its con sequences or tire damage caused by thermal or mechanical overloading due to loss of pressure or any other prior damage we recommend that the tire be replaced for safety reasons If one faulty tire is replaced it should be noted that the difference in tread depth on one axle must not exceed 30 Handling inconsistencies
175. at settings csscccsesecseeeeeeeeeeaees 37 Storing driver s seat settings 38 Storing passenger s Seat settings nccc 38 Minor repairs In the event of a flat tire nccc 299 Jack in the luggage compartment 291 Securing the vehicle against rolling snnm 299 Tool kit in the luggage Copar an PAE re tars 292 TOWING the VENICE coestiscesteetsatoccuesssascressentiaceons 342 MIO e E ren mare eee Amar aee en erates 62 234 Activating synchronous adjustment OR COO IMIR OF Sera E E a aS Additional door mirrors when towing a trailer 234 Adjusting COON MIMOS ceee aaeeea moo Adjusting door mirrors as parking Ald ete OO Adjusting the door mirrors synchronously 95 Automatic anti dazzle function for interior mirror 57 ie fo gvearlains o 01 alia 46 meee eee meee SS 0 Interior MI OT ceseesccsesessecsessesveseesesseseesecseeeeseeseee7 Storing door mirror settings Memory ccceeee 56 Switching automatic anti dazzle operation omand om pee Ream ieee ok am een ne ORS ST Switching door mirror heating on off EEN 56 Switching on manual anti dazzle operation 597 Unioldin door WANS e seer OD Motion sensor passenger compartment monitoring Switching off on the multi purpose display 142 Moving off assistant FOr Tiptronic SAMiIMNGIGGR maa caeeccceeasccsacenees 187 On vehicles with manual transmission Porsche Drive Off Assistant cccccseceeeeeeeees 188 Multi functional s
176. ated ice and snow from the wheel well gt Vehicles with snow chains must not be driven faster than 30 mph 50 km h Different states and countries have varying statu tory requirements regarding maximum speed gt Check with local authorities for possible restrictions gt Remove chains as soon as the roads are free of ice and snow Minor Repairs 289 Example of Inscription Inscription on radial tire A Tire size Example P 255 55R18 109 Y P The tire is designed for Passenger vehicle This information is not included on all tires 255 Indication of tire width in mm 55 Indication of tire height to tire width ratio in percent R Belt type code letter for radial 290 Minor Repairs 18 Indication of rim diameter in inches 109 Load capacity coefficient Y Speed code letter XL Extra Load Tire with increased load rating B TIN Tire Identification Number Example DOT xx XX XXXX XXXX DOT The DOT symbol indicates that the tires com ply with the requirements of the US Depart ment of Transportation and provides informa tion about first two digit code means manufacture s iden tification mark second two digit code means tire size third four digit code means tire type code fourth four digit code means date of manufac ture lf for example the last four numbers read 1204 the tire was produced in the 12th week of 2004 C Tire
177. ated parking heating or parking ventilation function is switched on Switching off gt Press ON OFF button ddd again Note on operation gt After switching off the parking heater using ON OFF button ddd wait for at least 2 minutes before you press the button again The combustion chamber is cleaned 82 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window Programming function T 0 1 Switch ignition off 2 Press button timer on the front air conditioning control panel The symbols for the parking heating I or par king ventilation E function flash on the display 3 Select function Press button for parking heating or button for parking ventilation If no other entry is made within 10 seconds the display returns to its initial status However the selected function is retained and is activated when the parking heater is next turned on gt For further information on switching parking E Parking ventilation symbol heater on and off F ON time symbol Complete programming of the parking heater Please see the chapter SWITCHING PARKING G Memory symbol requires definition of the HEATER ON AND OFF on Page 82 H ON time Parking heating symbol Function and ON time Programming the parking heater The parking heater has three independent memories for programming the ON times The ON time together with the associated parking heating or parking ventilation function can be
178. atically If the electrical adjustment facility fails gt Fold in mirror manually Unfolding door mirrors gt Switch ignition on gt Turn control switch to A or C Both door mirrors unfold automatically If the electrical adjustment facility fails gt Unfold mirrors manually Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 55 Door mirror heating The door mirror heater is ready for operation when the ignition is switched on Switching on gt Turn control switch to B Both door mirrors are heated Switching off gt Change the position of the control switch Storing door mirror settings On vehicles with seat memory individual door mir ror settings can be stored on the person buttons of the seat memory and vehicle keys and recalled with these gt Please see the chapter FRONT SEAT WITH MEMORY on Page 37 gt Please see the chapter STORING PASSEN GER MIRROR SETTING AS A PARKING AID on Page 38 56 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel Preconditions Vehicle must be equipped with seat memory Control switch must be turned to position C passenger mirror s setting Reverse gear must be engaged Moving mirror glass to its initial position with reverse gear engaged The mirror glass swivels to its initial position when The car is shifted out of reverse gear or The position of the control switch for the door mirror setting is changed A Door mirror setting driver s
179. ating element or sides of the lighter gt Hold the lighter by the knob only The cigarette lighter is ready for use regardless of the ignition lock position Lighter front gt Press ashtray lid briefly Ashtray opens inde pendently gt Press lighter into the receptacle When the ele ment is red hot the lighter jumps back to Its in itial position 228 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage Lighter rear gt Press lighter into the receptacle arrow When the element is red hot the lighter jumps back to its initial position Trailer Hitch Trailer COU DING csnccavtaeusitivieiet siento 230 Loading Information seserinis est Trailer Hitch 229 Trailer Coupling Warning Risk of accident gt Follow the operating instructions for the trailer recommended by the trailer manufacturer gt Do not modify or repair the trailer coupling gt Before having new ADAPTER fitted find out from your authorized Porsche dealer about the current authorization status gt Use only ADAPTER makes tested and approved by Porsche 230 Trailer Hitch gt Ensure that all trailer equipment conforms to the appropriate classification for total gross trailer weight and tongue weight gt Please see the chapter WEIGHTS on Page 356 gt Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMATION on Page 231 Retrofitting Have a trailer coupling retrofitted only by an authorized Porsche dealer T
180. ation ccesesssseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenees 289 OV CROW cose cet etree te eee eee ee OO DON LC Soca ee ee ee ee 288 R l Spacers edl InfOrMAtION a 293 Removing fitting eeaeee SOO Gia WINS Ole cce a A seed ace eee a eee eke 305 Collapsible spare wheel in the luggage compartment 305 Fitting on spare wheel bracket 309 General information ccsccssseeseceeeeeeeseeeeaeees 309 Removing from spare wheel bracket 309 Spare wheel collapsible spare wheel in the luggage comparen E N E 305 Tire size a er Ree A celEN 390 351 352 Spare wheel bracket E ee E E E 311 Emergency OPCLatiON e Sl OPENING aieiai saiette E 310 Spare wheel in the luggage compartment 305 Special terrain level aa eea 190 Speed code letter on HPC r 290 Index 375 Speed control cruise control PGCE ICY AGING e sre ctteretneyine aaneacsassseaeeeeineeacs 167 DOG elet Ate oe cceeeesceceeeees eeceeeetee et ogeaeeeeeacee 168 Functional GESCHPUOM cc 2 2c cecccczecctescppaeee scenes 167 Interrupting Operation cccseecseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeess 168 S10 d 07220 o nee E E TA 167 Se Mine Oe mPOn AP Renee cnn Sara 168 SS WUE NIM OWN eee gree eter reo seen 167 SaS eee ee emer A ce Oe no 290 Setting on the multi purpose da tc 2 cecccts este 129 Speedometer digital 120 Sport button Functional description Sport Mode 00000 179 Switching Sport mode on and off 180 Sport mode FUNCHOH al Me SCMDUONsse tcsactdeeces
181. ation 2 Select SET ZONE xx Confirm selection 4 Select zone The setting is changed in increments of 1 by pressing the rocker switch 5 Confirm selection OO Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 147 am 073 774 Ep Changing language for displays 1 MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt LANGUAGE Select and confirm 2 Select the desired language 3 Confirm selection Note Changing the language will affect the entire multi purpose display 148 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Changing units for displays 1 MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt UNITS Select and confirm Select the desired category e g SPEEDO METER Confirm selection Select the desired unit e g MPH Confirm selection Available categories and units Speedometer km h km mph mls Consumption 1 100 km km l MPG UK MPG US Temperature C CELSIUS F FAHRENHEIT Tire pressure bar psi Resetting display to factory settings All settings made Clock Comfort Lights Units Language can be reset to the factory settings Note All personal settings made up to this point will be deleted by resetting to the factory settings 1 MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt FACTORY SET Select and confirm 2 Select RESET 3 Confirm selection Overview of warning messages lf a warning message appears always refer to the corresponding chapters in this Owner s Manual Warning messages are i
182. b Bi Xenon headlights 332 Installing headlights 00 ccccccsssssssseesseesseeee 328 Removing headlights sccccsssesseesesseesesseeseeseeeee 327 Cornering light statie m e a vases OOZ EEE l Crossing obstacles aeaa e E stseeeceee 201 Index 365 Cruise control Aceeleratina eee nea ae oe Deceleratne aa a ee ee nN kunctional description eee a Interrupting Operation cccseecseeceeeeeseeeeeeeess Stonne peed Mer ea en re eee nee iy cases Wit MIN Oli ee cence een ce eeeene tesa cee meee SIE MIMO Olleweess ceaceumeceeneeesneseaa cimerweeace snecaae Cupholder Clo merean ee eee oe nea ene Erno nE Rone SUPER Bs CHIC A RRS Removing insert front A aatee ses D Data bank for vehicle data ccssecesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees Daytime driving lights Fune tonal G6SCrPUOMN lt c s2iec ce ceeccccenesseeatecces SWIMMING ON Oll avers veccessecavucccssccevvescossceeeseeeas Decorative foils instructions for Cleaning secese Defrosting windshield With 2 zone air conditioning ccceeeeeeeeeeeees With 4 zone air conditioning cccceeeeeeeeeees With manual air conditioning 0eceeeeeeeeees Differential locks Displaying status on the multi purpose display Engaging the center differential lock 5 Engaging the rear differential lock 000088 Digital speedometer a cee eco ose eee Dimension tee ease tere emer etaan ee an here Net nee eerie raak Dimmer Adjus
183. be opened when the car key with remote control is out of range Opening and Locking 27 Opening and locking from inside The factory settings of the vehicle are described in this chapter You can change the settings and store them on the respective key on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel gt For further information on the possible settings e g Auto Lock and Auto Unlock on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter CHANGING SETTINGS FOR OPENING AND LOCKING THE VEHICLE on Page 143 28 Opening and Locking Locking doors Button in the armrest gt Press the right half of the button in the door panel All vehicle doors will be locked The doors can be opened by pulling the inner door handle twice Automatic with Auto Lock The vehicle is locked automatically when a speed of 6 km h 4 mph is exceeded Unlocking doors GJ Button in the armrest gt Press the left half of the button in the door panel lf pressed on the front doors all doors will be unlocked lf pressed on the rear doors only the relevant door will be unlocked Automatic with Auto Unlock The vehicle is automatically unlocked when the ignition key is withdrawn or the ignition is switched off Note on operation lf the vehicle was locked by remote control or with the key it cannot be unlocked with the central locking button Opening doors Opening unlocked doors gt Pull inner door handle once
184. beria 333 Changing gas discharge e Bi Xenon headlights sceeecceererrrrrrrrrren 330 C CO an ee eS 342 OVEIVIGW ceccsccscesccssesecsessessecsessessessesseseesteseese 342 Replacing brake light eee e 338 Replacing rear fog light 338 Replacing rear turn signal light 00c sseeeee 338 Replacing reversing Ka a E 338 Repl ine ee 338 Button overview 2zone air Conditioning c lt sc sccesncctacecctecsencctceracteces 70 4 zone air conditioning front iis 4 zone air conditioning rear ecce 70 Manual air conditioning O7 Parking heater ccccccccssccesseeeeseeeeeeeseeuueeuueeaaas 81 C Capacities Brake TUG E E E A ETE 359 A A T E 359 Ene me a E iaenceniiei ees 359 P eee eee ee 359 OUR VIOW cere E cee 359 Was le Ul aae ctrieeawerr citer aecacnniecss 359 aie VC acer otra A 2 0 6 910 lt cuee ee E T E 2717 Alcantara s s ssosooscrisruneoerrororusrunrrievorroeorerernss 27 7 Cleaning the engine compartment Re er ee ee 215 Decorative Ol meee en a nee eeee 2l FNC NONI Gece eee ee 2T ROI EE a A E E eee eee 277 Headlights plastic parts adhesive filMS 215 EEE oa ee E PR te een RI Bencader ahe a a 276 Pa ee penecetidatsasnati ties ete ac aeeiieienaieteeaad 273 ae AL 81s cee eee rE te re ae Orewa 278 STE Su RNP ROP ae rr ot toa Fa en ys here Pine Perea eer 2 6 SPE oe ccties A E 278 Storing your POrSche ccccccccceceeseeeeeseueseeseeeess 278 EEEE eee etn en Teenie eeeeE ae Ee 274 Use of high pre
185. board computer These values would be identical to those of a pressure gage connected to the four valves These pressures change while the vehicle is being driven The tire pressures increase as the temperature in the tires rises e g during high speed motorway driving The tire pressures decrease as the tempera tures drop e g during trips in cold regions such as mountains The values displayed therefore do not allow conclusions to be drawn about possible pressure deviations gt In order to display pressure deviations from the prescribed pressure select the menu item TYRE PRESS in the MAIN MENU Displaying compass This display is available only in conjunction with the Compass or PCM option 1 Switch ignition on 2 Select COMPASS Displaying navigation information Navigation information can also be displayed on the multi purpose display This display is available only in conjunction with the Navigation PCM option 1 Switch ignition on 2 Select NAVIGATION The navigation arrows are displayed Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 127 Operating the telephone via the multi purpose display Note The telephone function of the multi purpose display is linked to both the PCM and the multi functional buttons on the steering wheel as well as the control stalk A SIM card must be inserted in the drawer of the PCM as a prerequisite for telephone operation lf the link to the network is lost
186. bruptly around curves and when the car is parked at an incline or in any other nonlevel position Vapor control system and storage When the fuel tank is filled vapors are collected in the evaporation chamber by a vent line leading the vapors to the carbon canister where they are stored as long as the engine does not run Purge system When the engine is running the fuel vapors from the canister will be mixed with fresh air from the ambient air of the canister This mixture will be directed to the intake air housing by the tank vent line mixed with the intake air and burned during normal combustion 2 0 Maintenance and Car Care Car Care Instructions gt Please see the chapter EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE on Page 250 Regular and correct care helps to maintain the value of your car and is also a precondition for the New Vehicle Warranty and the Anti Corrosion Warranty Your authorized Porsche dealer has specially developed car care products from the Porsche program available either singly or as complete car care sets They will be pleased to help you select suitable products Whether you use Porsche products or other commercially available cleaning agents first make sure of their correct application A Porsche that is well cared for can look like new for years It all depends on the amount of care the owner Is willing to give the car Warning Risk of serious personal injury o
187. c wiping at front rain sensor Rain sensor adjustment Wiping at front Spraying and wiping at front Wiping at rear Spraying and wiping at rear Windshield wiper stalk Rain sensor rotary switch What do I have to do Press the stalk to detent position 1 Adjust rotary switch A in the stalk upwards wipe more often or downwards wipe less often Slow Move the stalk to detent position 2 Fast Move the stalk to detent position 3 Once Briefly press stalk to position 4 Pull stalk to position 5 and hold Normal Press stalk to position 6 Once Briefly move stalk to position 7 Keep stalk pressed in position 7 1 10 Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers Windshield Wiper Washer Stalk 1 Warning Danger of injury when the windshield wipers operate unintentionally Risk of damage to the engine compartment lid windshield and wiper system gt Only wipe the windshield when sufficiently wet otherwise it could be scratched gt Loosen frozen wiper blades before driving off gt Do not operate headlight washer when it is frozen gt Always switch off windshield wipers in car wash to prevent them wiping unintentionally rain Sensor operation gt Do not operate headlight washer in car washes gt Always switch off windshield wipers before cleaning the windshield to avoid unintentional operation rain sensor operation gt Always hold the wiper arm securely when replacing the wip
188. can set five different level steps manually The preselected level is automatically adjusted to suit the vehicle speed The height of the car is automatically kept constant when the vehicle is loaded Tip on driving It is not permissible to drive on public roads with the car in the terrain or special terrain setting 190 Driving and Driving Safety Note on operation Frequent level changes can cause the compressor to overheat In this case the compressor must cool for several minutes before level adjustment is fully functional again Normal level The ground clearance at normal level is around 8 5 in 215 mm Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia or 7 68 in 195 mm Cayenne GTS Terrain level This setting is intended for off road driving field paths and forest paths etc The vehicle is raised by around 1 in 26 mm compared to normal level Terrain level can be selected only manually at speeds below around 50 mph 80 km h The car is automatically lowered to normal level at speeds exceeding around 50 mph 80 km h The car is automatically raised to terrain level when Low Range is activated Special terrain level This setting is intended only for extremely challenging terrain requiring maximum ground clearance The vehicle is raised by around 2 2 in 56 mm compared to normal level The warning light i in the instrument panel comes up when the special terrain level has been reached Specia
189. cated in the outer ends of the dashboard 1 Switch off the consumer with the defective fuse Before replacing a fuse switch off all electrical consumers and remove the ignition key 2 Open the fuse box lid 3 Remove the corresponding fuse from its slot to check it using the plastic gripper A blown fuse can be identified by the melted metal strip 4 Replace only with fuses with the same rated current We recommend using genuine Porsche fuses for replacement Note lf a fuse blows repeatedly please consult an authorized Porsche dealer immediately so that the short circuit can be located and corrected gt Never try to repair fuses you may cause serious damage to other parts of the electrical system OFl 124 Cover of engine compartment fuse box Opening fuse box lid in engine compartment 1 Rotate the turn locks 90 anti clockwise with a screwdriver and remove the cover Fuse plan and fuse box in engine compartment 2 Rotate the turn locks of the fuse box lid 90 anti clockwise with a screwdriver and remove the lid Minor Repairs 313 Opening fuse box lid in the dashboard A Fuse puller 1 Carefully pry off the plastic cover with a screw driver arrow and remove The fuse plan is located on the inside of the cover 2 Remove the fuses carefully with the fuse puller A 314 Minor Repairs Fuse assignment fuse box in left side of dashboard No o N a A BD N 10 14
190. cceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 290 QVECICW E E ute orceuiaeuie 350 Removing spare wheel from spare wheel bracket 309 Removing fitting Spacers cccccceceececeeeeeeeeeeeees 303 Replacing tires general information se se 286 Rim offset scctsaoanecvisaatemeinotmnaiateainiiantan 350 Security wheel bolt wrench socket sesse e 294 YZ R re eae ee eee ee eet 350 Snow chains general information eee 289 Spare wheel general moti enon eee 309 ESS G12 ee E E E 287 Tire pressure plate ssssrierrrrrrerrrrerrrerree 348 Tire pressure data bar psi cccccssseeeeeeeeeees 354 Tire sealant a ee E enero Cerise rertr ee tere Carrer ee oe Anean e cies eae ae 189 287 Wheel bolt Wrench ccccscssesesseseeceeeeeeeseseeaeaeens 292 Wheel bolts care instructions 293 Winter tires general information cccceeeee 288 Windows Adjusting after connecting battery 90 Care INStrUCtIOnS cess secede Closing with button in door handle l with Porsche Entry amp Drive c cssssesseeeeeeeeeees 90 Opening closing with car key without Porsche Entry amp Drive ccccceseeeeeeees 89 Opening closing with rocker SWitCh cccceeee 87 Windshield UTES acl gi To Maen Aner E a RnRORrOin ber rym ee BP 258 Windshield washer system Adding washer fluid cccccsessecceeeeeeeeeeeeees 258 PEO O26 oes eee eects cecen es eng eee ec 258 Eine ee Tor ll pee mee ner tne esrotrmetires erm are rere 359 Windshield
191. ceeeeeeeeeee eee eee eee T21 Warning and indicator lights overview ee ery 117 Instrument panel Adjusting MUMINATOMN eerren OD EE casemate Peden oA E E Br men rem S Cooling system temperature gage ere ey 122 Fuel level gage sted cc vececwttecs cesstentcteet essere L20 OdOMe tel ocecccescsscesessesseseeseesessesecsesteseeseesensee 121 Oil temperature gage L2O SDE CC OMIGEON lt peccdcccceccedsyexsen canescens ccsscetseectavectas 120 Monomer oe eee ceccc pects eeeeeeteeeeeeeese OU Voltage mdc Mo 121 Voltmeter m a a L Warning and indicator lights OVErVIEW n se 117 Interior light STNE OAI E ae 108 Switching on off automatically 108 Berori nan e ae eee ee wr mer rec enrinee 107 Interior MIPTOF s scscsessecsecseessessessecsusssessessessessersvesseeseeeD7 Manual anti dazzle operation n 57 Switching automatic anti dazzle function on off 57 iPod interface installation position cccceeeeeseeeeeeeees 221 J AVEC E A E E O reece 192 Information on raising vehicles with air SUSDEN SION ecen a 192 Jacking points on the vehicle 300 Safety information on raising the vehicle 299 Storage location in luggage compartment 291 Jacking points Tor Jack arae a e a 300 Jump lead starting with exhausted battery 06006 324 Jump lead starting external power SUPPI N E 324 anaa eA a E E E Fran 323 K Key Changing ae Vas ccavceecccessassenecceeaeceeees as eeeeus 322 Emergency operation ignition l
192. ch the end of the list Operating principle The multi purpose display is operated by means of the rocker switch A and the ENTER button B on the windshield wiper stalk Selection or setting Using the rocker switch A you can move the bar up and down to select menu items change between display screens and make settings Confirmation Press the ENTER button B to confirm the selected entry The selected item is then activated Opening the main menu 1 Switch ignition on 2 Select MAIN MENU 3 Confirm selection The main menu is displayed The main menu contains the following functions gt PHONE MPH LIMIT VEHICLE INFO TYRE PRESS SETTINGS Operating example Displaying average consumption Select items with rocker switch on the wiper stalk in each case and confirm by pressing the ENTER button 1 MAIN MENU gt VEHICLE INFO Select and confirm EN 2 Select CONSUM E 3 Confirm selection The average consumption is now displayed Returning to starting menu 4 Select BACK 5 Confirm selection VEHICLE INFO menu appears 6 Select BACK 7 Confirm selection MAIN MENU menu appears 8 Select BACK 9 Confirm selection Basic display appears PENER Note on operation Switching the ignition off does not reset the measurements Values can thus be collected over long periods Disconnecting the vehicle battery clears the memories Further on board computer functions can be dis
193. check it out immediately 252 Maintenance and Car Care ER Oil level warning lf the oil level is too low this is indicated by the oil level warning light lighting up on the multi purpose display gt Check the oil level using the oil dipstick as soon as possible and add engine oil if neces sary Note on operation gt fthe engine compartment lid is opened and oil is not added the warning message appears again after approximately 100 km Checking the oil level Y Warning Danger of injury The radiator fans can start running as a function of temperature even with the engine switched off Risk of burning from hot parts in engine com partment gt Exercise extreme caution when working on the engine compartment Conditions for measuring the oil level correctly Vehicle must be level Engine must be switched off and at operating temperature Before the oillevel measurement allow the engine oil to flow back into the oil pan for around 3 minutes Checking oil level with the oil dipstick 1 Withdraw oil dipstick and wipe it with a clean lint free cloth 2 Push oil dipstick fully home withdraw again and read off the oil level The oil level must never fall below or exceed the Min and Max marks on the dipstick The difference between the marks Is approx 1 6 qt 1 5 liters 3 Push oil dipstick in as far as the stop Cayenne S Cayenne GTS Cayenne S Transsyberia
194. ched off with a delay of approx 30 seconds after the door is closed The light goes out immediately as soon as the ignition key is inserted in the ignition lock or the vehicle is locked 0 Switching off gt Move toggle switch back Switching off gt Move switch B to center position Reading lights rear left Rear reading lights 77 Switching on gt Move toggle switch forward 108 Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers EV ia A Button for dimming the comfort lighting Comfort Lighting The footwell and door panel lighting improve your orientation inside the vehicle when it is dark These lights are switched on when the vehicle is unlocked and switched off again automatically when the vehicle is locked Dimming adjusting the brightness of the comfort lighting Once the last door is closed the footwell and door panel lights are dimmed to the set value The comfort lighting is dimmed using button A in the front roof console gt Hold down button A until the level of brightness that you require is reached Coming Home Function Auto Shut Off Delay The following lights remain switched on for a certain period to allow you to get out of the vehicle safely and with the best possible view at dusk or in darkness Lights in the door mirrors Side marker light Lincense plate lights Note on operation gt Set light switch to auto gt Please see the chapter LIGHT SWITCH on
195. cket only using button B gt lf the vehicle is tilted to the side more effort will be required to swing the spare wheel bracket gt Make sure that no persons or animals are within the range of movement of the spare wheel bracket 1 Check whether additional lock C is engaged If necessary slide additional lock C to the right 2 Swing spare wheel bracket closed with force 3 Check lock and observe indication on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel The indicator light must go out when the spare wheel bracket Is locked Automatic locking In the multipurpose display of the instrument panel you can set different variants of locking and unlocking the doors and the rear lid as well as the check back signal when locking and unlocking the vehicle and save them on the respective remote control gt Please see the chapter SETTING REAR LID LOCKING on Page 144 O7 1 144 D Towing lug cover left E Emergency release cable Emergency release for the spare wheel bracket lf the battery is flat the only way to open the spare wheel bracket is by using the mechanical emer gency release 1 Warning Danger of injury and risk of accident if the spare wheel bracket is operated improperly gt Perform emergency unlocking of the spare wheel bracket only when the vehicle is on a level surface 1 Remove cover of left towing lug D 2 Pull emergency release cable E in the direction o
196. cle weight including standard and optional equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passen gers and cargo The Gross Vehicle Weight is sum of the curb weight and the weight of passengers and cargo combined The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum total weight of vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and optional equipment The Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum load limit for the front or the rear axle This infor mation is located on the safety comliance sticker located in the driver s side door jamb For determining the compatibility of the tire and vehicle load capabilities gt Please see the chapter TIRES RIMS TRACKS on Page 350 The load capacity coefficient e g 106 is a minimum requirement For more information gt Please see the chapter INSCRIPTION ON RADIAL TIRE on Page 290 The Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum total weight rating of vehicle passen gers Cargo and trailer The Vehicle Capacity Weight Load Limit is the maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum weight of passengers and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle This informa tion can be found on the tire pressure plate lf a trailer is being towed the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load The maximum loaded vehicle weight is the
197. condensation can drip from the eva porator and form a pool under the car This is normal and not a sign of leakage gt If uncooled air flows out when the lowest temperature has been set LO switch off the air conditioning compressor and have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window 65 Brief Overview Manual Air Conditioning This brief overview does not replace the informa tion provided in the chapter Manual Air Condi tioning In particular warnings are not replaced by this brief overview What do I want to do Setting temperature Setting air quantity Setting air distribution Defrosting windshield What do I have to do Push button K up warmer or down colder Push button E up more or down less Air to windshield Press button F Air to central and side vents Press button H Air to footwell Press button G Press button A 66 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window Manual Air Conditioning REST mode ECON mode and Air conditioning compressor on page 65 Air quantity air distribution and temperature can be set on the control panel of the manual air conditioning This individual adjustment is shown on the air con ditioning display panel Please read the information on Control panel Windshield defroster Heated rear window Recirculated air Air conditioning display
198. conds 5 Release the knob The raised sliding lifting roof element 3 clo ses automatically The teaching process is then completed Windows and Sliding Roofs 99 Note on operation lf the procedure Is interrupted saving the final positions must be started from the beginning 100 Windows and Sliding Roofs Roller blind A roller blind is integrated into the Panorama roof system and can be adjusted by activating the rocker switch in the roof console Opening closing the roller blind The rocker switch has a two stage function lf the rocker switch is pressed to the first Stage the roller blind opens or closes as long as the rocker switch is being pressed lf the rocker switch is pressed completely the roller blind opens or closes to the final position Opening the roller blind gt Press rocker switch to the rear F Closing the roller blind gt Press rocker switch to the front G Note lf the rocker switch is pressed completely while the roof elements are moving the roller blind opens or closes to the final position after the roof elements have reached the selected position Roller blind cleaning position L Close Panorama roof system and roller blind completely Turn knob to position C The Panorama roof system opens completely When the Panorama roof system has reached the final position hold the rocker switch G to the front for longer than 3 seconds until the roller blind is
199. ction Alarm System and Passenger Compartment Monitoring USA KR55WK45032 Canada CAN 267 104 187 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation of this device is subject to the following two conditions lt may not cause harmful interference and it must accept any interference received inclu ding interference that may cause undesired operation Note gt The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment Such modification could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 1 Warning Any changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by Porsche could void the user s authority to operate this equipment Avoiding false alarms gt f people or animals are remaining in the locked vehicle or the vehicle is being transported on a train or ship for example the passenger compartment monitoring system must temporarily be switched off gt Always close the sliding lifting roof or the Panorama roof system and all door windows gt Do not leave a mobile phone switched on in the glasses case of the roof console gt Always turn off the alarm system before you attach or uncouple a trailer The alarm system could trigger an alarm unintentionally Switching off the alarm system if it is triggered gt Unlock vehicle doors with the remote control or gt Switch igniti
200. cturer gt When connecting jumper cables make sure that they cannot get caught in any moving parts in the engine compartment The jumper cables must be long enough so that neither vehicles nor cables touch another gt The vehicles must not be in contact otherwise current might flow as soon as the positive terminals are connected gt The cable clamps must not be allowed to con tact each other when one end of the jumper ca bles are connected to a battery gt Carefully ensure that tools or conductive jewe lery rings chains watch straps do not come into contact with the positive jumper cable or the positive battery post gt Improper hook up of jumper cables can ruin the alternator Danger of caustic burns gt Do not lean over the battery Danger of gas explosion gt Improper use of booster battery to start a vehicle may cause an explosion resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Keep sources of ignition away from the battery e g open flame burning cigarettes or sparking due to cable contact or welding work gt A discharged battery can freeze even at 14 F 10 C Before connecting jumper cables a frozen battery must be thawed out Minor Repairs 323 O7 i 177 Connecting jumper cables Always observe the sequence below l 2 Remove cover A Open the cap of the positive terminal for jump Starting Attach the positive lead first to the positive term
201. cucndsasaraniseariescweneds 120 PULIFESEFVE WANKING a 120 General information 209 Ocie tine eres ee ee een ne en Pen erie 269 Portable fuel Containers oe e a 3 NEE A ee Alia den ence nro 269 Recommendations cceeseseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeanees 269 Feen ceeraneeetenssenecsesescscccacensstreeeievssteesen 268 Tank capacity E E ae nT 268 359 Fuel COntalens Portable ma 3 Fuel filler opening Opening filler TAD Se 267 Pel EGE AGG a 120 puelirc eorne Boe aren en Cuenta eee Deen Ee 268 Function keys on steering WHEEL ccccccccsecseeseesenss AT 60 Fuse Disabling power windows in the rear doors 88 Fuse assignment OVervieW eccriene S15 Fuses Changin U e 313 G Garage door opener Assigning a SIGMA cccccccccececeeecceeeeseeeeeeeeeeens 243 Deleting programmed Signals s0sceeeeeeeee 242 Functional CESCIIPtion ccccsesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 241 CON te foes eee eee eee 243 Synchronisation for changeable code systems 243 Gear display for TIPONG S aerae re e 171 Gear selector Tiptronic S PONE E a a eee ee 171 Changing selector lever POSItiON cccceeeeeee 170 Display on the multi purpose display 0 171 Emergency Operation ccccccececcessseeeeeeeeeeenees 175 Selector lever positions csecceceeeseeeeeeeeeeees 171 368 Index Glasses case in the roof CONSOI csecceeeeeeeeeeeees 222 Glove compartment Coor T vureeeeed 223 Eoc eres saareevanc Naetearonever
202. current tire pressure information is available on the displays Note Information on the tire size and type can be found on the tire sidewall For further information on the details on the tire sidewall gt Please see the chapter INSCRIPTION ON RADIAL TIRE on Page 290 Note on operation Before fitting tires approved by Porsche with a size which is not already stored in the multi purpose display the missing information should be supplemented in the multi purpose display gt Go to an authorized Porsche dealer immediately 1 Warning Risk of accident due to excessive speed This could lead to serious personal injury or death gt Always observe the permissible maximum speed of the respective tire gt Exceeding maximum tire speed could result in a tire burst causing loss of control of the vehicle This could lead to serious personal injury or death Moreover Porsche recommends obeying all traffic laws at all times to maintain the safety of yourself and all vehicle occupants The speed code letter indicates the maximum permissible speed for the tire gt This letter appears on the tire sidewall Please see the chapter INSCRIPTION ON RADIAL TIRE on Page 290 Setting vehicle loading and adjusting tire pressure The tire pressure must be adjusted according to the vehicle load A distinction is made between two types of loading Partial load up to 3 people and 46 Ibs 21 kg of lugga
203. d 4 Press repeatedly to display the warnings one after the other 5 Confirm selection VEHICLE INFO menu is displayed Note on operation gt For information on the operating principle of the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OPERATING PRINCIPLE on Page 124 Displaying status of level control The ground clearance of vehicles equipped with level control is shown in the LEVEL menu 1 MAIN MENU gt VEHICLE INFO Select and confirm 2 Select LEVEL 3 Confirm selection The current level settings are displayed 4 Confirm selection VEHICLE INFO menu is displayed Note on operation The level control is adjusted by means of the rocker switch behind the gearshift lever in the center console For information on level control and height adjustment Please see the chapter AIR SUSPENSION WITH LEVEL CONTROL AND HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT on Page 190 Displaying status of locks reduc tion The selected driving programs for Low Range High Range as well as the engaged locks can be displayed 1 MAIN MENU gt VEHICLE INFO Select and confirm 2 Select LOCKS REDUCT 3 Confirm selection The current settings for Longitudinal lock on off Reduction on off Transverse axle differential lock on off are displayed 4 Confirm selection VEHICLE INFO menu is displayed Note on operation The driving programs are set by means of the rocker switch behind the gearshift lever in the center
204. d the screwdriver is stored in the handle of the wheel bolt wrench A Compressor Compressor On vehicles without level control systems there is an additional compressor with pressure tester under the loadspace floor gt Please see the chapter CHECKING TIRE PRES SURE WITH A PRESSURE GAGE on Page 306 On vehicles with level control you can use the compressor of the level control system to fill the tires The bag with the tire filling hose is located under the loadspace floor in the spare wheel recess Spacers gt Use the spacers only together with wheels approved by Porsche Before having spacers fitted find out about the Current approval status Remove spacers if 18 inch tires snow chains Note on operation gt To remove or mount the spacers Please see the chapter CHANGING A WHEEL WITH REMOVAL OF 17 MM SPACER on Page 303 Please see the chapter FITTING THE 17 MM SPACER on Page 305 Ea t 328 or a collapsible spare wheel are mounted 1 Danger Risk of accident if the spacers are not removed before mounting 18 inch tires or collapsible spare wheel gt 17mm spacers are always to be removed before mounting 18 inch tires or a collapsible spare wheel because the wheel cannot be fit ted correctly 1N Caution Risk of damage to wheel housings if the spacers on the rear axle are not removed before fitting the snow chains Wheel Bolts gt Always clean the whee
205. d depth permissible Follow all such laws 1 Danger Driving on worn tires can result in loss of con trol of the vehicle and could cause serious personal injuries or death gt Do not drive with worn tires or tires showing cuts or bruises as they may lead to sudden deflation and loss of control which could cause severe personal injury gt Specialized high performance tires on high performance sport utility vehicles exhibit more wear than those on a family sedan or even a high performance sedan Therefore it is important to check your tire pressure and condition at least every two weeks gt If you notice that tires are wearing unevenly consult your Porsche dealer Uneven wear may not always be due to improper wheel alignment It can be the result of individual driving habits such as cornering at high speeds If the tire pressure is not checked and adjusted regularly abnormal tire wear can also occur Tire care gt Avoid damaging tires and wheel rims gt lf you must drive over a curb or other obstacle drive slowly and at an obtuse angle gt Check tires for uneven wear and damage before driving off gt Remove imbedded material gt Replace worn or damaged tires immediately gt Keep oil fuel brake fluid etc away from tires gt Replace missing valve stem caps gt Keep tires inflated correctly gt Wash tires when washing the vehicle Also Clean inner side of wheels gt Do not use abr
206. d on in vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive The stored positions for each seat are recalled automatically Cancelling setting Automatic settings can be cancelled immediately by pressing any seat adjustment button Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 3 Storing driver s seat settings Storing settings on a person button and a car key 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Switch ignition on 3 Make the required adjustments to the seat mirror steering wheel and safety belt 4 Briefly press the SET memory button and within 10 seconds hold down one of the per son buttons 1 2 or 3 until an acknowledge tone is obtained The settings are now stored on the desired person button 5 Withdraw car key or switch ignition off in vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive 6 Press the SET memory button within 10 seconds and keep the button depressed until an acknowledge tone is obtained The settings are now assigned to the car key 38 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel A Control switch for door mirror adjustment C Passenger mirror setting Storing passenger mirror setting as a parking aid lf the passenger s mirror is Supposed to swivel downwards when reversing this can also be Stored in the driver s seat setting 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Switch ignition on 3 Press the relevant person button 4 Engage reverse gear 5 Set the control switch A for the mirror setting to the passenger s
207. dent due to impaired vision resulting in serious personal injury or death The outside air that is flowing in is not dried in ECON mode The windows may mist up gt Do not switch on ECON mode in damp weather In ECON mode the air conditioning compressor is switched off and this deactivates the cooling function e g to save fuel The air conditioning compressor is always swit ched off at temperatures below 37 4 F 3 C Switching on ECON mode gt Press button econ The ECON logo appears on the air conditioning display panel The air conditioning compressor is switched off Switching off ECON mode gt f the interior temperature is too high press button econ or press button Autre 2 zone air conditioning or button YF 4 zone air conditioning The ECON logo disappears from the air condi tioning display panel The air conditioning compressor is switched on Information on air conditioning compressor The air conditioning compressor May switch off briefly to ensure sufficient engine cooling if the engine is operating under extreme load Switches off automatically at temperatures below approx 37 4 F 3 C and cannot be Switched on even manually Operates most effectively with windows closed lf the car has been in the sun for a long time however it is a good idea to ventilate the interior briefly with the windows open Depending on the outside temperature and humidity
208. ding approx 3 gallons 12 liters reserve 1 Danger The RF energy from a cellphone can cause a sparking on bare metal much like aluminum foil in a microwave oven The spark could ignite gasoline fumes present while refuling Static discharge from your body can ignite gasoline fumes present when you get back out of the vehicle and touch the fuel nozzle In either case resulting fire can cause serious damage to the vehicle serious injury or death to persons in immediate vicinity gt Do not use a cellphone while pumping gas gt Do not re enter the vehicle while pumping gas 1 Stop the engine and switch off the ignition 268 Maintenance and Car Care OF1 015 Slowly unscrew the tank cap Hang the tank cap s plastic strap on the hook A on the inside wall of the filler flap Insert pump nozzle fully into the filler neck with the handle of the pump nozzle facing down Do not add further fuel once the correctly operated automatic pump nozzle has switched off Fuel could spray or could run over when heated Replace the tank cap immediately after refueling and turn it until you hear it and feel it engage Maintenance Note lf you lose the tank filler cap you must replace it only with an original part Caution Risk of damage Decorative foils may bleach of they come into contact with fuel gt Wipe off any spilt fuel immediately Portable Fuel Containers 4 Danger Portab
209. ditioned area front Button G Right air conditioned area front Button R Left air conditioned area rear Button G Right air conditioned area rear Button T gt Press AUTO button C to return to automatic mode lf the air quantity on the front control panel was re duced so much that OFF appears on the display the outside air supply is interrupted 1 Warning Risk of accident due to impaired vision resulting in serious personal injury or death If the air quantity is OFF the windows may mist up gt Only select air quantity setting OFF for short periods gt f windows mist up push air quantity buttons G and O up to increase air quantity and select the function Defrost windshield Setting air distribution ZN Air to windshield and side windows The air quantity can be selected individually for each of the four air conditioned areas Front control panel The air flows to the windshield Rear control panel The air flows to the respective side window gt Press button g Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window al 6E Air to central and side vents gt Press button 65 Front control panel The air flows from the front central and side vents Rear control panel The air flows to the center vents Vents must be open V7 _ Air to footwell gt Press button The air flows to the footwell Ending air distribution functions gt gt
210. e gt Press button lt gt on the key for approx 2 seconds The rear window pops open OF O26 Unlocking with the key 1 Press button lt gt on the key 2 Press the release button A and open the window Unlocking with Porsche Entry amp Drive keyless 1 Warning Risk of being locked out of vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive gt Do not leave the key in the vehicle if the vehicle is locked and access is gained through the rear window The vehicle is automatically locked when the rear window is closed lf the key has been left in the vehicle the emer gency flasher flashes twice and a warning signal sounds The rear window can be opened again within approx 30 seconds After 30 seconds have elapsed the vehicle can be unlocked again only with the second key 4 Danger Risk of poisoning Exhaust gases can enter the passenger compartment when the rear window is open gt Always keep the rear lid and rear window closed when the engine is running gt Always keep the rear lid and rear window closed while driving The rear window is unlocked if you are in the rear area of the vehicle with the key gt Press the release button A and open the window Closing the rear window Close the rear window and press it into the lock until it can be felt to engage Note on operation On vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive the rear lid rear window and spare wheel bracket can no longer
211. e fluid Further important information concerning mainte nance can be found in a separate chapter gt Please see the chapter EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE on Page 250 1N Warning Brake fluid is hazardous to your health and may be fatal if swallowed Brake fluid also attacks paintwork gt Keep brake fluid out of children s reach gt Immediately rinse off spilled brake fluid with clean water gt f brake fluid gets into your eye immediately rinse with clean water for a few minutes Then see a doctor immediately gt Please note all the information on the refill container of the brake fluid OFl 124 Checking the brake fluid level The reservoir for the hydraulic braking system Is located in the engine compartment 1 Rotate the turn locks 90 anti clockwise arrow with a screwdriver and remove the cover 2 Check brake fluid level at the transparent reservolr The fluid level should always lie between the MIN and MAX marks A slight decrease in the fluid level due to wear and automatic readjustment of the disc brakes is normal lf however the fluid level falls markedly or below the MIN mark the braking system may have developed a leak gt Please have the braking system checked immediately at an authorized Porsche dealer Maintenance and Car Care 257 Changing the brake fluid Brake fluid absorbs moisture from the air over time This acc
212. e rear middle headrest is designed specifically for the rear middle seat and its safety parame ters only gt Vehicles with comfort seats Insert the headrest into the guides and push it down fully until it is engaged gt Vehicles with sport seats Insert the headrest into the guides push it down fully and afterwards push it upwards until it is engaged Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 35 Seat position A correct sitting position is important for safe and fatigue free driving We recommend the following procedure for adjusting the driver s seat to suit individual requirements l Adjust the seat height to give yourself enough headroom and an unobstructed view outside the vehicle Adjust the seat until with the accelerator pedal fully depressed your leg is straight but your entire foot still rests on the accelerator pedal Grip the top half of the steering wheel Set the backrest angle and steering wheel position so that your arms are almost outstretched However your shoulders must still rest on the backrest If necessary correct the seat fore and aft adjustment Adjust the height of the headrest so that the upper edge is at eye level or higher 36 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel Adjusting the seat A Front seat height adjustment B Rear seat height adjustment C Fore and aft adjustment D Backrest angle adjustment Lumbar support adjustment To permit a relaxed sitti
213. e 120 Voltage INdICAtION a Pal Volmer eee eeeeeeeeeee Warning and indicator lights overview 117 Collapsible spare wheel PSM Porsche Stability Management 186 Tire Size a a aaa 390 dole 72 Collapsible spare wheel i in the luggage compartment E 305 Comfort function Panorama roof system sesseeeseereeerrerrrerrrere 99 Comfort lighting Comfort tire pressure l Data Gar por A Coming Home function Setting lighting Off delay lt area LOO SE OM ee eee eee eee 109 Compass S Setting on the multi purpose display 068 147 Gein O E teak Oe Fe Ota nt 307 Connection on vehicles without air suspension 307 Storage location on vehicles without air suspension secsec 292 Tire filling connection on vehicles with air Spero E EE 308 COn a T TEE 2 zone air conditioning e eee 70 4 zone air conditioning front e 1D A zone air Conditioning rear sssr 76 Disabling control panel for air conditioned areas at the rear 79 Manual air conditioning ccccccceseesesseseeeeeeeeesO7 Ree Aces cence E EE oe Control systems Overview PTM PTM Plus PSM PASM PDCC 181 Coolant Pi IL oy 4 eee eee tte ea E Naren AP 255 Change quantity ar R a EE Checking level serosoa 255 Cooling system Engine coolant level warning ecese 122 Engine coolant temperature AE erriese 122 Temperature gage 122 Warning on multi purpose display ee ee Cormonne Meni a a se aeeeaee eave eee sseceeeeeneeeee 330 Changing bul
214. e OW Ol a seer taceenee 2 Switching Mono function On Off ecceeeeeeeeees TZ Switching on automatic recirculating air mode 72 Switching on recirculating air mode 000000e 72 Temperature Sensor ssssnsnesssnrnresssrrrreerrrrrreen 71 Using engine residual heat ccccccseseeeeeeeeeeees OD 4 wheel drive Functional description ccccsssssssesseeesseesseees 182 Warning message on multi purpose display 134 4 zone air conditioning AM CONCIIOMINE SENSORS srein oreca 76 Controlling rear air conditioned areas with the front control panel ssssseseeeeeeereee 79 Defrosting Windshield cccccccsssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeees LD Disabling control panel r ar ccccceeseseeeeeeeeees 79 Disabling control panel for air conditioned areas at the rear 79 Functional description E E ease T Information on air conditioning COMPrESSOr 65 Opening the cover flap nccc OF Operating overview front cccccsssssseeeeeeeeeeeeees ZD Operating overview reaf cssssssssseseeeeeesesesenees JO RESI mode a ney Merete noe SAN EN errrane 65 Setting air distribution 7 Setting air quantity a ee a e e a 7 Seine an E 7 E Setting temperature ccccccccsseeeeeeseseeeeeeeeenenes 7 SUM SENSO A E E S Switching air conditioning compressor On off 65 362 Index Switching automatic mode on off 76 Switching ECON mode on off ccccceeeeessseeeeees 65 Switching Mono f
215. e advantages of ABS it is still the driver s responsibility to adapt her his driving style and maneuvers in line with road and weather conditions as well as the traffic situation The increased safety that is provided should not induce you to take greater risks with your safety The limits set by the physics of driving cannot be overcome even with ABS Risks of accident due to inappropriate speed can not be reduced by ABS ABS ensures Full steering control The vehicle remains steerable Good driving stability No skidding due to locked wheels Optimum braking distance Shorter stopping distances in most cases Lock prevention No flat spots on the tires Function The decisive advantage of ABS Is in the driving Stability and maneuvrability of the vehicle in hazardous situations ABS prevents locking of the wheels during full braking on almost all road surfaces until shortly before the vehicle stops The ABS begins to control the braking process as soon as a wheel shows a tendency to lock This controlled braking process is comparable to extremely rapid cadence braking The pulsating brake pedal and a rattling noise warn the driver to adapt her his driving speed to the road conditions gt lf full braking should be necessary press the brake pedal all the way down throughout the entire braking procedure regardless of the pulsating pedal Do not ease up on pressure applied to the pedal W
216. e dealer before corrosion begins However if there are already traces of corrosion they must first be removed carefully and thoroughly Coat the area with a rust proofing primer and finish off with a top coat The paint code and color number are found on the data bank in the Maintenance booklet and on the vehicle s data bank gt Please see the chapter DATA BANK on Page 347 Cleaning the engine compartment t Caution Risk of damage e g to the alternator painted surfaces and the valve covers gt Never use high pressure cleaning equipment with a round jet nozzle gt Always maintain a minimum distance of 21 in 50 cm gt Always cover the lid over the brake fluid reser voir prior to cleaning with a high pressure cleaner Never point the cleaning jet directly at the lid gt Do not point the cleaning jet directly at any of the aforementioned components Note on operation lf the car is driven off road frequently and after driving on salted or gritted roads gt Clean the engine compartment regularly Maintenance and Car Care 2 3 Windows The road dust which settles on the windshield and windows contains particles of tire rubber and oil residue The interior trim and upholstery release particles particularly in strong sunlight which col lect on the insides of the windows These deposits are augmented by impurities in the air which enters the car through the fresh air vents gt
217. e diagonally opposite wheel A Filler bottle B Filler hose Using tire sealant The tire sealant can be used to seal small cuts especially in the tire tread Sealing the tire with the tire sealant is only an emergency repair so you can drive to the next workshop Even with the tire air tight it may be used only for short trips in an emergency EF hat ta On vehicles without level control the tire sealant and a compressor with pressure tester can be found under the cargo floor in the luggage com partment The tire sealant comprises A filler bottle A filler hose A valve turner A Spare valve insert A set of instructions and A sticker with the maximum permissible speed 4 Danger Risk of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Use the tire sealant only in the case of cuts or punctures no larger than 0 15 in 4 mm gt Never use the tire sealant if the rim is damaged Warning The sealant is highly flammable and harmful to health gt Fire naked flame and smoking are prohibited when handling tire sealant gt Avoid contact with skin eyes and clothing due to caustic chemical properties of the tire seal ant gt Keep tire sealant away from children gt Do not inhale vapours due to consequent harm to personal health resulting in serious personal injury or death In case of contact with the sealant gt If sealant gets
218. e door windows is available only when the ignition is Switched on Opening closing windows Opening window with the rocker switch gt Press rocker switch until the window has reached the desired position Power window in driver s door Power window in passenger s door Left rear power window Right rear power window Jow Note on operation Rocker switches A and B in the driver s door have a two stage function Ifthe switch in question is pressed or pulled to the first level the front window Is opened or closed manually lf the switch is completely pressed or pulled to the second level the front window is opened or closed automatically one touch operation Press or pull again to stop the window in the desired position Windows and Sliding Roofs 87 Ei pm fia ait Power windows in passenger s door and rear doors Closing window with the rocker switch Pull rocker switch until the window has reached the desired position 88 Windows and Sliding Roofs One touch operation for front windows gt Pull or press rocker switch to its final position in the driver s door Window moves to Its final position Press or pull again to stop the window in the desired position Note on operation If a door window is blocked during closing it will stop and open again by several centimetres However this is not the case lf the rocker switch is pressed again within 10 seconds
219. e fire extinguisher gt The functional ability of the fire extinguisher should be checked by a specialist workshop every 1 to 2 years gt After use have the fire extinguisher refilled A Front seat left B Front seat right Heated Seats Front and Rear The seat heating is ready for operation when the engine is running The heating power can be infini tely adjusted with the thumb wheel C Rear seat left D Rear seat right Switching on gt Turn thumb wheel until the desired position is reached Switching off gt Turn thumb wheel to O A Switches seat heating on B Switches seat heating off C Temperature control for left seat D Temperature control for right seat Rear seat heating in vehicles with an four zone air conditioning system Switching on gt Press button A After the seat heating is switched on the air conditioning display switches to seat heating mode for approx 10 seconds Controlling the temperature gt Move button C or button D upwards or down wards until the desired position is reached Switching off gt Press button B Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 41 Safety Belts 4 Danger Always make sure your and your passengers safety belts are properly fastened while the vehicle is in motion Failure to follow safety belt warnings may re sult in serious personal injury or death gt For your and your passengers protection use safety be
220. e in manual selection mode M The kickdown function cannot be used to downshift in manual selection mode M gt Therefore shift down manually when accelera ting e g to overtake Shifting up gt Press upper part of a rocker switch A or gt Push selector lever B forward in the M gate Shifting down gt Press lower part of a rocker switch A or gt Push selector lever B back in the M gate Depending on driving speed and engine speed you can shift up or down at any time Gear changes which would exceed the upper or lower engine speed limit are not executed by the control unit You can change down two gears by quickly pres sing rocker switches A or selector lever B twice If PSM is active and the engine speed limit is reached an automatic upward shift is performed or just before idling speed is reached a down ward shift is performed gt Select an appropriately low gear on upward and downward slopes This will ensure optimum use of engine power and engine braking lf manual mode fails the control electronics switch to automatic mode In this event the instrument panel will display selector lever position D gt To remedy the fault please consult an authorized Porsche dealer Driving and Driving Safety 173 M Manual selection mode in the off road driving program Y Warning The kickdown function is not active in manual selection mode M The kickdown function can
221. e information provided will familiarise you with the special advantages of your vehicle allowing you to arrive at your destination safely every time We recommend practicing on less rugged terrain Vehicles with SportDesign package t Caution Risk of damage On vehicles with Sport Design package front rear and side member trim are painted Off road driving can seriously damage these trim parts gt When driving off road make sure these parts are not damaged gt Make sure there is sufficient clearance between obstacles and the underside of the vehicle gt Avoid driving through water gt Do not use side member trims or rear wheel spoilers as a running board Maintenance Note Please bear in mind that off road driving subjects all vehicle components to considerably more wear than normal use making professional inspection and maintenance after each use a vital precondi tion for functioning and safety Grains of sand dirt particles and other abrasive materials entering the brakes can cause exces sive wear or unpredictable braking action Rules for off road driving gt Ensure vehicle is equipped with approved all terrain tires gt Pay attention to the ground clearance of the vehicle Please see the chapter GROUND CLEARANCE on Page 357 gt Activate Low Range Please see the chapter SELECTING OFF ROAD DRIVING PROGRAM on Page 178 gt Stow or fasten luggage and loads securely
222. e left and right side walls endanger the occupants of the luggage compartment gt Do not place objects on top of the luggage compartment cover gt Lift the cover at the right and remove Retracting luggage compartment cover gt Disengage the luggage compartment cover from the guides on the side walls and carefully guide it back into the retractor roller Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 2 1 1 Luggage safety net OFt O74 The luggage safety net can hold back only light weight items in the event of braking changes in direction or in an accident gt For information on stowing loads and luggage Please see the chapter STOWING LOAD IN THE VEHICLE on Page 233 1N Warning Danger of injury During braking direction changes or in an accident an unsecured load can slip and endanger the occupants gt Always secure the passenger compartment with the luggage safety net gt Always fasten the load at the tie down rings i Maintenance Note Installing luggage compartment cover gt The load must never project over the top edge of the seat backrest gt If the luggage safety net was heavily stressed gt Insert the cover into the receiver on the left Side Press the cover down into the receiver on the right side until it can be heard and felt to engage Release B must point forwards lf the safety net was heavily stressed or dama ged during braking or an accident etc have t
223. e light emitting diode F in the SPORT button is lit When Sport mode is switched on the logo SPORT appears on the multi purpose display After the ignition is switched off Sport mode is automatically reset to Normal mode Warning messages A warning appears on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel in the event of a fault gt For information on warning messages on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 180 Driving and Driving Safety Vehicles with air suspension lf you wish to use the characteristics of Sport mode and the sports exhaust system but would like a more comfortable running gear setup you can switch PASM and PDCC separately to Normal or Comfort mode and or raise the ride height of the vehicle gt Press the corresponding PASM button in the center console The light emitting diode in the button of the selected running gear setup lights up In addition the selected running gear setup Is shown on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel for approx 12 seconds Please see the chapter PORSCHE ACTIVE SUSPENSION MANAGEMENT PASM on Page 193 Please see the chapter PORSCHE DYNAMIC CHASSIS CONTROL PDCC on Page 194 Press the rocker switch in the center console for ward The corresponding light emitting diode next to the rocker switch lights up continuously after the adjustment process The level change Is a
224. e of tires mounted at the factory D Recommended cold tire inflation pressure These values are for cold tires 68 F 20 C E Approved tire sizes F Size and tire pressure for the collapsible spare wheel Tire traction 1 Warning When driving on wet or slushy roads a wedge of water may build up between the tires and the road This phenomenon is known as hydroplane and may cause par tial or complete loss of traction vehicle con trol or stopping ability gt Reduce speed on wet surfaces to prevent this Tire life Tire life depends on various factors i e road sur faces traffic and weather conditions driving habits type of tires and tire care gt Inspect your tires for wear and damage before driving off If you notice uneven or substantial wear wheels might need alignment or tires should be balanced or replaced Tire wear The original equipment tires on your Porsche have built in tire wear indicators They are molded into the bottom of the tread grooves and will appear as approximately 1 2 in 12 mm bands when the tire tread depth is down to 1 16 of an in 1 6 mm When the indicators appear in two or more adja cent grooves It is time to replace the tires We recommend however that you do not let the tires wear down to this extent Worn tires cannot grip the road surface properly and are even less effective on wet roads In the United States state laws may govern the minimum trea
225. e on operation The Porsche communication systems cannot be switched on and off using the multi functional steering wheel EFl 149 Operating the function keys The function keys on the steering wheel arrows can be operated by pressing and by pulling Various functions may require you to press or pull the buttons several times in order to achieve the desired setting Steering wheel buttons lighting When the light switch is operated the light switches on automatically Using the buttons on the back of the steering wheel arrow the lighting for the function keys and the rocker switches can be switched on and off Switching lighting off gt Press button Switching lighting on gt Press button again ET1 155 Function keys on multi functional steering wheel gt Please read and understand the operating in structions supplied for the Porsche communi cation systems before operating the function keys Answer the telephone Take calls Hang up the telephone End or reject the call Increase the volume of the relevant communication system Decrease the volume of the relevant communication system Switch off the sound Next radio station title Select the next radio station or title Last radio station title Select the previous radio station or title Source selection Select available audio source Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 61 Sun Visors gt Swing sun
226. e push of a button comfort normal sport lf the running gear setups comfort or normal have been selected the system automatically changes the setup to sport when the car is dri ven in a sporty manner Indication of the selected running gear setup The light emitting diode in the button of the selec ted running gear setup is lit In addition the selected running gear setup is indi cated on the multipurpose display of the instru ment panel for around 12 seconds 3 Waring lights and warning messages The warning light in the instrument panel comes on if there is a system fault A warning message is shown on the multi purpose display of the instru ment panel gt Adapt your driving style to the changed condi tions gt To remedy the fault consult an authorized Porsche dealer 01 056 NT Ha Oil f i Selecting the running gear setup 1 Switch ignition on 2 Press the appropriate button Note on operation The running gear setup selected last is stored in memory after the ignition is switched off Driving and Driving Safety 193 Porsche Dynamic Chassis Control PDCC Function Porsche Dynamic Chassis Control PDCC is a sys tem for roll stabilization of the vehicle body when driving Driving comfort and driving safety are im proved by active intervention of the anti roll bars on the front and rear axles No separate controls are avail
227. e safety and operating instructions on the tire compressor gt Use tires repaired with sealant only over short distances For information on handling and filling the sealant Please see the chapter USING TIRE SEALANT on Page 296 Note on spare wheel sealing set operation Each time the ignition is switched on the reminder SPARE WHEEL SEALING SET OPERATION appears for approx 10 seconds if a Spare wheel type spare wheel collapsible spare wheel or sealing set has been set 1 Select YES or NO YES if a spare wheel collapsible spare wheel or tire sealant is still being used NO if the spare wheel collapsible spare wheel or tire sealant has been removed 2 Confirm selection The selected item is then accepted The current settings are displayed if NO is selected gt Set the fitted wheel set with tire type and tire size Please see the chapter SETTING THE TIRE TYPE AND SIZE on Page 134 Note on operation The reminder SPARE WHEEL SEALING SET OPERATION goes out automatically after approx 10 seconds if no selection is made during this time The original selection YES is then maintained a Faults in Tire Pressure Monitoring In the event of faults Tire Pressure Monitoring cannot monitor the tire pressure A distinction is made between partial monitoring and inactive system In the case of partial monitoring the tire pressure warning light on the speedometer flashes about 60 seconds and
228. e satellite radio activated before you can put it into operation You will need a contract with a provider in order to use this radio gt Refer to the separate radio operating instruc tions before putting into operation The iPod USB and AUX interfaces are located in the storage box between the front seats Note Do not leave your iPod USB storage device or an external audio source in the vehicle for extended periods of time because extreme ambient conditi ons temperature fluctuations humidity can occur in the vehicle iPod Use the supplied connecting cable to connect one of the iPod models listed iPod 4th generation iPod 5th generation iPod nano iPod nano 2nd generation iPod mini jPod photo or more modern iPod models the operation of more modern iPods cannot be guaranteed on PCM gt Please refer to the section iPod in the sepa rate PCM operating instructions USB You can connect a USB storage device to the USB interface You can play audio data supported formats MP3 WMA and AAC LC download data from the Sport display and download data from the PCM logbook gt Please refer to the section USB in the sepa rate PCM operating instructions Note The LED display of a standard USB storage device is turned away from the driver when connected to the USB interface AUX External audio source You can connect an external audi
229. e side window Luggage net gt Luggage must be stowed completely covered by the luggage net The luggage net can prevent only lightweight objects from slipping Tie down belts gt Do not use elastic belts or straps to tie down Cargo gt Do not place belts and straps over sharp edges gt Observe the directions for use and information for the tie down equipment gt Use only belts with a tear strength of at least 1543 Ibs 700 kg and a maximum width of 1 in 25 mm gt Cross the belts over the load Driving gt The car s handling changes depending on the vehicle loading Adapt your driving style to the changed driving behavior gt Do not exceed the maximum gross weight and the axle load gt Please see the chapter WEIGHTS on Page 356 gt Never drive with the rear window or rear lid open Exhaust gases can enter the passenger compartment gt Adapt the tire pressure to the load gt Please see the chapter SETTING VEHICLE LOADING AND ADJUSTING TIRE PRESSURE on Page 135 gt Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 Trailer Hitch 233 Towing a trailer Warning Driving with a trailer gt Always see the permissible towing capacity vertical coupling load and rear axle load Please see the chapter WEIGHTS on Page 356 gt When connected the trailer must always be horizontal behind the towing vehicle If neces
230. e tenure teeaseent eters saennteneeces 230 WSS OM dN E E E a 30 Trailer lad dates cee eee ee 356 Ce E E A AA oO Transmission S T E Transport on car trains ferries etc l Securing the vehicle senescere 192 Transverse lock Displaying status of locks on the multi purpose display ccsseeceseeeeeeees 131 Ene eine e e E tS Trip counter DEAT T E TETT Reson a eoeeees pence ea cones eespresesewneneaenececaneeeya 121 Turn signal SE EE A E E eee E 106 Index 377 Turn signal light Changing bulb Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 333 fdicator lig hiaan Iv 119 Turn signal pilot light idie oe e repens eeymrernmrene Tye 117 119 Turn signal front Changing bulb Cayenne GTS ccnn 335 Changing bulb Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Tanahe 333 Installing headlights 328 Removing headlights aeree e 327 Turn signal rear Oee e E E A 338 Installing taillight eea 337 Removing tail light e 336 Turn signal high beam headlight flasher stalk 106 Two zone air conditioning Air conditioning Sensors cccceeeeeeeesseenteeeeeeeees 71 Defrosting windshield sassen 70 Operating T E 70 KESI E E ne E E Rone C IY 65 Setting air distribution cccccccssseeseeeeseeeesseeeees 72 Seine ar guanti e sateassascseencereneeeesenene se 71 Setting E AER 71 Switching ECON mode on off ccccccceseeseeeeeeees 65 Switching Mono function On off sssecceeeeeees 72 Switching on automatic recirculating air mode m Switc
231. e unlo cking or locking position until the windows have reached the desired position Windows and Sliding Roofs 89 On vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive Closing windows with button in door handle Warning Danger of injury The window will close with its full closing force gt Ensure that no one can be injured when the win dows close gt Hold the button in the door handle when locking the vehicle until the windows and the Panorama roof system have reached the desired position 90 Windows and Sliding Roofs Note on operation The comfort function remains available for approx 30 seconds after the vehicle has been locked Storing final position of the door windows The end positions of the door windows are lost when the battery is disconnected and reconnec ted The one touch operation of the windows is disabled Perform these procedures for all windows 1 Close window completely once by pulling rocker switch 2 Open window completely again by pressing rocker switch Brief overview sliding lifting roof This brief overview does not replace the informati on provided in the chapter Sliding lifting roof In particular warnings are not replaced by this brief overview What do I want to do Opening roof Lifting roof Close roof fF 463 Switch in the roof console What do I have to do Turn switch to position C Or Turn switch to position B noise optimized pos
232. ease see the chapter EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE on Page 250 Checking coolant level adding coolant The expansion tank for the coolant is located under the engine compartment cover in the engine compartment When the engine is cold and the car is level the coolant level must lie between the min and max marks Checking when engine is cold 1 Remove cover Open cap of the expansion tank carefully and allow any overpressure to escape Then unscrew cap completely 3 Read the coolant level 4 Top up with coolant if necessary Do not exceed the max mark Only add a mixture of anti freeze and water in equal parts Antifreeze in coolant 50 provides anti freeze protection down to 31 F 35 C Screw the cap closed firmly and put on the cover Maintenance and Car Care 255 Checking the coolant level when a warning messages is shown on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel 1 Warning Danger of serious personal injury or death from scalding Coolant is hazardous to your health and may be fatal if swallowed gt Do not open the cap of the expansion tank while the engine is hot gt Allow the engine to cool down before opening the cap and protect your hands arms and face from any possible escape of hot coolant gt Keep coolant out of children s reach gt Also keep coolant away from your pets They can be attracted to it should there be
233. eating switches itself on when the following criteria are fulfilled at the same time 1 Low outside temperature 2 Low engine temperature 3 The interior temperature setting in the display of the air conditioning is 10 and more bars or at the highest level all bars of the interior temperature setting on the display of the air conditioning The steering wheel heating switches itself off again after a warming up phase or is switched off if one of the criteria is no longer met gt For more information about setting the interior temperature on vehicles with manual air condi tioning Please see the chapter SETTING TEMPERATURE on Page 68 Steering Wheel Adjustment N Warning Risk of accident The steering wheel may move further than desired if you attempt to adjust it when driving You can lose control of the vehicle causing serious personal injury or death gt Do not adjust the steering wheel when driving Risk of crushing due to uncontrolled recall of seat memory settings gt Do not leave children in the car unattended Manual adjustment 1 Swivel locking lever A downwards 2 Adapt the steering wheel setting to the back rest angle and your seat position Move the steering wheel in the desired direction 3 Swivel locking lever A back until you feel it engage Electrical adjustment gt Press control switch B in the relevant direction until the desired setting is reached The s
234. ecranees 6 Cooling 5 SiChie a reeeere eee eee eee 122 Bec eee ene ee E Ane cer E E a 349 WANs Siesta eine eanete ce sea ee reee san teed aietae erase oreenee 171 STITT Tone Rneten net terre ni E E Ce l SUG 9 6 1 e seenctehera sot erty Ma RNR eee 161 Engine Braking Support assistance when driving downhill 189 Engine drag torque control MSR l Functional description ee a 184 Eene a E a see E E eee 251 CE S E E E E ceteveuer neem an 205 Change quantity cece iecctcteccee decsscavetecssinents OOS Checking oil level with oil dipstick 0000008 202 Choosing the nieht oil eee a 253 CONMSUMPLION a 349 Eo ie cee OS re rTP OL a ali ere tne A ee 293 Engine oil pressure ai ersriorerena eena LOS iller ODO nne a E O General information n 253 E T S re S E nets 252 Oil level warning on the multi purpose display ETE 252 Recommendation seeren areena 2I T emperature gage eceeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeaneeees 120 TO geen ee tent ee eee nce Rem Verner lo 1 Engine oil levela ereere eaea Zoe CGC INS a Oe Entry amp Drive Locking vehicle door with Porsche Entry amp Drive 21 Opening closing Panorama roof system CULL Wore sch Bee ens oer an Racer eens een 99 Unlocking vehicle door with Porsche Entry amp Drive 20 Entry aid Functional description cccccsssessseseseesseeueeenees OO SWIC hig omon ssexsisarsscesshenaciesngtacudscnyventa Error messages DISDIAVING lt acseccicansravsaesscetasasianas
235. ects of corrosion depend on the amount of time the vehicle was parked whether road salt or grit was spread and whether grease dissolving agents were used in car washes not on vehicles with Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake To prevent corrosion of the brake discs brake them dry before parking the car not on vehicles with Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake lf the braking comfort is noticeably impaired we recommend having the brake system checked by experts at an authorized Porsche dealer gt To relieve the braking system on downhill stretches change down to a lower gear in enough time to obtain engine braking lf engine braking is insufficient on steep stretches operate the footbrake at intervals Continuous braking overheats the brakes and reduces the braking effect gt Please see the chapter BRAKE FLUID LEVEL on Page 25 7 SET Store speed RESUME Switch on resume cruise control readiness pull toward driver OFF Interrupt push away from driver SPEED Accelerate raise clockwise SPEED Decelerate lower counter clockwise A 1 A WN Cruise Control Cruise control maintains any selected speed between 20 and 150 mph 30 and 240 km h without you having to use the accelerator The cruise control is operated with the operating lever on the steering wheel 1N Warning Risk of accident while using cruise control in heavy traffic and consequent personal injury or death o
236. ed gt Have the fault remedied at your nearest authorized Porsche dealer Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 5 1 Automatic locking retractor The safety belts for the front passenger and the rear bench are equipped with an automatic locking retractor for securing the child restraint system When activated this retractor allows you to securely fasten the child restraint system in place so that inadvertent movements will not occur 1 Danger The use of a child restraint system on the front passenger seat can result in serious personal injury or death to the child from an airbag deployment To reduce risk of injury from an inflating airbag in an accident Porsche strongly recommends gt Under all normal circumstances the child seat must be placed in the rear Do not use a child restraint system on the front passenger seat 52 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel However there may be serious situations where it might be necassary to place a child in the front seat so that he she can be kept under direct ob servation to prevent an immediate risk to the child for example while driving to the doctor or hospi tal The following instructions are provided to you solely for that purpose gt Seek appropriate advice from your authorized Porsche dealer about the possible installation of a Porsche child restraint system gt lf achild restraint system must be fastened to the passenger s seat adjust the passenger s sea
237. ed areas at thene germ eee ert tn fe eh Ce ON eS 79 Functional description of 2 zone air conditioning 70 Functional description of 4 zone air conditioning 75 Functional description of manual air conditioning 67 Information on air conditioning compressor 65 Opening the cover flap cccccccceseseesseeeseeseeeeneess 64 Operating overview of 2 zone air conditioning 70 Operating overview of 4 zone air conditioning front s seeeeeeees 75 Operating overview of 4 zone air Conditioning reaf ccceeeeeeeeeeeees 76 Operating overview of manual air conditioning 67 Overview of air conditioning systems 00005 64 Setting air distribution with 2 zone air conditioning 71 Setting air distribution with 4 zone air conditioning 77 Setting air distribution with manual air conditioning 68 Setting air quantity with 2 zone air conditioning 71 Setting air quantity with 4 zone air conditioning 77 Setting air quantity with manual air conditioning 68 Setting fan with 2 zone air conditioning 71 Setting fan with 4 zone air conditioning 0 7 Setting fan with manual air conditioning 68 Setting temperature with 2 zone air conditioning 71 Setting temperature with 4 zone air conditioning 77 Setting temperature with manual air sonar 68 Sun sensor for 2 zone air conditioning 71 Sun sensor for 4 zone
238. eeseeees 195 Index 37 1 SEO ere atm AL MeL CER eum Tele ner 201 Switching off Low Range reduction rrr aan 178 Switching on Low Range reduction 0 00 178 IG el a US RRA een conn ee Ree Oy CeneN rneRie 202 Uor kol siatnecstesinetaat lashed svamensesenviinantane 197 WE 05 elie rem nt em he hed ries oy ar 199 Off road PSM functional description ccccseeeeeeeeeees 184 Off road roof mounted headlights ccccccsesseeeeeees 217 Off road shifting Pipi SCC C ere oe eee E cece teeseseere 177 OEE E E A E 251 Change quantity AE EA N E IA E eer 359 Checking oil level with oil dipstick eee 252 Choosing the right oilte eeren e 253 Consumption ce ee a O40 DENE E E E A E eA 253 Enee ETES Sle L Pe TN a an gecensestaceeseseenee 254 General MOPMALUON scrnecccescencsscesvevarscneevexsnsuress 253 Oillevel warning on the multipurpose display ee 252 Temperature Sage ee a a 12 Toppne a cnc en ceeeceees seee see eee eeeeee eee 254 Oil level G 1216 4 a n Meine eet nna tet Aenane rent ie Reman asen 252 On board computer Activating synchronous mirror adjustment 143 Changing settings l for opening and locking the vehicle 143 Changing settings of central locking system 143 Displaying status of level control ccceeeee 131 Displaying status of locks reduction 000 131 Displaying warning Messages ccce T30 Displaying resetting average consumption 132 Gear display
239. ehicle is unlocked the sliding lifting roof can no longer be operated after 10 minutes to save the vehicle battery The power supply is switched back on when the ignition is switched on or the engine started EF iad A Closes sliding lifting roof completely B Opens sliding lifting roof to comfort setting C Opens sliding lfting roof completely D Opens sliding lifting roof in lift position Note on operation Using the automated presetting system every usable sliding lifting roof position can be controlled directly with the knob A Closing sliding lifting roof completely gt Turn knob to switch position A Note on operation The sliding lfting roof is equipped with a force limiter If the sliding lifting roof is obstructed during the closing process the sliding lifting roof opens again immediately Closing the sliding lifting roof after operation of the force limiter gt Remove the obstruction gt Turn knob to position A again B Opening sliding lifting roof to comfort setting gt Turn knob to switch position B The sliding lifting roof opens in switch position B until it reaches the best position relative to noise It can be opened fully however if you continue to turn the switch beyond the limit to position C C Opening sliding lifting roof completely gt Turn knob beyond stop position B to switch position C Effort is required to turn the knob Once released the knob rebounds to p
240. eiling for example 1 Stand behind the vehicle and open the rear lid 2 Press the button lt gt on the key to stop the automatic opening operation at around 2 3 of the opening height 3 Now move the rear lid up by hand until the desi red opening height is reached Make sure that there is a sufficient minimum clearance from any obstacle 4 Press and hold the button in the rear lid trim pa nel for approx 3 seconds An acknowledgement signal sounds and the emergency flasher lights up once The opening height of the rear lid has now been programmed The rear lid can now be closed by briefly pres sing the button This setting cannot be deleted If a different set ting is required repeat steps 1 to 4 Malfunctions of the rear lid drive The automatic function is not active if the battery voltage is too low lf a button is pressed the rear lid lock is unlocked and a warning signal sounds for 3 seconds The rear lid can now be opened by hand gt Charge the vehicle battery Emergency operation of the rear lid A warning signal sounds for approx 3 seconds if the automatic opening or closing operation is in terrupted by a fault gt Open or close the rear lid by hand Unlocking and opening rear window The vehicle doors remain locked after unlocking the rear lid The rear window is locked automatically after 30 seconds if it is not opened Unlocking with the key only on vehicles without Powerliftgat
241. elling the vehicle delete the programmed buttons of the HomeLink Programming a button on the keypad t Caution Risk of damage When programming a gara ge door or gate the door or gate may open and close several times in quick succession causing the motor to overheat gt Unplug the garage door or gate during the pro gramming procedure to prevent the motor from overheating 1 Press and hold the desired button on the keypad until light emitting diode B starts to flash slowly may take up to 20 seconds Do not release the button before step 3 has been completed 2 Hold the original remote control approx 5 30 cm in front of the marked position C Make sure that the battery in the original remote control is new 3 Press and hold the button on the original remo te control until light emitting diode B flashes ra pidly The rapidly flashing LED B confirms that the re mote control function has been programmed successfully Only release both buttons when LED B flashes 4 Press the programmed button on keypad A lf the light emitting diode B lights up conti nuously after programming this means that the system is a fixed code system Program ming is now completed If light emitting diode B again flashes rapidly for a short time after programming and then lights up continuously for approx 2 seconds this means that the system Is a changeable code system HomeLink must then be synchro nized
242. els from spinning by adjusting the engine power thereby ensuring good lane holding ability and a Stable driving behavior Porsche Stability Management PSM PSM Is an active control system for stabilization of the vehicle during extreme driving maneuvers It operates together with the Porsche Traction Management PTM system PSM makes use of both the ABD and TCS systems as well as the known functions of the anti lock brake system ABS and engine drag torque control system MSR 1 Warning In spite of the advantages of PSM itis still the driver s responsibility to adapt her his driving style and maneuvers in line with road and weather conditions as well as the traffic situation The increased safety that is provided should not induce you to take greater risks with your safety The limits set by the physics of driving cannot be overcome even with PSM Risks of accident due to inappropriate speed cannot be reduced by PSM Advantages of PSM Best possible traction and lane holding ability in all driving situations even on road surfaces with varying friction The system compensates for undesired vehi cle reactions load alteration effect when the driver releases the accelerator pedal or brakes on bends This compensation functions up to the maximum lateral acceleration PSM actively stabilizes the vehicle as required during dynamic driving maneuvers e g rapid steering movements during lane changes or on a
243. emedy a system fault gt lf the overload protection function causes the compressor to switch off wait for a time until it has cooled down The system will function again as soon as it has cooled sufficiently The warning message appears when the control system is switched off and when the collapsible spare wheel is being filled This does not indicate a fault The warning message will go out once these procedures have been completed Raising vehicle with the jack Whenever it is necessary to jack up the vehicle gt Manually set normal level and then switch off level control Switching off level control 1 Switch ignition on 2 Push rocker switch forward for 5 to 10 seconds A message Is shown on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel The vehicle can now be raised Switching level control back on 1 Switch ignition on 2 Push rocker switch forward for 5 to 10 seconds or 3 Drive forward with the vehicle Level control switches on automatically Transporting the vehicles on car trains ferries and car transporters gt Tie the vehicle down only at its wheels Porsche Active Suspension Management PASM Various messages are shown on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel gt For further information on warning messages on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 Three different running gear setups can be selec ted with th
244. en oO Installing taillight eee eaaa 337 Removing tail light cccccccscceseeeseeesssesseenees GOO Right hand traffic changing headlights Rn ee 340 FRlIMM OT SGU E A T sees sucetssensehesdevereescctes messsaexs OU DEME sag a E cs cece ts E E sees zeae 291 Rimi WIC Nie sates E E 291 Rocker amene a aie Ceres Creer neret Ser rerha ti seer 172 Roll stabilisation Porsche Dynamic Chassis Control PDCC 194 Roller blind Cleaning POSIMO s2ccceczecetece ee acgseecseereeceteceeecees 101 Opening closing for Panorama roof system 100 Roof console COO 2a nerccnsienmeesenvaeeurtrees en 109 Interior lighting sscccseesssseeeeeeeee Lane Pen Nene eee 107 Switch OVErVICW ccccccccccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenaes 107 Roof system Panorama roof system Brief OWN Wea ae 96 Emergency operation ccccccceseeeessssseeeeeeeees 101 Functional GeSCriptiOn c c0cc cceecceseeeseccesertevences 97 VAR UO a ceeeeteercecgacecnscseenccesceeesceese 99 Opening closiNg merere ee veececesesceeverceseseseesee JO Opening closing roller blind cc sseeeeeeeeeeees 100 Opening closing with car Key ccccsssseeeeeeeeeees 99 Roller blind cleaning poSition s scceeseeeeees 101 Roof Transport System LLO Functional gonion A E N TO 216 mE E E E A S 360 E E E 356 Safety A S 216 Roof mounted headlights ccccceeccceseeeeeeeeeseeaeeeees 217 Running in i eS e E S EEE 6 Running gear control systems
245. ends gt Under all normal circumstances the child seat must be placed in the rear Do not use a child restraint system in the front passenger seat However there may be serious situations where it might be necessary to place a child in the front seat so that he she can be kept under direct observation to prevent an immediate risk to the child for example while driving to the doctor or hospital The following instructions are provided to you solely for that purpose gt Seek appropriate advice from your authorized Porsche dealer about the possible installation of a Porsche child restraint system gt Ifa child restraint system must be fastened to the passenger s seat adjust the passenger s seat as far away from the airbag as possible gt lf emergency or other serious conditions require a child to be placed in the front seat exercise extreme caution and defensive driving of your vehicle You must recognize that any substantial frontal impact could result in the deployment of the passenger airbag which could lead to serious injury or death of the child Child restraint system for children weighing up to 29 Ibs 13 kg lf the child restraint system must be fastened to the passenger s seat in exceptional cases make sure that the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp lights up adjust the passenger s seat as far away from the airbag as possible 1 Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death due t
246. er blade gt Always switch the windshield wipers off wiper Stalk in position O before opening the engine compartment lid If the wiper arms are not in end position they will automatically move to this position when the engine compartment lid is opened This will happen even if the ignition is off The wiper arms remain in this position until the lid is closed and the wiper system is switched off and then on again O Windshield wipers off 1 Front windshield wiper rain sensor operation gt Move wiper stalk upwards to the first click Notes on operation The amount of precipitation which has settled on the windshield is measured Wiper speed is auto matically adjusted accordingly Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers 1 1 1 The rain sensor remains switched off if the wiper lever is already in position 1 when the ignition is Switched on To switch the rain sensor on again gt Move wiper stalk to position O and then to position 1 switching on is confirmed by one wipe of the windshield or gt Operate windshield washer system 5 Switching on is confirmed by three wipes of the windshield or gt Change the sensitivity of the rain sensor with four stage switch A 1 12 Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers Changing the sensitivity of the rain sensor Sensitivity can be set with switch A in 4 stages gt Adjust rotary switch A upwards The setting is confirmed by one wipe
247. er the load compartment floor In the front and rear cupholders 222 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage EG 474 Glasses case in the roof console Sunglasses for example can be stored in this storage compartment Opening gt Press button arrow Closing gt Close the lid until it clicks audibly into place Opening gt Press button A and open cover Locking gt Always lock button A with the car key to secure the contents from unauthorized access Glove compartment B Thumb wheel for cooling the glove compartment C Holder for pens Warning Risk of injury by the glove compartment lid in O Cooling the glove compartment case of an accident gt Rotate thumb wheel B leftwards gt Keep the glove compartment closed while driving Switch cooling off A drawer designed to hold the welcome kit is gt Rotate thumb wheel B rightwards located in the glove compartment Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 223 w Storage trays in the armrest between the Opening the lower tray front seats gt Press button B and lift top tray with the cover Two storages trays are located in the armrest closed Opening the top tray gt Press button A and lift the cover 224 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage Storage tray in the rear armrest One storage tray Is located in the armrest Opening the storage tray in the armrest 1 Fold down the armrest completely 2
248. es should have the same load capacity as original equipment tires and should be mounted on all four wheels Winter tires with studs should be run at mode rate speeds when new in order to give the studs time to settle 4 Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death Driving the vehicle with low tire pressure increases increases risk of a tire failure and resulting loss of control Furthermore low tire pressure increases rate of wear of the affected tires and cause damage Tires with badly worn treads and studs are very dangerous and could cause accidents resulting in serious personal injuries or death gt Make sure they are replaced immediately gt Do not exceed the winter tire speed rating Snow tires do not have the same degree of trac tion on dry wet or snowfree roads as normal tires Furthermore snow tires wear rapidly under these conditions Maintenance Note We recommend fitting winter tires on the vehicle at temperatures below 45 F 7 C since the driving performance of summer tires is reduced at low temperatures Summer tires may be permanently damaged at extremely low temperatures Winter tires do not fulfill their purpose if the tread depth Is less than 5 32 in 4 mm Comply with all state and local laws gover ning snow tire and tread depth requirements 1 Danger Risk of accident and serious personal injury or death due to excessive speed gt Always check the maximum speed
249. esesgrnseeriaceess LO Overview of warning messages on the multi purpose display 149 Exhaust gas Monitoring warning light aeee 117 119 Exhaust GOS ee decce es tee cores eereee terest a 3 Stainless steel tailpipes care instructions 276 Exit aid l Functional description siessen a 30 Switching om Ol a OO External audio source interface 221 F Fabric linings care instructions scccccssseeeeseeeeeeeees 277 Factory settings Resetting multi purpose display csssseeeeeeees 148 Faults After charging the battery 325 Emergency operation of automatic rear lid 26 Emergency operation of ignition key MENOK a e cities 159 Emergency operation of rear lid cc ssseeeeeeeees 31 Emergency operation of sliding lifting roof 94 Emergency operation of the Panorama roof system ccecessseeeeeeees 101 Emergency operation of the spare wheel bracket 311 Emergency operation of Tiptronic selector lever 175 Emergency unlocking of the filler flap ssai 267 Overview of warning messages on the multipurpose Cisplay cseccssseeeeeeeeeees 149 Panorama roots ystee a a a a 99 Para S ceeeeeeeh mance ie eae eee 240 Parkin ea 85 Power CINE 6 01 s eee tee eae ce PoE one one Bees 90 SHINE MEINE rooh eee nets ade accanscereseacteoteeras 94 When opening and closing ccccsseeeeceeeeeeeeeees 31 Filler ilap cee a atoe aetes eee eee eee ees 267 Emergency unlocking Se Ae eee
250. esin pollen etc are allowed to remain on the bodywork the more serious is their harmful effect New cars should be washed carefully with plenty of clear water to protect the new paint work Dark paint finishes show up the smallest of sur face damage e g scratches more readily than lighter colors Dark colors are also more susceptible to scrat ching because of the composition of their pig ments and require particularly careful paint care gt Do not wash your car in bright sunlight or while the bodywork is still hot gt When washing by hand use abundant water a soft sponge or wash brush and Porsche car shampoo gt Begin by spraying the body thoroughly with water to rinse away loose dirt gt After washing rinse the car with plenty of water and then dry with a chamois leather Do not use the same chamois leather for drying as you use for cleaning the windshield and windows Maintenance and Car Care 27 1 Warning Moisture which gets on the brakes during a car wash can reduce braking efficiency or make the brake pull unevenly which could increase the danger of an accident causing serious personal injuries or death gt After washing the vehicle test the brakes and steering and briefly brake the discs dry When doing so make sure that vehicles travel ling behind you are not affected Automatic car washes gt Please see the chapter WIPER BLADES on Page 261 Optional add on parts
251. ess button J or O Press button A Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window 13 Brief Overview Automatically Controlled 4 Zone Air Conditioning System Rear Control Panel This brief overview does not replace the informa tion provided in the chapter Automatically Controlled 4 Zone Air Conditioning In particular warnings are not replaced by this brief overview What do I want to do Switching on automatic air conditioning system at rear Setting temperature at rear Setting air quantity at rear Setting air distribution at rear What do I have to do Press button C Left side Push button H up warmer or down colder Right side Push button S up warmer or down colder Left side Push button G up more or down less Right side Push button T up more or down less Air to side window left or right side Press button I or P Air to central vent left or right side Press button K or R Air to footwell left or right side Press button J or Q 14 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window Automatically Controlled 4 Zone Air Conditioning Depending on various factors e g ambient tem perature sunlight air quality the air conditioning system controls the preset interior temperature fully automatically Temperature air quantity and air distribution can be set individually separately for the four air con ditioned areas front left front right rear left
252. ew Panorama roof system 96 Panorama roof system cccccceeesceseeeeeeeeesenes 97 86 Windows and Sliding Roofs Power windows 1 Warning Risk of injury when the door windows close This applies especially if the windows are closed with the comfort function When this function is in operation the window goes up automatically gt Make sure that fingers hands arms or other body parts are not in the way when the windows close gt Remove the ignition key or switch ignition off in vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive to shut off power to the window switches when the vehicle is not attended by a responsible person Always take the ignition key with you when leaving the vehicle Uninformed persons could injure themselves by operating the power windows gt Incase of danger immediately release the but ton on the car key or the button in the door handle in vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive gt Do not leave children in the car unattended Risk of an accident gt Do not put anything on or near the windows that may interfere with the driver s vision Note on operation gt Always keep the side windows closed while driving off road Readiness for operation of power windows With ignition switched on or Amaximum of 10 minutes with door closed and ignition key withdrawn but only until driver s or passenger door is first opened The one touch operation for closing th
253. f accident resulting in serious perso nal injury or death When moving off on a slippery surface e g on icy or loose surfaces assistance by the Porsche Drive Off Assistant is no longer assured In this case the vehicle could slip The limits set by the physics of driving cannot be overcome even with the Porsche Drive Off Assistant The responsibility for moving off on upward slopes is still the driver s despite the Porsche Drive Off Assistant gt Always adjust your driving style to the driving conditions and vehicle load use the footbrake if necessary 188 Driving and Driving Safety Moving off with Porsche Drive Off Assistant 1 Hold the vehicle securely with footbrake or parking brake on the slope The engine must be running 2 Fully depress the clutch pedal 3 Engage one of the gears used to ascend in the direction of travel 1st gear or reverse 4 While keeping the clutch pedal depressed release the footbrake or foot operated parking brake The vehicle is held on the slope 5 Move off as usual Note on operation The Porsche Drive Off Assistant ceases to func tion By shifting to neutral When changing gears lf the engine is not running 1N Danger Risk of accident resulting in serious perso nal injury or death If the Porsche Drive Off Assistant ceases to function the vehicle will no longer be held on a slope gt Hold the vehicle with the footbrake Engine Brakin
254. f injury if the level control system operates during the wheel change gt Set the car to jacking mode before raising the Car Please see the chapter RAISING VEHICLE WITH THE JACK on Page 192 Risk of injury and damage if the vehicle is not secured gt Secure the vehicle against rolling gt Please see the chapter SECURING THE VEHICLE AGAINST ROLLING on Page 295 Minor Repairs 299 Maintenance Note The jacking point on the vehicle must be free of dirt 1 Slightly loosen the wheel bolts of the wheel to be changed 2 Only set up the jack at the rear jacking point designed for the purpose The jack foot must be in contact over its whole area and must be positioned directly below the head piece Use a suitable support if necessary 3 Hold jack still and wind it up until its head enters the jacking point on the vehicle Only jack vehicle up until the wheel to be changed is completely off the ground 4 After lowering the vehicle remove the jack 300 Minor Repairs OF 004 Front jacking point Access to the jacking points differ according to the respective vehicle equipment Jacking points gt Set up jack only at the points provided A or C 071 183 Rear jacking point The rear jacking point is accessible after removing the covering cap B from the sill cover Removing covering cap gt Pull out covering cap B at the bottom at the rear Inserting covering cap In
255. f the arrow The spare wheel bracket is now unlocked and can be operated Minor Repairs 3 1 1 Electrical System In order to avoid damage and faults in electrical or electronic systems electrical accessories should be installed at your authorized Porsche dealer gt Use only accessories authorized by Porsche 1 Warning Risk of short circuit and fire resulting in serious personal injury or death Replacing fuses or relays with engine running or the ignition on could cause electrical shock gt Disconnect the negative terminal on the battery during all work on the electrical sys tem Relays Relays should be checked or changed only by an authorized workshop 312 Minor Repairs Sockets The assignment and number of sockets depend on the respective vehicle equipment Electrical accessories can be connected to the 12 V sockets Note on operation The sockets and thus the connected electrical accessories will function even if the ignition is switched off or the ignition key is withdrawn lf the engine is not running and the accessories are switched on the vehicle battery will be discharged Do not operate additional accesso ries for more than 5 minutes when engine is off Changing fuses In order to prevent damage to the electrical system due to short circuits and overloads the individual circuits are protected by fuses One fuse box is in the engine compartment Two additional fuse boxes are lo
256. fety 165 New brake pads or linings New brake pads have to be broken in and there fore only attain optimal friction when the car has covered several hundred miles or km The slightly reduced braking ability must be com pensated for by pressing the brake pedal harder This also applies whenever the brake pads and brake discs are replaced 166 Driving and Driving Safety Warning gt Do notobstruct the pedal travel with floor mats or other objects The brake booster is ready for operation only while the engine is running lf the engine is switched off or there is a defect in the brake booster much greater force has to be applied to the pedal when braking gt Please see the chapter TOWING on Page 342 In heavy rain while driving through water or after leaving a car wash the braking action may be delayed and increased pressure may be required gt For this reason keep further back from the ve hicle in front and dry the brakes by applying them at intervals Make sure that following traf fic is not affected After a long drive over salted or sanded roads a coating may form on the brake discs and pads that significantly reduces friction and thus braking action gt Even though the brake discs consist of alloyed grey cast iron they will unavoidably start to corrode if your car is parked for an extended period The brakes will tend to rub as a result The nature extent and eff
257. fety net assembly up and off direction of arrow 2 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 2 13 Ski Bag Long objects such as skis can be transported in the passenger compartment where they can be kept clean and protected against damage Loading ski bag 1 Press release button A on the lid of the through load facility Open the lid downward Fold down the armrest of the rear seat back rest Pull protective cover B off the Velcro strap at the top and lower it Press release button C on the lid of the through load facility downwards and fold down the lid 2 14 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 5 Pull out and unfold the ski bag 6 Insert objects into the ski bag from the luggage compartment Stowing ski bag Empty ski bag Pull ski bag into the passenger compartment Close lid in the luggage compartment Carefully fold the ski bag and close the lid oO A W Ph F amp F Put in the protective cover and secure it with the Velcro strap Note on operation gt Fold up the ski bag only when it is dry Securing load gt Secure the stowed objects with tightening belt D gt Insert belt tongue into the buckle Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 2 15 Roof Transport System gt Please follow the separate instructions for fitting the Roof Transport System gt Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMATION on Page 231 Fitting normal commercia
258. ff and let it cool gt Top off coolant Please have the cause of the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer gt For further information on coolant checking the coolant level and topping up coolant Please see the chapter COOLANT LEVEL on Page 255 gt For information on the warning message on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 1N Caution Risk of engine damage gt Do not continue driving if the warning persists even when the engine coolant level is correct gt Have the fault remedied at your nearest authorized Porsche dealer Emission Control H gt Check engine warning light The emission control system detects malfunctions early that could for example cause increased pollutant emissions or consequential damage Faults are indicated by a continuously lit or flashing instrument panel warning light The faults are recorded in the control unit s fault memory The warning light in the instrument panel lights up when the ignition is switched on as a bulb check and goes out approx 4 seconds after the engine Starts If the warning light does not light up have the bulb replaced promptly The warning light in the instrument panel flashes to indicate operating states e g engine misfiring which might cause damage to certain parts of the emission control system gt In this case immediately reduce the engine load by easing off t
259. ff the immobilizer gt Insert the ignition key into the ignition lock Switching on the immobilizer gt Withdraw the ignition key Maintenance and Car Care Exercise Extreme Caution when Working on your Vehicle 0006 250 TOMO Oea a cease teeta eee eens 251 Checking Engine Oil Level cccccccesssseees 252 Topping up Engine Oil 253 Coolant LeVel ccccccseeeeecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 255 Brake Fluid Level cee 257 Washer FUG cee cere eases aces ees cee eet eee 258 Power Steering ceecee 259 Changing Air Cleaner ccccccececceeseeeeeeeeees 260 Changing Particle Filter ccccccccccceeeeeeees 260 Automatic Transmission Fluid 0000088 260 Manual Transmission Oil nccc 260 vP BEIE eaten ee Pen een errr nner Ser en 261 Emission Control SysStem ccccecccceeeeeeees 263 How Emission Control Works n se 264 Fuel ECONOMY ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesens 265 Operating Your Porsche in other Countries 266 i e EPE EPEE eee EE TAT ET E eee E PE 266 Portable Fuel Containers 268 Fuel RecommendationS ece 269 Fuel Evaporation Control ccceesceeeereeeeees 210 Car Care INStructionS esseen 270 Maintenance and Car Care 249 Exercise Extreme Caution when Working on your Vehicle 4 Danger Ignoring the following instructions may cau se serious personal injury or death gt The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a potentially hazardous area If yo
260. for Tiptronic S sasac 17 Operating principle ceecee L24 Overview of warning Messages 0cccsseeeeeeees 149 Resetting to factory SettingS ccccseeeeeeeeeees 148 Setting a speed limit nccc 129 SUING COE ASS a4 sneecassyarede caeuexesacvvasessoneccees 147 Setting language for CiSPIAYS csccccescescesceseeseesee 148 Setting lighting off delay cc cccccceccsseeeesseees 146 eane Tie Ock 146 Setting the tire type and size ccecce 134 Setting Tire Pressure Monitoring s0c00000 132 Setting tire sealant sealing Set ccceecceeeees 140 Set ng units Of displays ee 148 Setting vehicle loading 135 Switching daytime driving lights on off 145 372 Index Switching off passenger compartment monitoring P Using the telephone aeea a Opening and closing Automatically closing the rear lid seceeeeeeee 25 Closing the rear WiNdOW ccccccceseesessesseeeseeseees O Closing the spare wheel bracket 0 000 311 Engine compartment lid a src 29 Loadspace Woor eae ence nM OT Locking vehicle door with the car key emote contro a cess seussare aeeesessees essere e 21 Opening the rear lid automatically csscscse seese 24 Opening the spare wheel bracket 068 310 Panorama roof system n se D7 Roller blind for Panorama roof system e a LOU Sliding Mitine FOOT a 92 Unlocking and opening rear window K ETE 27 Unlocking vehicle door with Porsche Entry amp Drive 20 Unlocki
261. for easy reach of foot pedals and controls To reduce the possibility of injury from the airbag deployment you should always sit back as far from the steering wheel as is practical while still maintaining full vehicle control Adjust the headrest so that the upper edge of the headrest is brought to eye level or higher Adjust the inside and outside rear view mirrors Buckle your safety belts Check operation of the foot and parking brake Check all warning and indicator lights with ignition on and engine not running Start engine and check all warning displays for warning symbols Never leave an idling car unattended Lock doors from inside especially with children in the car to prevent inadvertent opening of doors from inside or outside Drive with doors locked On the road gt Never drive after you have consumed alcohol or drugs Always have your safety belt fastened Always drive defensively Expect the unexpected Use signals to indicate turns and lane changes Turn on headlights at dusk or when the driving conditions warrant it Always keep a Safe distance from the vehicle in front of you depending on traffic road and weather conditions Reduce speed at night and during inclement weather Driving in wet weather requires caution and reduced speeds particularly on roads with standing water as the handling characteristics of the vehicle may be impaired due to hydropla ning of the tires
262. from road water car wash or a coating of road salt or grit may affect braking efficiency gt Cautiously apply brakes to test brakes after exposure to road water etc Brake wear Your car has excellent brakes but they are still subject to wear The rate at which they wear depends on how the brakes are used gt Have the brake system inspected at the inter vals recommended in your Maintenance Book let Brake system warning light You can check the functionality of the brake sys tem warning light by switching the ignition to the On position and verifying that the warning light illuminates Keg Brake wear warning message A warning message will be displayed on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel if the brake pads are worn excessively gt Do not continue to operate the vehicle Have your authorized Porsche dealer inspect or replace the brake pads gt Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 Brake pads and brake discs Wear on the brake pads and brake discs depends to a great extent on the driving style and the con ditions of use and therefore cannot be expressed in actual miles on the road The high performance brake system is designed for optimal braking effect at all soeeds and tem peratures Certain speeds braking forces and ambient conditions such as temperature and humidity therefore might cause the brakes to squeal Driving and Driving Sa
263. ft l Carefully lever out the appropriate plastic hand thread and tighten hand tight cover A in the bumper with the screwdriver The cover is captive and need not be removed completely Minor Repairs 343 OFi 035 71 136 Screwing in front towing hook 2 Screw in towing hook B as far as the stop left Fitting plastic cover at front 1 Carefully lever out the appropriate plastic hand thread and tighten hand tight First engage the upper locking tabs of the plastic cover A in the bumper with the screwdriver cover and then press in the bottom tabs and side Place cover in the vehicle tab uniformly until the tabs have engaged fully 344 Minor Repairs Pulling vehicle onto flat bed L Position wooden ramps at the base of the flat bed to reduce the angle of the pull Reelin the hoist cable and check the underside of the vehicle for any interference Tying down vehicle on flat bed 1 Carefully feed towing straps through the Opening in the rear wheels Make sure metal parts of straps do not damage rim Make sure the strap is flat over the rim bead Make sure brake backing plate is not damaged 2 Secure straps to rear of flat bed Reel in hoist cable only far enough to tension tie down straps Carefully feed towing straps through the opening in the front wheels Make sure metal parts of straps do not damage rim Make sure the strap is flat over the rim bead Make sure brake backing plate is
264. g 165 Ibs 75 kg 7716 Ibs 3500 kg 1654 Ibs 750 kg 14506 Ibs 6580 kg 617 Ibs 280 kg Ground Clearance Steel suspension Ramp angle Overhang angle front Overhang angle rear Ground clearance center of axles Air suspension normal level Ramp angle Overhang angle front Overhang angle rear Ground clearance center of axles Air suspension low level Ramp angle Overhang angle front Overhang angle rear Ground clearance center of axles Air suspension loading level Ramp angle Overhang angle front Overhang angle rear Ground clearance center of axles Air suspension terrain level Ramp angle Overhang angle front Overhang angle rear Ground clearance center of axles Cayenne 20 4 28 6 22 8 8 58 in 20 0 28 5 22 37 8 46 in 17 6 213 20 6 7 52 in 14 8 21 18 5 6 34 in 22 1 30 2 23 6 9 49 in 218 mm 215 mm 191 mm 161 mm 241 mm Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 20 4 28 6 22 8 8 58 in 218 mm 20 0 28 5 223 8 46 in 215 mm 17 6 27 3 20 6 7 52 in 191 mm 14 8 21 18 5 6 34 in 161 mm 221 30 2 23 6 9 49 in 241 mm Cayenne GTS 18 2 20 65 211 7 63 in 194 mm 18 2 26 9 AA 7 68 in 195 mm 17 6 2a o 20 6 7 32 in 186 mm 14 8 21 18 5 6 34 in 161 mm 18 7 247 213 8 70 in 221 mm
265. g Moving off in the water can be difficult due to the high resistance and the loose surface involved gt Start the water crossing at a shallow place at walking speed gt After checking the body of water take the shortest path through it gt Never drive into the water at high speed The resulting bow wave could damage the engine and its accessories gt Adjust your driving style to the unfamiliar sur roundings gt Cross the body of water slowly and at a con stant speed gt Never turn around when crossing a body of water gt lf itis not possible to cross the body of water the car must be backed out of it in reverse gear The servo pump and alternator can fail if the car is driven through water for an extended period gt Ifthe servo pump fails substantially more force will have to be exerted in order to steer Maintenance Note The car requires a special check after the water crossing gt Remove mud from the tire tread gt Briefly apply the brakes in order to dry them after driving through the water Crossing obstacles t Caution Risk of damage to the underbody and chas sis components if obstacles are traversed improperly gt Always bear in mind the ground clearance of your vehicle gt Slowly drive over the middle of tree trunks boulders or other obstacles with one of the front wheels gt Cross the obstacle with the rear wheel in the same way Note on opera
266. g Support Assistance when heading downhill The Porsche Down Hill Assistant is an assistance system which helps the driver at slower downhill driving up to approx 12 mph 20 km h e g on steep slopes or on wintry mountain roads As long as the gas pedal is not used when traveling downhill the Porsche Down Hill Assistant is active and brakes the vehicle If road grip is lost on one or more wheels the system brakes the wheels which have good road contact The braking ability of the Engine Braking Support is affected by slippery surfaces e g on icy or loose surfaces like all brakes 1 Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious perso nal injury or death Reduced braking ability on a slippery surface gt Always adjust your driving style to the driving situation Conditions The gas pedal must not be used when travelling downhill The speed must not exceed 12 mph 20 km h Vehicles with Tiptronic S The Tiptronic selector lever positionD MorR must be engaged Vehicles with manual transmission The reverse gear or any other gear 1 6 must be engaged The clutch pedal must not be used when travelling downhill Tip on driving The Porsche Down Hill Assistant is active when driving downhill either forwards or backwards Checks on test stands Brake tests Brake tests must be carried out only in High Range and on plate type test stands or roller test stands The followin
267. g at any other place may damage the vehicle or may result in personal injury Caution Serious personal injury or death and or serious damage to the engine or the vehicle may occur if you lift the vehicle improperly gt Never lift the vehicle at any other place than the jacking points gt Never lift the vehicle by the engine transmis sion or axles gt Do not damage any sensitive components in the vicinity of the jacking points A Front jacking points platform lift B Front jacking point garage lift Platform lift gt Before the car is driven on to a lifting platform it must be ensured that there is enough space between the lifting platform and the vehicle C Rear jacking points platform lift D Rear jacking point garage lift Garage lift A garage lift may be used only at the illustrated jacking points Lifting at any other place may damage the vehicle or may result in personal injury Lifting the vehicle with a jack 1 Danger Danger of serious personal injury or death The car may slip off the jack gt Make sure that no one is in the vehicle when jacking up and changing a wheel gt Never jack up the vehicle when it is parked on a surface that slopes up down or to the side gt Use the jack only to raise the car for wheel changing gt Always place the car on stable supports if work has to be carried out under the car The car jack is not suitable for this Danger o
268. g gas discharge p Bi Xenon headlights essesseesseesseeeseeeeees 330 Door surrounding lighting ss00s00eeeeeeeeeees 109 Installing headlights 328 Removing headlights i s 327 SE ee A E E A PEEN 104 e ON OFF cccccccccctscnsessecrsseesecentesserensnces 104 Bone a eae et rac Mp eg CPE WEA 190 Low Range reduction Displaying status on the multipurpose display 131 idic Seal To a a ook cele neater CPP Prt etc 179 Switching OEE cactus te uatteethi ona adeacnaertctueti 178 AEE a nee ne ee aR 178 Luggage Compartment Cover lt sscerccs erie cccoseesesssevecasses pees Zoe General information on loading erence 231 Loading and securing Ski bag ssseseeeeeeees 214 Luggage compartment cover pulling OUt PetractiNg ccscescsscceccsesseseessessessesven 211 Luggage safety net permitted useS 0 212 Position of tie down rings scce 207 Removing safety net from rear seat backrest 213 CU A 213 222 Ski bag E a T Luggage a Cargo management SYSt M ccccsseeeeeseeeeees 208 Closing luggage compartment lid cc0seee 23 Closing the toor eee e a A Closing the luggage compartment WINdOW nsaisan 27 Opening Woor rneteseteraunreseasvaas ie eecerar ets aaneaas 207 Opening luggage compartment lid cc0se0e 22 Opening luggage compartment window 6 21 OE eT ere cel epee te a Premera 207 Position of tie down RIS ATE E 207 Setting loading level eeen 191 Luggage compa
269. g limit values must not be exceeded on roller test stands Testing speed 4 7 mph 7 5 km h Test duration 20 seconds Parking brake test Parking brake tests on the brake tester must be performed only with the ignition switched off and the Tiptronic selector lever in position N or the gearshift lever in neutral Balancing wheels on the vehicle During finish balancing of the wheels the entire vehicle must be lifted and the wheels must be free to turn Dynamometer testing procedure Some U S states and Canadian provinces con duct emissions inspection maintenance testing involving the use of two wheel dynamometer A two wheeled dynamometer is a treadmill type device upon which a single axle of the car the dri ving axle of the vehicle rotates to simulate vehicle operation on the road while the vehicle remains Stationary Your Porsche Cayenne has a full time four wheel drive system which cannot be disabled Severe damage to the powertrain can result if tested on a two wheel dynamometer 1 Warning To avoid severe powertrain damage and a possible unexpected movement of the vehic le gt Your Porsche Cayenne vehicle must never be tested on a two wheel dynamometer gt Advise the emission station of this warning before testing the vehicle Driving and Driving Safety 189 L f tz E i Air Suspension with Level Control and Height Adjustment On vehicles with air suspension the driver
270. ge Full load more than 3 people and 46 Ibs 21 kg of luggage 1 MAIN MENU gt TYRE PRESS gt SETTINGS Select and confirm 2 Select LOAD 3 Confirm selection The LOAD menu is displayed Select corresponding load type e g FULL LOAD 4 Confirm selection The set load status is shown Deviations from the required pressure are shown in the sub menu MAIN MENU gt TYRE PRESSURE gt SETTINGS filling information gt Correct the tire pressure according to this information Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 135 Flat tyre warning The warning threshold for output of this warning message is speed dependent At a speed of below 100 mph 160 km h this warning indicates a pressure loss of at least 7 psi 0 5 bar at a speed of above 100 mph 160 km h the warning indicates a pressure loss of at least 6 psi 0 4 bar The message indicates the wheel in which the pressure loss has been detected The deviation from the required pressure is displayed for the corresponding wheel The tire pressure warning light on the speedometer lights up in addition to the warning message This significant pressure loss is a danger to road safety gt The warning message can be acknowledged while driving To do this press the ENTER button on the wiper stalk The tire pressure warning light on the speedometer remains lit The measure display SELECTION AFTER WARNING appears only after the ignition is switched back on aga
271. ght right Warning and indicator lights on the speedometer aT d a J oe 0 mi Q Trailer turn signal Indicator light Rear fog light indicator light Tire pressure warning light Differential locking indicator light Brake warning light Fog light indicator light General warning Observe warning message on the multi purpose display High beam indicator light Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 1 17 FEL hea 1 18 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Instrument Panel Canada Models A Oil temperature gage _o7mmo O DW QJ Tachometer Clock Clock setting button Cooling system temperature gage Multi purpose display Fuel gage Reset button for trip counter display Speedometer Mileage displays Voltmeter Warning and indicator lights on the tachometer Emission Control warning light Check Engine Airbag warning light Safety belt warning light PSM warning light ABS warning light JDL Cruise control readiness Indicator lights in central instrument panel qa Turn signal indicator light left m gt Turn signal indicator light right Warning and indicator lights on the speedometer aT wn Q Trailer turn signal Indicator light Rear fog light indicator light Tire pressure warning light Differential locking indicator light Brake warning light Fog light indicator light General warning Observe warning message on the multi purpose display High be
272. ghts on off oaia E Switching interior light on off esc 108 Switching interior light on off automatically ec 108 Switching rear reading lights on off 058 108 Switching rear reading pe on off automatically 108 When towing a trailer ccccccsssseeceseeeessaeeees 234 Limit speed OPA Gad SMMUN E cecceseste sores E 177 Limphome Mode ses eeeceee re eee ee ee D Eo e eee eater area Serene Re rat 1 Crete Per Tees een et 233 Compartment Cover aee 222 General information on loading sssccceeeeeee 231 Installing luggage compartment cover 212 Loading and securing Ski bag sssccceeeeeeeees 214 Luggage compartment cover pulling GUL FEU ACTING 5 lt cegeccecctde esses sacverecvsecer st 211 Luggage safety net permitted USES 212 Position of te down ringS seere 207 Removing luggage e omkarmen COVEN a 211 Sn E E E R 222 SE A A O ERC 214 STONE a tena eetets atkceeraseceeee senate 233 234 Vehicle settings on the multi purpose display TRA 135 Loading General information COL Installing luggage compartment cover 212 Loading and securing ski bag 214 DOIN EVE lotsa coated ances sic ea ntersecresrengrs D1 357 Lowering the car for loading A E ieee 191 Luggage compartment cover pulling OUt retracting sc scssescsessecseeseeees ae 211 Luggage safety net permitted USES irsinin 212 Position of tie down rings ceesre 207 Removing luggage compartment COVED an 211 Load Dae e ee Om Nae a O
273. h you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Porsche Cars North America Inc Porsche Cars N A lf NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety problem exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you and your dealer or Porsche Cars N A To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administ rator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Your car has thousands of parts and components which have been designed and manufactured in accordance with Porsche s high standards of engineering quality and safety 1 Warning Any alteration or misuse of the vehicle can lead to accidents and serious or fatal personal injuries Any alteration of the vehicle may negate or interfere with those safety features built into the vehicle Modifications may be carried out on your vehicle only if approved by Porsche Your Porsche is intended to be used in a safe manner obeying the local laws and in the light of driving conditions faced by you and in accordance with the instructions provided in this Owner s Manual
274. h to the child from an airbag deployment To reduce risk of injury from an inflating airbag in an accident Porsche strongly recommends gt Under all normal circumstances the child seat must be placed in the rear Do not use a child restraint system in the front passenger seat Before transporting a child on the passenger seat gt Please see the chapter CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS on Page 49 When a child weighing up to 29 Ibs 13 kg is seated in the child restraint system the front airbag is automatically deactivated on the pas senger side When an adult is seated in the front seat the front airbag remains active on the passenger s side Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 47 Note gt After switching on the ignition the PASSEN GER AIRBAG OFF warning light lights up for a few seconds as a check PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp lights up The passenger s airbag is switched off PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up The passenger s airbag is active and ready for operation lf the passenger s seat is not occupied the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp will also not light up even though the passenger s airbag is switched off A PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp Note on operation Although not desired it can occur in the case of heavier children that the passenger airbags remain active or in the case of very light adults or young persons that the passe
275. he accelerator gt In order to avoid consequential damage to the engine or emission control system e g cata lytic converter have the fault diagnosed and rectified immediately at the nearest authorized Porsche dealer lf the warning light in the instrument panel lights up permanently without flashing before and remains on while driving it suggests a potential engine control problem and the need for system service or an improperly fastened tank cap or the vehicle was refueled while the engine was running gt Stop immediately at a suitable and secure place and check tank cap for proper fastening lf tank cap was fastened correctly see your authorized Porsche dealer for service as soon as possible t Caution If the check engine warning light in the in strument panel is flashing serious catalytic converter damage and power loss will soon occur Prolonged driving with the check engine warning light on could cause damage to the emission control system It also could affect fuel economy and driveability gt Have the fault remedied at the nearest authorized Porsche dealer immediately Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 123 Operating the multi purpose display on the instrument panel On board computer information can be displayed on the multi purpose display Additional functions are also available in the main menu which allow you to change the settings for your vehicle 1N Warning
276. he brake pedal gt Do not hold the car on a slope using the acce lerator Use the brake pedal or the parking brake instead gt Before leaving the vehicle always apply the handbrake and move the selector lever to position P Tip on driving In selector lever positions D and M the hillholder function makes It easier to move off from a stand still on an upward slope when the engine Is run ning The driver does not have to apply the brake gt Please see the chapter HILLHOLDER MOVING OFF ASSISTANT ON VEHICLES WITH TIPTRONIC S on Page 187 Parking gt Go easy on the accelerator gt When parking or maneuvring in a small space control the speed by careful use of the foot brake Driving in winter In wintry road conditions it is advisable to take steep inclines in manual mode M This prevents the occurrence of gear changes that could cause wheelspin Limp home mode If there is a fault in the transmission An X appears instead of the current gear indicator on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel The transmission no longer shifts gt To remedy the fault immediately consult an authorized Porsche dealer Warning Reverse gear lock monitoring is disabled in the emergency running program Damage to the vehicle may result as well as loss of control if the vehicle is moving for ward fast enough to cause rear wheel lockup gt Do not shift into R while the vehicle i
277. he dealer is familiar with the manufacturer s specifications and any necessary conversion measures Electrical connection Your Porsche is equipped with a 7 pin connector A for the electrical connection to the trailer 1 Warning Risk of accident Failure to keep an electrical adapter clean may result in corrosion and affect operation of electrical lines resulting in possible trailer brake system failure gt Periodically inspect and clean adapter as needed Hitching trailer gt Always turn off the alarm system before you attach a trailer gt Follow the operating instructions for the trailer recommended by the trailer manufacturer gt Please see the chapter WEIGHTS on Page 356 Unhitching trailer lf the trailer is equipped with an overrun brake do not unhitch the trailer when its brake is still ap plied Loading Information Definitions The towing capacity gross weight of the trailer is the sum of the trailer s empty weight and the weight of the load The vertical coupling load is the weight that the trailer drawbar exerts on the trailer coupling of the vehicle The rear axle load is the vehicle weight on the rear axle plus the weight of the transported load and the vertical coupling load of the trailer The gross weight of the vehicle and trailer is the sum of the weight of the towing vehicle and the weight of the trailer The Curb weight actual weight of your vehicle vehi
278. he luggage safety net and its bracket checked by an authorized Porsche dealer 2 12 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage or damaged during braking or in an accident etc have the safety net and its retaining bracket checked by an authorized Porsche dealer Permitted uses A Variant 1 B Variant 2 In the case of variant 2 it is necessary to first fold forward the rear seats and open the covers of the luggage safety net fixing points For information on folding the rear seats forward gt Please see the chapter FOLDING REAR SEATS FORWARD on Page 204 Securing passenger compartment with luggage safety net Pulling out luggage safety net gt Pull the luggage safety net out and engage the fastening hooks on the left and right side into the fixing rings on the ceiling The luggage safety net fastening hooks can be pulled out at the sides gt Make sure that the luggage safety net fastening hooks are properly engaged in the fixing rings Removing luggage safety net assembly from the rear seat backrest l 2 Open both rear doors Fold down the left rear seat backrest first followed by the right rear seat backrest The seat cushions need not be folded over for this purpose For information on folding the rear seats forward Please see the chapter FOLDING REAR SEATS FORWARD on Page 204 Push the luggage safety net assembly in the direction of arrow 1 Lift the luggage sa
279. he off road roof mounted headlights fitted do not exceed a maximum speed of 110 mph 180 km h Nevertheless Porsche recommends that you do not exceed the posted speed limit gt Driving braking and steering behaviour change due to the higher center of gravity and the greater wind resistant area You should adapt your driving style appropriately gt Since fuel consumption and noise are increased when the off road roof mounted headlights are fitted they should not remain on the vehicle when not in use Note on operation lf the engine is not running and the off road roof mounted headlights are switched on the vehicle battery will be discharged Switching the off road roof mounted headlights on off The off road roof mounted headlights are ready for operation when the side lights are switched on gt Switch the off road roof mounted headlights on and off using the button in the roof console Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 2 17 Car Audio Operation Tips For radio operation see your radio manual which is included with your on board litera ture FM reception A vehicle is not an ideal place to listen to a radio Because the vehicle moves reception conditions are constantly changing Buildings terrain signal distance and noise from other vehicles are all working against good recep tion Some conditions affecting FM may appear to be problems when they are not The following characteristics a
280. he passenger side of the dashboard the front seats the roof pillars and the rooflinings gt Let your authorized Porsche dealer clean these components Cleaning fabric linings Fabric linings on pillars headliner and sun visors etc must be treated only using suitable cleaning agents or a suitable dry foam and a soft brush Maintenance and Car Care 211 Cleaning Alcantara gt Do not use a leather care product to clean Alcantara For regular care it is sufficient to clean the cover with a soft brush Heavy abrasion or rubbing when cleaning causes a permanent change in the surface Cleaning when lightly soiled gt Weta soft cloth with water or a neutral soap solution and wipe off the dirt Cleaning when heavily soiled gt Weta soft cloth with lukewarm water or thinned white spirit and dab the dirt from the outside in Cleaning safety belts gt Use mild detergent to clean soiled belts gt When drying avoid direct sunlight gt Only use suitable cleaning agents gt Do not tint or bleach the belts The belt fabric could be weakened thus affec ting safety 2 8 Maintenance and Car Care Storing your Porsche lf you intend to store your Porsche for a prolonged period please consult your authorized Porsche dealer The staff will be glad to advise you on the most suitable and necessary methods gt Clean your vehicle thoroughly inside and out side Clean the engine compartment The under carri
281. he time is adjusted by pressing the rocker switch Delay times of 15 30 or 60 seconds can be set Confirm selection Setting the clock 1 MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt CLOCK Select and confirm Select xx xx SET Confirm selection Select hours or minutes display Confirm selection The desired time can now be set 6 Set the desired time The time is adjusted in hour or minute incre ments by pressing the rocker switch 7 Confirm selection Selecting 12 h mode 8 Select 12 h MODE 9 Confirm selection r 12 h mode is activated O 12 h mode is deactivated Ol Aa W N Note on operation There is also a button on the instrument panel to call the CLOCK menu gt Please see the chapter C CLOCK on Page 120 Calibrating compass In rare cases external disturbances may necessi tate calibration of the compass The warning message CAL then appears on the multi purpose display gt To calibrate the compass follow the displayed instruction DRIVE IN A FULL CIRCLE The display returns to the main menu after successful calibration Setting compass The display is available only for vehicles equipped with Porsche Radio CDR 23 and magnetic field 1 MAIN MENU sensor gt SETTINGS gt COMPASS Select and confirm EN 272 lf you drive your vehicle across the magnetic field zone set on the multi purpose display you must enter your current zone in the COMPASS menu see illustr
282. hich the engine is operated the climate and road conditions as well as the amount of dilution and oxidation of the lubricant gt Make a habit of checking engine oil with every refueling add if necessary Overview Illustrations 10 DRIVEN S COCK DIN ereot eeen enen SaR 11 Steering wheel and instrument cluster 12 Center console front cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 Opening and Locking sssu22s 22 14 Never invite Car theft nr 15 Ao bo re aa re at ated te CREE 16 Central Locking System occccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 Brief overview Opening and locking from Oude re E ay ationaceovortceess 18 Unlocking and locking from outside 0 19 Opening and locking from inside s e 28 Opening and closing the engine Compartment lid aseene 29 Malfunctions when opening and closing 31 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 33 Seat and Headrest acisini 34 Front seat with MEMOLY ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 37 Easy Enty FUNCHOM cresien a 39 Fire Extinguisher a aa a 40 Heated Seats Front and Rear snee 40 Safety BeltS ccccccccsssceeseeeeees EEE E tines 42 Airbag Systems rreren 45 Child Restraint Systems 49 LATCH Child Seat System E E Child Restraint Anchoragessa 54 Boor MOL E eters erent 55 Interior Mirror cdicncdceecdenceesnseesnieewncceescbtesteiunds 57 Automatic Anti Dazzle Mirror an 57 Steering Wheel ccccecccccecccccssees
283. high beam gt A Bi Xenon headlight is used to demonstrate the procedure for changing the bulb for the additional high beam Please see the chapter CHANGING BULB FOR ADDITIONAL HIGH BEAM on Page 331 330 Minor Repairs OFl toF Changing bulbs on Bi Xenon headlights 3 Turn gas discharge lamp counter clockwise with cornering light and remove Changing gas discharge lamp for low beam high beam dynamic cornering light 1 Remove headlight For information on removing headlights Please see the chapter REMOVING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 327 2 Press down both release tabs A and remove cover S a 5 Press the release tab on the plug and pull plug off Connect plug to new gas discharge lamp Insert gas discharge lamp and turn in clock wise direction Make sure that the bulb is installed in the correct position Fit cover on headlight Both release tabs must be fully engaged Install headlight For information on installing headlights Please see the chapter INSTALLING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 328 Check operation of bulbs Changing bulb for additional high beam 3 Turn bulb socket B counter clockwise and l Remove headlight remove For information on removing headlights Please see the chapter REMOVING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 327 Press down both release tabs A and remove cover Minor Repairs 33 1 Remove defective bulb and replace Insert bulb socket and
284. hing on recirculating air MOdE 0eccee eee 72 Using engine residual heat cccccceeeeeeeeees 65 U Ultrasonic measurement ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeanenans 240 Ultrasound sensors ParkASSiSt ccccccccceseseesssseseeees 238 iE ASOUN GS OUI OS aa 240 Undercoating care instructions 274 Universal audio interface installation position 221 Unlocking Opening vehicle door from insid cscccceeeeeeee 28 Beak lider ee a enone matte eee ces T Re Andon coceas cane canoe entacetimunieceriennarncennen 27 Unlocking and opening rear lid csseeeeeeeeees 22 Unlocking and opening the rear window 21 Unlocking vehicle door with Porsche Entry amp Drive TES aries E E muse antceenite 20 Unlocking vehicle door with the car key remote Control m a a neecechseien senna 20 378 Index Uphill driving O T 197 EO E E E SS USB interface installation position E E E EET 221 Using engine residual heat With 2 zone air conditioning seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 65 With 4 zone air CONd HONINE oooi 65 With manual air conditioning 65 V Vehicle Battery amauiniteci a ninarniietaiatenn LLO CGC nee ee cH ees OO Charging the battery ccccccseeeseeeeeeeeeeseees SLD Databank A A Identification number location c se s ee se e 347 E E er 16 Lowering with level control s LOL Putting into operation ectevissstceeiiecosiemrcmeeens O22 Raising vehicle with the jack
285. holder thus makes moving off on slopes easier 1 Danger Risk of accident resulting in serious perso nal injury or death The vehicle can roll backwards if the Hillhol der is switched off gt Always apply the footbrake on slopes Hillholder is not active In Tiptronic selector lever positions N and R Inthe limp home mode and fnot all of the wheels are touching the ground on difficult terrain for example 1 Warning In spite of the advantages of the hillholder func tion it is still the driver s responsibility to adapt her his driving style and maneuvers in line with situational conditions The increased safety that is provided should not induce you to take greater risks with your safety The limits set by the physics of driving cannot be overcome even with the hillholder function Driving at the limits should be avoided e g on icy Slopes or on slippery surfaces In this and similar cases the support of the hillholder function is not guaranteed Driving and Driving Safety 187 Porsche Drive Off Assistant Moving off assistant on vehicles with manual transmission The Porsche Drive Off Assistant enables the driver to move off on upward slopes The vehicle must have sufficient road contact to use this feature The Porsche Drive Off Assistant is available for Slopes starting at approximately 5 gt Please see the chapter TRAILER COUPLING on Page 230 4 Danger Risk o
286. hown on the tire plate in the vehicle Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURE PLATE on Page 348 Never exceed the number of passengers shown on the tire pressure plate in the vehicle 232 Trailer Hitch Available cargo and luggage ad load capacity 1 070 lb 485 kg 30 ity 15 kg a2 Available cargo ae load capacity 6580 Ib 300 kg 30 ib x 4 120 ib 15 kg x 4 60 kg Determining the combined weight of occupants and cargo gt Add the weight of all occupants and then add the total luggage weight figure Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Zi Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX pounds on your vehicle s placard depending on the date of manufacture Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX pounds The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in
287. ibed on the following pages This caution applies to the entire vehicle Only work on your vehicle outdoors or in a well ventilated area Ensure that there are no open flames in the area of your vehicle at any time when fuel fumes might be present Be especially cautious of such devices such as hot water heaters which ignite a flame intermittently Before working on any part in the engine com partment turn the engine off and let it cool down sufficiently Hot engine compartment components can burn skin on contact Be alert and cautious around engine at all times while the engine is running If you have to work on the engine while it is run ning always put the parking brake on and put the gearshift lever in neutral or the Tiptronic selector lever in position P or N 280 Minor Repairs gt In particular be very careful to ensure that items of clothing ties shirt sleeves etc jewelry long hair hand or fingers cannot get caught in the engine compartment blower fan belts or other moving parts The radiator and radiator fans are in the front of the car The fans can start or continue running as a function of temperature even with the engine Switched off Carry out work in these areas only with the engine off and exercise extreme caution Your Porsche is equipped with an electronic ignition system When the ignition is on high voltage is present in all wires connected with the ignition system therefore e
288. iddle sensors only in vehicles with spare wheel bracket approx 48 in 120 cm Obstacles cannot be detected in the blind sen sor area above and below the sensors Maintenance Notes gt The sensors must always be kept free of dust ice and snow in order to ensure that they are fully functional gt Do not damage sensors by abrasion or scratching gt Maintain sufficient distance when cleaning with steam jet units The sensors will be damaged if the pressure is too high Note on operation The rear ultrasound sensors may not function correctly if tires that have not been recommended by Porsche are fitted on the spare wheel bracket lf the spare wheel bracket is open this may impair the function of the rear ultrasound sensors In vehicles that have air suspension with level control and height adjustment the system may not recognize obstacles near the ground at terrain level or special terrain level A Front display left monitoring area B Front display right monitoring area Warning indicators signal tones distances The warning indicator for the front area is located on the dashboard The warning indicator for the rear area is located in the rooflining at the rear of the loadspace The warning indicators for the various monitoring areas left and right are subdivided respectively into one green 4 yellow and 2 red light segments C Rear display right monitoring area D Rear
289. igh rate of speed climatic conditions are warm and the load is high the oil should be checked more frequently as driving conditions will determine the rate of oil consumption The engine in your vehicle depends on oil to lu bricate and cool all of its moving parts There fore the engine oil should be checked regular ly and kept at the required level Make it a habit to have the engine oil level checked with every refueling The oil pressure warning light is not an oil level indicator The oil pressure warning light indicates serious engine damage may be occuring when lit if engine rpm is above idle speed Maintenance and Car Care 25 1 Checking Engine Oil Level gt Check the oil level regularly Itis best to do this when refueling and before extended journeys Further important information concerning mainte nance can be found in a separate chapter gt Please see the chapter EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN WORKING ON YOUR VEHICLE on Page 250 gt Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 1N Warning Engine oil is hazardous to your health and may be fatal if swallowed gt Keep engine oil out of children s reach Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals gt Always protect your skin by washing thoroughly with soap and water gt Ifyou suspect an oil leak in the engine have your authorized Porsche dealer
290. ights Turn Signals and Windshield WIpers sssssnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ere a 103 Licht SUC sees ceceececsnesnjsasuscncovexevessevesesesene 104 Instrument IlIlUMINAtION 000eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeee LOD Automatic Headlight Beam Adjustment 106 Turn signal High Beam Headlight Flasher Stalk 106 Emergency flasher arraroren LOZ Interior Lighting eer E E TE ETE 107 Comon Genine a ee Reser Arner ek ere 109 Coming Home Function Auto Shut Off Delay ccccccesceessseeeeseeees 109 Door Surrounding Lighting ccccseeeeeee 109 Brief overview Windshield wipers 110 Windshield Wiper Washer Stalk ian 111 Table of Contents 7 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments cssscssssssssssenseeees L15 Instrument Panel USA Models ccceeeeeees 117 Instrument Panel Canada Models 05 119 Oil Temperature Gage cccccceeeeeeees ee 120 WAC OMNCUG r eeren eee ae eee ClOCKi en eae eee eee a a Fuel Gage 120 Speedometer ccceccccccesseeeeeeceeeeseeeeaeeeeees 120 OdJOmMETET oe aceceetectntstiteetue RETE EEA SRANI 121 VOITEET a net aeiccueeeee 121 Cooling System aaa a aaa LAA Emission Control ccenn LOS Operating the multi purpose display on the instrument panel ccsseeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 124 Opening the Main Menu 125 Operating example Displaying average CONSUMING erastsi irekiena EE 125 Displaying resetting average speed 127
291. in 136 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments The display shows SELECTION AFTER WARNING l 2 3 Stop the vehicle immediately in a suitable place Check the indicated wheel for damage Fill the tire or change the wheel as appro priate Adding air Example If the tire pressure display shows 7 psi 0 5 bar you must increase the tire pressure by 7 psi 0 5 bar On vehicles without air suspension Please see the chapter CHECKING TIRE PRESSURE WITH A PRESSURE GAGE on Page 306 On vehicles with air suspension Please see the chapter INFLATING TIRES ON VEHICLES WITH AIR SUSPENSION on Page 308 or Changing wheel with spare wheel or collapsible spare wheel For information on jacking up the vehicle Please see the chapter LIFTING THE VEHICLE WITH A LIFTING PLATFORM OR GARAGE LIFT on Page 298 For information on changing a wheel Please see the chapter LIFTING THE VEHICLE WITH A JACK on Page 299 or Sealing with tire sealant For information on handling and filling the sealant Please see the chapter USING TIRE SEALANT on Page 296 Switch ignition on again The Flat tyre warning first appears again on the multi purpose display The display changes to SELECTION AFTER WARNING after a few seconds Select the action which has been carried out on the vehicle on the display with the rocker Switch ADD AIR or WHEEL CHANGE gt SPAR
292. inal for jump starting then to the posi tive terminal of the donor battery Connect the negative lead first to the negative terminal of the donor battery then to the grounding point for jump starting 324 Minor Repairs Positive terminal for jump starting Grounding point for jump starting 5 Run the engine of the donor car at a higher speed Start the engine An attempted start using jumper cables should not last more than 15 seconds Then allow a waiting period of at least one minute Disconnect the negative jumper cable from the ground point for jump starting first then from the negative terminal of the donor battery OF 1 132 8 Disconnect the positive jumper cable from the positive terminal of the donor battery first then from the positive terminal for jump Starting 9 Close the cap of the positive terminal for jump starting Battery charging Automotive batteries loose their efficiency when notin use The charge available in your battery can be measured with a battery hydrometer We recommend that the battery voltage be tested by your Porsche dealer who has the appropriate equipment lf the car is not driven for prolonged periods the battery must be charged at least every 6 weeks A discharged battery allows rapid formation of sul fates leading to premature deterioration of the plates 4 Danger Hydrogen gas generated by the battery could cau
293. inciples the tire pressure changes as the temperature changes The tire pressure increases or decreases by around 1 5 psi 0 1 bar for every 18 F 10 C change in temperature Tire pressure specifications The tire pressure must match the prescribed value required pressure You can find information on the tire pressure for cold tires 68 F 20 C Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 141 inthe sub menu TYRE PRESSURE filling infor mation as a required pressure for each axle if Tire Pressure Monitoring has not yet been taught the corresponding values inthe front left door aperture for each wheel inthe Technical Data chapter in this Owner s Manual Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 lf Tire Pressure Monitoring has been taught the corresponding values the deviations from the required pressure are shown in the sub menu TYRE PRESSURE filling information indepen dently of the tire temperature The correct tire pressure adjustment can be made for a wheel on the basis of this display information even if the tires are warm Insufficient tire filling pressure can cause tires to overheat when driving and thus be damaged even invisibly Hidden tire damage is not eliminated by subse quently correcting the tire pressure gt For this reason always make sure that the tire pressure is correct gt For further information on maintenance and care of
294. independently of one another gt Press AUTO button C on the front or rear control panel The indicator light in button C of the front con trol panel and the AUTO indication in the rear display panel are lit Air quantity and distribution are automatically controlled and variations are compensated Note on operation If necessary the automatic system can be manually influenced This manual setting is retained until the appropri ate function button is pressed again or the AUTO button C is pressed 76 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window Control panel rear AUTO button automatic mode Air conditioning seat heating display Air quantity button left Temperature button left seat heating left Air to vent left door post Air to footwell left Air to left central vent center console Seat heating off on Air to vent right door post Air to footwell right Air to right central vent center console Temperature button right seat heating right Air quantity button right ANDOVOAKS TT TONY Sensors To avoid affecting the performance of the air con ditioning system gt Do not cover the sun sensor on the dashboard and the temperature sensor F in the front con trol panel of the air conditioning system Setting temperature To suit personal comfort the interior temperature for each of the four air conditioned areas can be adjusted between 61 F and 85 F 16
295. ing performances EEE 361 Driving program OEE E A E E T 172 174 Reduced limp home mOde ssesssssseeseesseee 175 Roe gore erence ener ats UL e Driving programs for on road and off road driving 177 Driving systems for off road driving ceee 196 Driving with a trailer oo LSA y 235 Dioska E e E ee eee ee 291 DVD Installation O 220 Nae atlases eee ee eee ere eee P eee E E Easy Entry function Functional description semere niser ancra a ae 39 Switching on EEE ORCI Ran ne RUPE er Ce 39 Electrical System eeocs ces Sees cescceketeh ceetteceee cuactee 312 Emergency flasher ibe MIME ON Clan a cae teers taraneeasanenic 107 Emergency operation Of ignition key in ignition lOCK s s s 159 Oe taenceciateuiaesce 31 Of sliding lifting roof O4 Cite ill tee ee cee 267 Of the Panorama roof SYSTEM cecceeeeceeeseeeeeeeeees 101 Of the selector lever for Tiptronic S c000 175 Of the spare wheel bracket cccccesssseeeeeees 311 Ponente gt eyeeen ease amen Nem an penetrate ene ONO 26 Emergency Starting ccccccccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneas 323 Emergency unlocking Of THe TING AD ccc decs steceteceseeecceecessesatetecese renee 267 Spare wheel bracket 311 Emission control check engine Functional description eeren eneee nena bo Warning light on the tachometer 0 123 Emission Control Systeme n e 263 Engaging the rear differential Okenn 178 Engine Pee tec ea eeee reeaneeestesseea
296. ion The sports exhaust system is switched on and a sportier car set up is obtained when Sport mode is switched on Interventions by the Porsche control systems are intentionally shifted towards greater agility and driving performance PASM Porsche Active Suspension Manage ment is automatically changed to Sport mode resulting in a stiffer suspension setup PDCC Porsche Dynamic Chassis Control is automatically set to Sport mode and this further reduces the roll tendency of the vehicle The air suspension automatically changes to the low level setting The Tiptronic S transmission changes to a sportier shift strategy The gear changing points are shifted to higher speed ranges Upward shifts are initiated later and deceleration shifts are performed earlier The vehicle moves off in 1st gear The electronic accelerator pedal reacts sooner and the engine is more responsive to throttle inputs Sporty engine tuning is activated For further information Please see the chapter PORSCHE ACTIVE SUSPENSION MANAGEMENT PASM on Page 193 Please see the chapter PORSCHE DYNAMIC CHASSIS CONTROL PDCC on Page 194 Driving and Driving Safety 179 Switching Sport mode on and off Sport mode can be activated when the ignition is Switched on and when the on road driving program High Range without reduction is selected gt Press SPORT button E in the center console When Sport mode is switched on th
297. ion Panorama roof system 101 Emergency operation spare wheel bracket 311 Emergency unlocking of the filler flap 0 267 Overview of warning messages on the multi purpose display 149 Panorama roof System OO R 74 6 Par ki MEAT Ct coccescc E T ES Power WINGOWS ccccccccccsceeceusseeeseeeseeueeuaeeuuees 90 Tiptronic selector lever emergency operation 175 When opening and closing ceeseseeeeeeeteeeeee OL Manual air conditioning Defrosting windshield ee eneee aa O Information on air conditioning compressor 65 Opening the cover flap ccccessssssesseeeseeseeeeseess OF Operating OVErViICW cccccceesssssesseeeeeeeseeeeesseenees 67 RESIT eerie ea mn ane ye Ri Ran ei eel ee Bnet 65 Setting air diotrib tion oe ree 68 setine air guant a 68 SE E E perenne acs 68 Setting temperature cccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 68 Switching air conditioning compressor on off Hees 65 Switching ECON mode On Off 89 Switching on recirculating air mode 0ee 08 Using engine residual heat 65 Manual headlight beam adjustment ccccccceeeee 234 Manual transmission CC IDG ieee sees EE E ape seers ne eee 169 3 1m O45 dg Peete ci ee once A en ey 169 Maximum permitted engine speeds eee oO Measurements Technical data ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 360 METET a E Pea eee ME ANE eer OLA re aU 7 Automatic StOPALC sn eecescescesecseeseeseeses eer nae 38 Recalling Se
298. ion 3 and hold it there for 2 seconds The steering column is automatically unlocked by turning the control unit from ignition lock position O Emergency operation unlocking the ignition key lf the vehicle battery is dead the key can only be pulled out of the ignition lock if the emergency operation is performed 1 Turn ignition key counter clockwise 2 Press a pointed object e g a ballpoint pen in the opening A next to the ignition lock and keep pressed 3 Remove ignition key Driving and Driving Safety 159 Starting and Stopping the Engine gt Please see the chapter IMMOBILIZER on Page 248 gt Please see the chapter EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM on Page 263 1 Danger Risk of poisoning Exhaust gas contains colorless and odorless carbon monoxide CO which is toxic even in low concentra tion Carbon monoxide can cause uncon sciousness and even death if inhaled gt Never start or let the engine run in an en closed unventilated area It is not recommen ded to sit in your car for prolonged periods with the engine on and the car not moving An unattended vehicle with a running engine is potentially hazardous If warning lights should come on to indicate improper opera tion they would go unnoticed gt Never leave the engine idling unattended Danger of fire gt Do not drive or park your car where combus tible materials such as dry grass or leaves can come into contact
299. ion Management Plus OE a R 181 Index 373 R PaO Gicetgsccarcuecestuecupessrnteieeossteeesesescs 251 256 Radio E A A T 218 Radio remote Comirol aa ea seers eee eee eee 16 P a o Pn rt Cer OR ae ON eee a 2 Adus ine a yee ater ee eee eeceee emer 112 Se E E E bri Pee ber eer 111 Reading lights front Sehne 0197 o ae reane aee cee et 107 108 Switching on off automatically cceceeeeees 108 Rear differential OCK sc cccscecssecseccasecsnteasensesecsacieessenens 178 Rear fog light Chanem Du 338 paein Caml GM se oeecet oeeecedeeeeccereetente cece 337 Removing fall WEME a n 336 Switching On e e a cel eR 104 Pei ie seecete cece aetesc eee ee ere eee ees 23 Cee carne teas siete vac eeeeaue na aren eeseeresaee eon 23 Emergency operation ouscsscctsserscccuscessssssactsseceecs 31 EIE AEA E E T lake oe 23 Oi e EE 22 N E E E Oe ea EE S Rear reading lights Se UN on o a penne eee er ereeeceneenermen 108 Switching on off automatically E 108 Rear seats Adjusting to vertical position cccsseeeeeeneeeees 206 Foldine TON Vail ae cae seseearaes sae aeveas cree eee 204 Folding forward and returning to upright position 204 Rear shelf n E E EEEE NET 212 Pae e E Var ectyy2 Reone asceks eensetarsnenergsteeceeeeanee itausigees a ecer 211 RAE E E E E EA R Rear window k COE caters cercec peeaneteaess eater ceenieccesee pease 2 7 OP sae eer ere E E 21 Rear window wiper Changing wiper blade ccccccsssessseesseesseeseeees 262
300. ions in the Maintenance Schedule We recommend that you have the engine oil changed at your authorized Porsche dealer Oils approved by Porsche can be mixed with each other Porsche engines are designed so that no oil additives may be used A label located in the engine compartment provides you with details of the most suitable oil for your engine Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to advise you 254 Maintenance and Car Care Engine oil filling point on Cayenne S Cayenne GTS Cayenne S Transsyberia 1 Warning Fire hazard if engine oil comes into contact with hot engine parts Risk of damage if engine oil comes into con tact with the drive belt gt Exercise great care when adding engine oil Fi i Fa 0 Engine oil filling point on Cayenne 1 Unscrew cap of the oil filler opening 2 Add at most half a liter of engine oil at a time 3 Measure oil level again after a few minutes Never exceed the MAX mark on the oil dipstick 4 Push oil dipstick in as far as the stop 5 Carefully close cap of the oil filler opening Coolant Level The coolant provides year round protection from corrosion and freezing down to 31 F 35 C Nordic countries 40 F 40 C gt Use only anti freeze authorized by Porsche gt Check the coolant level regularly Further important information concerning mainte nance can be found in a separate chapter gt Pl
301. ip counter returns to O Resetting the short trip counter to 0 gt Press button H for approx 1 second E K Voltmeter The voltmeter indicates the vehicle electrical system voltage Normal range 12 to 16 volts The voltage may drop considerably when the vehicle is being started If the indicator is continually below 12 volts when the engine is running gt Please have the battery charging system checked at an authorized Porsche dealer Battery alternator A warning message will appear on the multi purpo se display of the instrument panel if the voltage drops significantly gt Stop in a safe place and switch off the engine gt For information on the warning message on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 Possible causes Defect in the battery charging system Broken drive belt 1N Warning Risk of engine damage with resultant loss of control and accident leading to serious personal injury or death A broken drive belt means there is no power assistance to the steering more effort is required to steer and engine cooling fails gt Do not continue driving gt Have the fault remedied at your nearest autho rized Porsche dealer Danger of steering assistance failing during a long trip in the water if the drive belt slips gt f the steering assistance fails more effort will be required to steer Multi Purpose Dis
302. iper blades may be damaged or worn gt Replace damaged or worn wiper blades as soon as possible Undercoating The underside of your car is durably protected against chemical and mechanical influences As it is not possible to exclude the risk of damage to this protective coating in day to day driving it is advisable to have the underside of the car inspected at certain intervals preferably before the start of winter and again in spring and the undercoating restored as necessary Your authorized Porsche dealer is familiar with the bodyseal treatment procedures and has the ne cessary equipment for applying factory approved materials We recommend that you entrust them with such work and inspections Unlike conventional spray oils undercoating and rust proofing compounds based on bitumen or wax do not attack the sound proofing materials applied at the factory 1 Warning Danger of fire resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Do not apply additional undercoating or rust proofing on or near the exhaust manifold exhaust pipes catalytic converters or heat shields During driving the substance used for undercoating could overheat and ignite gt Before applying fresh underseal carefully re move deposits or dirt and grease Once it has dried the new undercoating compound forms a tough protective coating which provides effi cient rust proofing of the floor panels and com ponents gt Always
303. it in the menu MPH LIMIT 1 MAIN MENU gt MPH LIMIT Select and confirm 2 Select CURRENT MPH 3 Confirm selection LIMIT ACTIVE is activated automatically and the selected speed limit is shown Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 129 Presetting speed Activating or deactivating the limit Example Front side light warning message You can define a speed limit in the menu Displaying warning messages MPH LIMIT 1 MAIN MENU gt MPH LIMIT l All current warnings and information relating to the 1 MAIN MENU Select and confirm traffic safety of the vehicle can be displayed in the gt MPH LIMIT 2 Select LIMIT ACTIVE menu WARNINGS Select and confirm 3 Confirm selection 2 Select MPH SET LIMIT ACTIVE is activated JN panses O OOOO 3 Set desired limit CI LIMIT ACTIVE is deactivated Warning messages indicate possible faults Press briefly Limit is set in increments of 4 Select BACK select gt Go to an authorized Porsche dealer 1 mph around 1 6 km h Press for longer than 2 seconds Limit is set in increments of 10 mph 16 km h 4 Confirm selection LIMIT ACTIVE is activated automatically 5 Confirm selection immediately Sub menu MPH LIMIT is displayed 130 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 1 MAIN MENU gt VEHICLE INFO Select and confirm 2 Select WARNINGS 3 Confirm selection NO WARNING is displayed if the vehicle is in perfect condition Any warning messages which are present are displaye
304. ition Turn switch to position D Turn switch to position A What do I see Roof opens Roof is lifted Roof closes Windows and Sliding Roofs 91 Sliding Lifting Roof The electric sliding lfting roof is made of single sheet safety glass It is equipped with a sliding roof cover that can be infinitely adjusted manually to protect against the sun The sliding lfting roof is operated using a knob in the roof console 1N Warning Risk of injury when operating or automatical ly closing the sliding lifting roof gt Ensure that no one can be injured when the sliding lifting roof is operated gt Always withdraw ignition key when leaving the vehicle or switch ignition off in vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive Always take the ignition key with you when leaving the vehicle Uninformed persons e g children could injure themselves by operating the sliding lifting roof gt Incase of danger release the knob or car key immediately and operate the sliding lifting roof in the opposite direction gt Always keep the sliding lifting roof and the side windows closed while driving off road 92 Windows and Sliding Roofs Readiness for operation of the sliding lifting roof With ignition switched on With ignition key withdrawn until door is first opened but only for a maximum of 10 minutes Readiness function of the sliding lifting roof switches off after 10 minutes lf the v
305. ition A mechanical linkage activates the second circuit and you will be able to bring the vehicle to a stop gt After bringing your vehicle to a complete stop avoid driving the vehicle and instead have it towed to the nearest authorized Porsche dealer for repair Driving and Driving Safety 163 Brake system warning light You can check the functionality of the brake sys tem warning light by switching the ignition to the On position and verifying that the warning light illuminates RE Brake warning light USA Brake warning light Canada The warning light in the instrument panel lights up A message will be displayed on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel if the brake fluid level is too low or if the brake pedal travel has in creased one of the two brake circuits has failed A greater braking pressure will be required stop ping distances will be longer and the braking behavior will change particularly in curves With correctly adjusted brakes and a correctly working brake system the pedal travel to the point of brake application should be 1 3 16 in to 1 9 16 in 30 to 40 mm Whenever the brake pedal travel exceeds this value have the brake system checked 164 Driving and Driving Safety Brake pedal Y Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death Any obstruction of the brake pedal could in crease the stopping distance gt Alway
306. ize than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring TPM that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under in flated Accordingly when the low tire pressure tell tale illuminates you should stop and check your tires aS soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPM is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s re sponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trig ger illumination of the TPM low tire pressure tell ta le For further information on the tire pressure moni toring gt Please see the chapter SETTING TIRE PRES SURE MONITORING on Page 132 When tires are warm the tire pressure is increa sed gt Never let air out of hot tires This could cause the tire pressure to fall below the prescribed value Insufficient tire pressure can cause tires to over heat and thus be damaged even invisibly Hidden ti
307. king tire pressure with a pressure gage 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire 2 Press the pressure gage onto the valve stem Note on operation gt Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape lf the sound of air escaping from the tire is heard reposition the pressure gage 3 Read the tire pressure on the gage stem and compare it to the permissible tire pressure This information can be found on the tire pres sure plate in the left door aperture Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 4 Remove the pressure gage O71177 Inflating tires on vehicles without air suspension 1 Please follow the operating instructions on the compressor 2 Screw filler hose of the compressor onto the tire valve 3 Remove cover A of the engine compartment cover Please see the chapter CONNECTING JUMPER CABLES on Page 324 OT1 137 Positive terminal for emergency starting with jumper cables Grounding point for emergency starting with jumper cables 4 Connect clamps of the compressor to the terminals for emergency starting with jumper cables Always observe the following sequence Open the cap of the positive terminal for emer gency starting with jumper cables Connect positive lead red to the positive terminal for emergency starting with jumper cables Connect negative lead black to the negative
308. l Check coolant or engine oil level Add coolant or engine oil if necessary Switch engine off and let it cool Check coolant level Add coolant if necessary Stop in a suitable place and switch engine off Do not continue driving Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer The battery discharges if the engine is not running and loads are switched on Start the vehicle or switch the loads off Vehicle electrical system is overloaded Certain loads e g heated rear window seat heating will be switched off Stop immediately at a suitable and secure place and check tank cap for proper fastening If tank cap was fastened correctly consult your authorized Porsche dealer Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Check the oil level using the oil dipstick as soon as possible and add engine oil if necessary Light on Warning message on the multi purpose instrument display panel ER Oil pressure too low k Oil pressure monitoring Failure Service in 1864 mls 3000 km Service now Brake pads i Warning BRAKE Brake proportioning ABS ABS failure E PSM failure no Warning BRAKE Brake fluid level BRAKE Parking brake PSM on Meaning measures Immediately stop in a suitable place and switch engine off Do not continue driving Check engine oil level Add oil if necessary Do not continue driving if the warning light comes on even when the oil level is correct Have the fault remedied at an autho
309. l bolts before installing Maintenance Notes gt Wheel bolts must not be greased gt Replace damaged wheel bolts Only use the original Porsche wheel bolts specially designed for this vehicle type gt 17 mm spacers must always be removed from the rear axle when snow chains are to be fitted Minor Repairs 293 Tightening torque Tightening torque of the wheel bolts and wheel nuts 118 ftlb 160 Nm Security wheel bolts The adapter wrench socket for the security wheel bolts is located in the tool box To loosen or tighten the wheel bolt with anti theft protection the adapter must be used between the wheel bolt and the wheel bolt wrench gt When positioning the wrench socket ensure that it engages fully in the teeth of the wheel bolt Note on operation gt On vehicles with 17 mm spacers on the rear axle the wheels are secured with steel nuts There is no anti theft protection for the wheel nuts gt Ifthe wheels have to be removed at the work shop please do not forget to hand over the socket for the security wheel bolts along with the car key 294 Minor Repairs Changing Wheels Warning Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury or death to you or to bystanders Before changing the wheel gt Ifyou have a flat tire move a safe distance off the road Turn the emergency flasher on and use other warning devices to alert other motorists gt Do not
310. l ensure optimum use of engine power and engine braking When reverse gear is selected and the ignition is on the reversing lights are lit Permitted engine speed gt You should change into a higher gear before the needle reaches the red mark on the tacho meter or ease off the accelerator lf the red zone is reached during acceleration fuel feed is interrupted t Caution Risk of engine damage overrevving when shifting down to a lower gear gt Take care not to exceed the maximum permit ted engine speed when down shifting Driving and Driving Safety 169 Tiptronic S The Porsche Tiptronic is a six speed transmission and features an automatic and a manual shift mode In automatic selection mode selector lever po sition D gear changing is automatic Depending on the driving program you can change temporarily from automatic to manual mode using the rocker switches on the steering wheel In manual selection mode selector lever position M you change gear using the rocker Switches on the steering wheel or by pushing the selector lever forward or back The functions of selector lever positions D and M differ in the on road program High Range and in the off road program Low Range You can change between selector lever positions D and M as you wish while driving The currently selected gear is retained if you change from D to M lf you change from M to D the gear changing map Suit
311. l terrain level can be selected only at speeds below around 19 mph 30 km h The car is automatically lowered to terrain level at speeds exceeding approx 19 mph 30 km h Low level This level is intended for high speed driving Above speeds of around 78 mph 125 km h the car is automatically lowered by around 1 in 24 mm Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia or 0 4 in 9 mm Cayenne GTS compared to normal level When the speed drops to below around 25 mph 40 km h the car is automatically raised to normal level Note If low level was set manually with the rocker switch in the center console low level also remains active at speeds below around 25 mph 40 km h Loading level 1N Caution Risk of damage to running gear parts units and the vehicle underbody lf the car is driven off a curb when at loading level for example insufficient ground clearance can cause it to bottom out gt Always switch to normal level before moving off This setting makes it easier for you to load the luggage compartment The car is lowered by around 2 1 in 54 mm Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia or 1 3 in 34 mm Cayenne GTS compared to normal level The car is automatically raised to normal level at speeds exceeding around 3 mph 5 km h 1 4 1 l Ta ha E TAi JA 2 TTE 7 Setting level manually Preconditions Ignition on Doors are closed Note on operatio
312. le fuel containers full or partially empty may leak causing an explosion or result in fire in case of an accident gt Never carry additional fuel in portable contai ners in your vehicle Fuel Recommendations Your Porsche is equipped with catalytic conver ters and must use UNLEADED FUEL ONLY Your engine is designed to provide optimum performance and fuel economy using unleaded premium fuel with an octane rating of 98 RON 93 CLC or AKI Porsche therefore recom mends the use of these fuels in your vehicle Porsche also recognizes that these fuels may not always be available Be assured that your vehicle will operate properly on unleaded premium fuels with octane numbers of at least 95 RON 90 CLC or AKI since the engine s Electronic Octane knock control will adapt the ignition timing if necessary It is important to observe the regular service inter vals and particularly the oil change intervals spe cified in your Maintenance Schedule The use of UNLEADED FUEL ONLY is critically important to the life of the catalytic converters Deposits from leaded fuels will ruin the converters and make it ineffective as an emission control device Cars with catalytic converters have a smaller fuel tank opening and gas station pumps have smaller nozzles This will prevent accidental pumping of leaded fuel into cars with catalytic converters Unleaded fuels may not be available outside the continental U S and Can
313. lector lever switch transmission prewiring 5 Note Fuse numbers that are not listed in the table are not assigned in the fuse box 318 Minor Repairs No 55 56 D Designation Reversing camera control unit Porsche Stability Management PSM Transfer box control unit Rating in A 5 40 40 Fuse assignment fuse box in engine compartment Cayenne S Cayenne GTS a a Cayenne S Transsyberia Designation Rating in A i No 1 1 Fan 60 2 2 Fan 30 7 7 Ignition coils 15 8 Ignition coils 15 g Tank vent valve air conditioning compressor air conditioning control unit intake pipe switch 15 over crankcase vent 9 Engine control unit 20 9 Quantity control valve camshaft adjuster valve lift adjuster 15 10 f Water run on pump relay tank leakage detection carbon canister shut off valve fan pressure 10 sensor for air conditioner 10 Cooling air output stages pressure sensor for air conditioner tank leakage detection exhaust 10 flap control valve oil level sensor 11 Oillevel sensor air conditioning compressor air conditioning control unit crankcase vent 15 11 Engine control unit fuel valve 15 12 Camshaft adjustment tank vent fuel valve variable intake manifold 10 13 Is Fuel pump right 15 14 14 Fuel pump left 15 15 15 Engine control unit main relay 10 17 17 Oxygen sensors ahead of catalytic converter 15 18 18 Oxygen sensors behind catalytic converter 7 5 Notes gt Use the plastic grippers from the fuse boxes in
314. lights Only when side lights or low beam are Light is switched off ewitchad on Pull switch to first click auto Automatic driving light assistant Indicator light lights up 00 Side lights License plate light instrument illuminati Q Rear fog light ou Pull switch to second click ZD Low beam high beam Indicator light lights up Only when the ignition is switched on 104 Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers Note on operation lf the ignition key is withdrawn and the door is opened while the lights not the parking light are on an acoustic signal gong warns of possible battery discharge In some countries differences are possible due to provisions of law Automatic driving light assistant The driving light assistant is a comfort function Your Porsche s driving light low beam is switched on and off automatically irrespective of the ambient brightness Despite possible support by the driving light assis tant it is the responsibility of the driver to switch on the driving light using the conventional light Switch in accordance with the relevant national regulations Activating the headlights using the driving light assistant does not therefore absolve the driver of responsibility for the correct operation of the driving light The low beam is switched on automatically in the following situations Dusk Darkness Travelling through tunnels Rain in conjunction with the rain
315. lights and check them for signs of damage Clean the front and rear lincense plates Clean the tire tread with a jet of water and remove any foreign objects Clean wheels wheel housings and the under body with a jet of water Check whether the car has picked up plant parts or branches These materials increase the risk of fire and can damage fuel lines brake hoses boots of the axle joints and drive shafts After off road driving always check the entire floor assembly tires body structure steering system running gear and exhaust system for signs of damage gt After driving for an extended period through mud sand water or substances with a similar soiling effect check the brake discs brake pads wheels and axle joints and have them cleaned If you experience severe vibrations after driving off road check the wheels for foreign substances These substances can produce an imbalance which might be responsible for the vibrations Removing these deposits may remedy the problem Uphill driving 1 Danger Danger of serious personal injury or death and risk of damage if the vehicle should overturn gt gt Do not turn around when driving uphill If itis not possible to climb a gradient the car must be backed down in reverse gear gt Do not drive over embankments or slopes at steep diagonal angles lf the vehicle starts to tilt immediately steer in the direction of the tilt line of s
316. lights up thereafter permanently No message is output on the multipurpose display lf Tire Pressure Monitoring is not active the tire pressure warning light on the speedometer flashes about 60 seconds and lights up thereafter permanently A corresponding message is output on the multi purpose display The warning light goes out as soon as all faults have been remedied Tire Pressure Monitoring switches to partial monitoring if there are up to two wheel transmitters not present or faulty e g a spare wheel or collap sible spare wheel is fitted that does not have a wheel transmitter In the event of partial monitoring the value _ is displayed in the sub menu TYRE PRESSURE filling information at the position of the faulty or missing wheel transmitter Tire Pressure Monitoring is not active in the following cases Tire Pressure Monitoring is faulty at least three wheel transmitters for Tire Pressure Monitoring are faulty or not present temporarily after changing a wheel too many wheel transmitters have been detected there is external interference by other radio sources e g wireless headphones tire temperatures are too high gt For information on messages on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 Notes on tire pressure Pressure increase as the result of tempera ture increase In accordance with physical pr
317. ling out retracting for rear side windows 62 Sun sensor For zone air Conditioning seee eee 71 For 4 zone air conditioning s e 20 E I E eee 62 Switching automatic anti dazzle operation on and off 57 Switching child lock rear doors on off ccceeeeeeees 29 Switching child protection on off Disabling central locking button on the rear doors 29 Disabling control panel for air conditioned areas at the rear 4 zone air conditioning 00008 79 Disabling power windows in the rear doors 88 Switching ECON mode on off With 2 zone air conditioning ceeeeceeeseeeeeees 65 With 4 zone air Conditioning cccccccseesseeeeeeeeees OD With manual air conditioning 00000000eeeee OD Switching emergency flasher On Off ccccceeeeeeeeees 107 Switching front reading lights on off 108 Switching Mono function on off With 2 zone air Conditioning s Z2 With 4 zone air conditioning ceeeeseseseeeeeees 78 Switching off readiness for operation Vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive aaeain LO Switching on automatic recirculating air mode With 2 zone air conditioning ccecccceeeeeeeeeeees I With 4 zone air conditioning sessersernerrerrerrenne 78 Switching on door surrounding Lau E ERE 109 Switching OM Toe IEMS aae e 104 Switching on parking Ment a a 106 Switching on recirculating air mode With 2 zone air conditioning lt 210 cacsccss
318. lly available luggage racks is not possible The Porsche Roof Transport System allows the transport of various sports and hobby equipment Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to tell you about the varied uses of the Roof Transport System Safety Notes Risk of an accident loss of control and damage to the vehicle gt Completely remove the Roof Transport System before using an automatic car wash risk of damage to the vehicle gt Do not exceed the permissible roof load the permissible gross weight and the permissible axle loads Please see the chapter WEIGHTS on Page 356 gt Distribute load evenly with heavy items as low as possible Items of luggage must not project beyond the side of the load area gt Fix and secure every item to the basic carrier with a rope or lashing strap do not use elastic rubber tensioners gt Before every trip and at regular intervals during long trips check that Roof Transport System and load are secure Re tighten if necessary and secure additionally by locking 2 16 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage When the Roof Transport System is loaded the maximum speed depends on the nature size and weight of the load being carried gt Adapt your driving style and speed to the changed conditions Nevertheless Porsche recommends that you do not exceed the posted speed limit Driving braking and steering behavior change due to the higher cente
319. lope When driving uphill never let the vehicle roll backward when in idle or not in gear Exclusive use of the footbrake is too risky in such situations Driving and Driving Safety 197 Note on operation gt Activate the Low Range program before taking extreme upward or downward gradients Tips on driving gt Do not perform manual gear changes when driving and try to avoid stopping gt Avoid high engine speeds max 2 500 rpm Traction on uphill slopes Note on operation gt Activate the Low Range program and engage differential locks if necessary Tips on driving gt When driving uphill go easy on the accelerator and make sure that wheels have sufficient traction don t spin gt Avoid high engine speeds max 2 500 rpm gt Drive slowly 198 Driving and Driving Safety Driving downhill 1 Danger There is a danger of serious personal injury or death and risk of damage if the vehicle should overturn gt Do not drive over embankments or slopes at steep diagonal angles gt Drive downhill slowly with the wheels pointing straight ahead gt Ifthe vehicle starts to tilt immediately steer in the direction of the tilt line of slope gt When driving downhill never let the vehicle roll when in idle gt Use engine braking effect lf the engine braking effect is not adequate gently apply the foot brake Note on operation gt Activate the Low Range off road driving pr
320. lso indicated on the multi purpose display of the in strument panel Please see the chapter AIR SUSPENSION WITH LEVEL CONTROL AND HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT on Page 190 Power Transmission and Running Gear Control Systems A complex interconnection of all control systems acting in power transmission and in the running gear has been realized in your Porsche All control systems have been linked with the aim of combining the best possible driving performance with maximum safety The following systems are involved System designation PTM Porsche Traction Management PTM Plus Porsche Traction Management PSM Porsche Stability Management Air suspension with level control and height adjustment PASM Porsche Active Suspension Management PDCC Porsche Dynamic Chassis Control Scope Full time all wheel drive Electronically controlled center differential lock Automatic brake differential ABD Traction control system TCS Reduction gear Low Range In addition to the PTM features PTM Plus also includes Electronically controlled rear differential lock Stability management system Anti lock brake system ABS Brake system prefilling Brake booster Traction control system TCS Automatic brake differential ABD Engine drag torque control MSR Fully load bearing air spring struts with integral shock absorbers Air supply system with pressure accumulator Shock absorber system with adaptive continuous shock absorber contr
321. lternating bends Improved braking stability on corners and on different or varying road surfaces Improved brake functioning and reduced stopping distance in the event of emergency braking Readiness for operation PSM is switched on automatically every time you start the engine Function Sensors at the wheels brakes steering system and engine continuously measure Driving speed Direction of travel steering angle Lateral acceleration Longitudinal acceleration Rate of turn about the vertical axis PSM uses these values to determine the direction of travel desired by the driver PSM intervenes and corrects the course If the actual direction of motion deviates from the desired course steering wheel position It brakes individual wheels as needed If neces sary PSM additionally influences the engine power or the gear changing characteristic of the Tiptronic in order to stabilize the vehicle Driving and Driving Safety 183 The events below inform the driver of PSM control operations and warn him to adapt her his driving style to the road conditions The multi functional information light in the instrument panel lights up Light in the PSM Off button flashes Hydraulic noises can be heard The vehicle decelerates and steering wheel forces are altered as the PSM controls the brakes Reduced engine power The brake pedal pulsates and its position is changed duri
322. lts at all times while the vehicle is in motion gt Use appropriate child restraint systems for all small children Proper wearing of safety belts gt Safety belts must be positioned on the body as to restrain the upper body and lap from sliding forward Improperly positioned safety belts can cause serious personal injury in case of an accident gt The shoulder belt should always rest on your upper body The shoulder belt should never be worn behind your back or under your arm gt For maximum effectiveness the lap belt should be worn low across the hips gt Pregnant women should position the belt as low as possible across the pelvis Make sure it is not pressing against the abdomen gt Belts should not be worn twisted 42 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel gt Do not wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eye glasses pens keys etc as these may cause injury gt Several layers of heavy clothing may interfere with proper positioning of belts gt Belts must not rub against sharp objects or damage may occur to the belt gt Two occupants should never share the same belt at the same time Care and maintenance gt Keep belt buckles free of any obstruction that may prevent a secure locking gt Belts that have been subjected to excessive stretch forces in an accident must be inspec ted or replaced to ensure their continued effec tiveness in restraining you
323. ly engaged parking brake may allow the vehicle to roll causing serious personal injury or death to any person in its path gt Engage the parking brake fully gt Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 Releasing the parking brake gt Press on the footbrake and pull handle A of the parking brake The warning light and the message disappear Parking Brake warning light USA BRAKE Parking Brake warning coy light Canada The warning lights will go out after the parking brake Is fully released The warning lights are not an indicator that the parking brake is fully applied it is only intended to be a warning to release the parking brake before driving the car t Caution A partially engaged brake will overheat the rear brakes reduce their effectiveness and cause excessive wear gt Release the parking brake fully gt When parking your car press down firmly on the foot pedal gt Move the Tiptronic selector lever to P Tiptronic or move the gearshift lever to reverse or first gear Manual transmission gt On hills also turn the front wheels towards the curb Brakes gt Make ita habit to check the operation of your brakes before driving Keep in mind that the braking distance increases very rapidly as the speed increases At 60 mph 100 km h for example it is not twice but four times longer than 30 mph 50 km h Tire traction is also les
324. m net Rana me cene AR ree SE a 233 Cargo management system ee 208 COn WOU sxteeeeetec cone cresc enema sce eseerne ss 207 Openin r oor a tee etree eee 207 AE E E eee eee eee 207 Position of tie down e oecse ee tee eee ee 207 Setting loading level 191 370 Index Lock CNG OCH geen erseh sees ses eiee eves se ae aeeseaesugaeeees 79 Disabling control panel for air conditioned areas Cig eM E21 gene See Renn ne Reena ie neers open ea nc nin 79 Locking Closing the rear WINGOW ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 27 Disabling central locking buttons on the rear doors 29 Locking vehicle door from inside ss0000000 28 Locking vehicle door with Porsche Entry amp Drive 21 Locking vehicle door with the car key remote COME Ol lai decaeneceausssaesxcseaesceectesswersascsaeee 21 Persons animals remaining in the vehicle EEE 21 5 71 13 Dae ke nn ce Ace ONG RCE 23 Spare wheel bracket aa canesacseccnecczessesacces 311 Vehicle door with car key remote control TE A 21 Vehicle door with Porsche Entry amp Drive keyless 21 Vehicle door with the car key remote control 21 Locks Displaying status on the multi purpose display 131 Engaging the center differential lock 000 178 Engaging the rear differential lock 00s0c008 178 Longitudinal lock Displaying status of locks on the multi purpose dep ay EEEE EEE R 131 Encacmo a Umea arin Ian rs 178 Low beam Changing bulb halogen Xenon 329 Changin
325. may result gt Perform a visual inspection if necessary Tire replacements gt Use only tire makes and types tested by Porsche If you do not use a Porsche recommended replacement tire make sure that you purchase your new tires from a reputable tire dealer and that the dealer complies with all manufacturers warnings for those tires Only tires with the same manufacturer and with the same specification code e g NO N1 should be mounted on the vehicle Before mounting new tires check with your Porsche dealer about the current release status Tires should be replaced no less than on one axle at the time Only tires of the same make and type must be used Mixed tires are not permissible and will affect vehicle performance safety and can affect vehicle warranty Porsche dealers can recommend the most current replacement tire options for your vehicle Initially new tires do not have their full traction You should therefore drive at moderate speeds during the first 60 120 miles 100 200 km Tires must always remain on the same side of the vehicle When wheels are removed the direction of rota tion and position of each wheel should be marked If new tires are installed only on one axle a notice able change in handling occurs due to the different tread depth of the other tires This happens espe cially if only rear tires are replaced However this condition disappears as the new tires are b
326. mb wheel A downward Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window 79 Changing air flow direction gt Swivel vent fins B in the desired direction Note on operation Fresh air or conditioned fresh air can be delivered from all vents depending on the air distribution setting Fresh air intake In order to ensure unhindered air intake gt Keep the fresh air intake between the wind shield and the engine compartment lid free from snow ice and leaves 3 Heated Rear Window The heated rear window is ready for operation when the ignition is on 80 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window Switching on gt Press button B Indicator light in button lights up Depending on the outside temperature the heating switches off automatically after approx 5 to 20 minutes The heating can be switched back on again by pressing the switch again Switching off Press button B Indicator light in button goes out button TIMER button ON OFF button button 0UOWDYS Parking Heater The parking heater features two functions parking heating and parking ventilation The parking heater is ready for use regardless of the ignition key position The parking heater is also used as an auxiliary heater Operation of the parking heater is there fore clearly audible when outside temperatures are low even if the parking heater has been manually switched off D20
327. meen eeeariernesess 223 PCN ee 223 Switching off COOlING a 223 CS Sie A ety eee E 231 Ground clearance E E E E eet Er 360 eE OR E O E Peter E E 357 H Halogen Changing bulb for high beam n se SOO Changing bulb for low beam ccceeeeeeeeeseeeees 329 Changing bulb for side light Cayenne Cayenne S Salas S Males ection 333 Installing N adlonts 5 22ers eet eee 328 Removing headlights cccccccseeeeeeeeeeeseeeseees 927 Handbrake parking brake BODINE te E E era ea naners ane tees 162 RIE ACING cctavuesuteatenuvateisecouancte aidan kOe Warning message on multi purpose display 153 Headlight beam adjustment cc cccccscssssesessssssteeens 24 Headlight beam adjustment automatic CHECKING ODEON et ees eee ee LO Functional description ssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee LO6 alerts fol komen teeter nae ites teehee eae 327 330 Adjusting oseere OOO Before driving with a trailer 234 Care iNStructions ccecce 2 0 Changing bulb for additional high beam Bi Xenon headlights ccccccceececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 331 Changing bulb for additional high beam fialosen headlights noraa aa m aa 330 Changing bulb for cornering in Bi Xenon headlights ccccccccsceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 332 Changing bulb for high beam halogen headlights ccce GOO Changing bulb for low beam halogen 000 329 Changing bulb for side light Cayenne CTO 335 Changing bulb for side light Cayenne Caye
328. ment Open or close the rear lid only when there are no persons animals or objects within its movement range Always observe the opening and closing opera tion so that movement can be stopped at any time in the event of danger Opening and Locking 23 gt Make sure that there is sufficient clearance be hind or above the vehicle e g roof transport systems garage ceiling gt Remove rear rack systems before opening the rear lid automatically 1N Warning Risk of being locked out of vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive gt Do not leave the key in the vehicle if the vehicle is locked and access is gained through the rear window The vehicle is automatically locked when the rear lid is closed lf the key has been left in the vehicle the emer gency flasher flashes twice and a warning signal sounds The rear lid can be opened again within approx 30 seconds After 30 seconds have elapsed the vehicle can be unlocked again only with the second key Acoustic indication during opening closing of the rear lid Opening and closing of the rear lid are indicated by three warning tones You can have the warning tones activated deacti vated at your authorized Porsche dealer 24 Opening and Locking OF laa Opening the rear lid automatically When the vehicle is operated with a trailer the rear lid can only be opened with the release button on the rear lid There are three ways of opening the re
329. moved from the rear axle when snow chains are to be fitted gt Remove spacers if 18 inch tires snow chains or a collapsible spare wheel are mounted gt Itis not necessary to use a assembly aid for mounting a wheel or spare wheel of the same quality gt For information on the spacers Please see the chapter SPACERS on Page 293 Minor Repairs 303 Puller 1 Remove plastic covers from the wheel nuts with the puller D 304 Minor Repairs 2 Remove wheel nuts Unscrew the wheel bolts A with which the spacer B is fastened Remove the spacer B 5 Screw in assembly aid instead of the wheel bolt Fit wheel 7 Use the wheel bolts A with which the spacer B was fastened to mount the wheel Insert wheel bolts and tighten by hand Remove assembly aid and screw in remaining wheel bolt Initially tighten bolts in diagonally opposite sequence so that the wheel is centered 8 Inflate the tire if necessary Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 On vehicles with Tire Pressure Monitoring Please see the chapter SETTING THE TIRE TYPE AND SIZE on Page 134 9 Lower the car and remove the jack 10 Tighten wheel bolts in diagonally opposite Sequence Maintenance Note gt Immediately after changing a wheel use a torque wrench to check the prescribed tightening torque of the wheel bolts 160 Nm 118 ftlb gt Spacer steel nuts and plastic c
330. movement of the equipment that is being operated gt Observe the safety notes for the original remote control Notes on operation gt When a button is pressed the transmitter sends a corresponding signal forwards in driving direction Always position the vehicle in line with the receiver Otherwise range restrictions cannot be ruled out gt Please read the instructions for the original remote control to find out whether the original remote control has fixed or changeable code gt When operating and programming the garage door opener the ignition must be switched on and the vehicle must be within range of the receiver 242 Parking Assigning garage door opener signal to button Notes on assigning signals for fixed code or changeable code systems Several attempts with different distances between the Home Link transmitter and the original remote control may be necessary The original remote control must transmit continuously during programming The button on the remote control must be pressed several times in the case of remote controls with standby function The teaching time may be up to 60 seconds gt Please refer to the operating instructions for the original remote control Deleting all programmed buttons gt Keep the two outer buttons of keypad A depressed for approximately 20 seconds until LED B begins to flash quickly All the programmed buttons are deleted Note gt Before s
331. mpletely The roller blind will open automatically to the selected opening width D Raises sliding lifting roof element Turn knob to switch position D Roof element 3 will be raised completely The roller blind does not change position here E Opens sliding lifting roof element completely gt Turn knob to switch position E gt Roof element 3 will be opened completely The roller blind will open automatically to the selected opening width Comfort function on vehicles without Porsche Entry amp Drive Opening and closing the Panorama roof system gt Hold the car key in the door lock in the unlocking or locking position until the windows and the Panorama roof system have reached the desired position Comfort function on vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive Opening and closing the Panorama roof system gt Hold the car key in the door lock in the unlocking or locking position until the windows and the Panorama roof system have reached the desired position Closing the Panorama roof system gt Hold the button in the door handle when locking the vehicle until the windows and the Panorama roof system have reached the desired position Force limiter for the Panorama roof system All roof elements are equipped with a force limiter lf the sliding roof or the sliding lfting roof element is obstructed during the closing or opening process the respective roof element opens or closes again immediately
332. n The level last selected is stored in the memory after the ignition is switched off LIEL A Special terrain level B Terrain level C Normal level D Low level E Loading level Raising the vehicle gt Briefly press rocker switch forward ae The car is raised one level Lowering the vehicle gt Briefly pull rocker switch to the rear p The car is lowered one level Driving and Driving Safety 191 Indication of selected level The selected level is displayed by light emitting diodes beside the rocker switch illustration The corresponding light emitting diode beside the rocker switch flashes during the control process The light emitting diode is continuously lit after the control process The level change is also indicated on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel Exceptions Automatic changes from normal level to low level and back are not indicated on the multipurpose display of the instrument panel 192 Driving and Driving Safety Warning message Various messages are indicated on the multi pur pose display of the instrument panel if there is a system fault or if the compressor switches off due to overload gt For further information on warning messages on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 gt Adapt your driving style to the changed condi tions gt Consult an authorized Porsche dealer in order to r
333. n protection from injuries in case of accident Your vehicle is equipped with weight sensing for the passenger s seat in accordance with U S Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 Even if your vehicle is equipped with airbags the safety belts must be worn at all times because the front airbag system is only actuated by frontal collisions with an impact of sufficient se verity Below the deployment threshold of the airbag system and during types of collisions which do not cause the actuation of the system the safety belts provide the primary protection to the occupants when correctly worn Therefore all persons within the vehicle must wear safety belts at all times in many states state law requires the use of safety belts gt Please see the chapter SAFETY BELTS on Page 42 The front airbags are located under the padded steering wheel panel on the driver s side and on the passenger s side in the dashboard The side airbags for the front seats are installed on the side in the seat backrests The head airbags are installed above the doors in the roof area 1 Danger To provide optimal occupant protection air bags must inflate at very high speed If you are not wearing your safety belt or are too close to the airbag when it is deployed infla ting airbags can result in serious personal in jury or death Improper handling of weight sensing can unintentionally impair switching the pa
334. n shutter A arrow 226 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage OFL 210 Removing cupholder insert The cupholder insert can be removed for cleaning Removing the insert makes an additional storage tray available gt Open shutter A gt Press together the cupholder insert at the two engagement recesses B gt Remove the cupholder insert Emptying gt Move unlocking button A to the right the ashtray insert pops out gt Once you have emptied the ashtray replace the insert and push it down until it clicks audibly into place Opening rear cupholder Ashtray gt Press on the cover of the cupholder arrow Ashtray front Closing rear cupholder Warning gt Close and engage the cupholder Danger of fire gt Never use ashtray for waste paper disposal as it could pose a fire hazard Opening gt Press ashtray lid briefly Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 227 Ashtray rear Depending on how the vehicle is equipped an ashtray can be installed in the rear door panels Opening gt Press ashtray lid briefly Emptying gt Open ashtray cover and press carefully to the door trim panel The insert is raised slightly gt Remove and empty insert Cigarette Lighter 1 Warning Danger of fire and burning The cigarette lighter is ready for use regardless of the ignition lock position gt Do not leave children in the car unattended gt Never touch the he
335. n twisting roads or under unfavorable road conditions e g wintry or wet conditions varying road surfaces gt Do not use the cruise control under such conditions gt Observe all local and national speed limits Risk of an accident personal injury and loss of control gt Do not reach through the steering wheel spokes while driving Switching cruise control readiness on gt Pull back the operating lever to position 1 until it clicks audibly into place W Cruise control readiness The green indicator light on the tacho meter now indicates readiness Maintaining and storing speed gt Bring the car to the desired speed with the accelerator gt Press button A The desired speed has now been stored Accelerating e g to overtake Option 1 gt Increase the speed as usual with the accelera tor When you ease off the accelerator the previously stored value is set again Option 2 gt Push operating lever upwards into position 3 until the desired speed is reached The speed reached is maintained and stored when the operating lever is released Option 3 gt Push operating lever slightly upwards into position 3 a maximum of 10 times The speed is increased by 1 mph 2 km h each time the lever is pushed upwards Note on operation Cruise control operation is automatically interrup ted if the speed is increased by more than approx 16 mph 25 km h for longer than 20 seconds Driving and
336. n wheel bolts Please see the chapter WHEEL BOLTS on Page 293 4 Change wheel 5 Insert wheel bolts and tighten by hand Remo ve assembly aids and screw in remaining wheel bolt Initially tighten bolts in diagonally opposite se quence so that the wheel is centered 6 Inflate the tire if necessary Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 In vehicles with tire pressure monitoring Please see the chapter SETTING THE TIRE TYPE AND SIZE on Page 134 7 Lower car and remove jack 8 Tighten wheel bolts in diagonally opposite se quence Tire Pressure Monitoring The settings on the multi purpose display must be updated after a wheel change gt Please see the chapter SETTING TIRE PRES SURE MONITORING on Page 132 Maintenance Note gt Immediately after changing a wheel use a torque wrench to check the prescribed tightening torque of the wheel bolts 118 ftlb 160 Nm Changing a wheel with removal of 17 mm spacer 1 Danger Risk of accident if the spacers are not removed before mounting 18 inch tires or collapsible spare wheel gt 17 mm spacers are always to be removed before mounting 18 inch tires or a collapsible spare wheel because the wheel cannot be fitted correctly t Caution Risk of damage to wheel housings if the spacers on the rear axle are not removed be fore fitting the snow chains gt 17 mm spacers must always be re
337. nd roof must be closed The air vents should be opened Minor Repairs Exercise Extreme Caution when Working on your Vehicle sss00e 280 TireS WheelS sisien 281 DEC EE E E ny navvers iia tines a 291 TOOR oes orccs nee E R 292 COMMS ECS SO ese cate eee eee ey eet te 292 Saree Ae ee ee eee 293 Wiee IS ONS ee a a a cee eecee eee sees eeeee 293 Changing WheelS ccccsssccsseeceeeeeseeeeeeeeees 294 PAGE TIRE iaraa EA EE AA 295 Lifting the Vehicle with a Lifting Platform or Garage lift 298 Electrical System cscccccecrrrrrrnn 312 BE aniauania rae 320 Replacing the remote control battery 322 Emergency Starting with Jumper Cables 323 Replacing Bulbs ccccccceseeesssseeeeeeeeeeeeees 326 1 51216 f ni ae a on ae ee Pes eo Ree 327 E Rarer EE E e PTEE E EE N 336 License Plate Lights cccccccsssssssssseeees 338 Headlight Adjustment 339 Changing headlights from left to right hand traffic 00ccceee 340 PuB 1 7g Cat eee meet ten Peter reenter erg 342 TONE ora a cunt ncettceearaeteiarmecertaantvaae 342 Minor Repairs 279 Exercise Extreme Caution when Working on your Vehicle 1 Danger Ignoring the following instructions may cau se serious personal injury or death gt The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a potentially hazardous area If you are not fully familiar with proper repair procedures do not attempt the adjustments descr
338. ned regularly to remove fine dust using a soft damp white woollen cloth or a commercially available microfibre cloth gt Remove heavy contamination with a leather cleaner Please always follow the instructions for use given on the containers We recommend the Porsche leather care product gt Once cleaned leather particularly the heavily stressed leather seats must be treated only with Porsche leather care product Carpets and mats gt Use only a vacuum cleaner or a medium stiff brush gt Remove stains and spots with Porsche stain remover The Porsche range of accessories includes floor mats to protect the carpets in Summer and winter 1 Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Always check the movement of the pedals before driving and make sure that they are not obstructed by a floor mat or any other object gt Secure the floor mat to prevent it from sliding into positions that could interfere with the safe operation of your vehicle do not lay them loosely in the vehicle Your Porsche dealer will be glad to offer you floor mats of correct size including a securing possibility Cleaning airbags covers 1 Danger There is a danger of serious personal injury or death if the airbag system is impaired by improper cleaning work gt Do not make any modifications whatsoever on individual components such as the padded covers of the steering wheel t
339. ng battery ssssssssecceeeeeee 9O Closing windows with button in door handle Porsche Entry amp Drivebsisrrsiriarnennn U Disabling in the rear COOLS neccen 88 M eenereete sence een reeprneencerrernmrs Opening closing windows with car key without Porsche Entry amp Drive 89 Opening closing windows with rocker switch 87 Overview of driver s door control panel 87 Overview of passenger s door control panel 87 Readiness for operation Z Powenitte ate mena tect eee crenata ee eee ees ONG GINS sen xe seeee eee seers T cere eee ODENIN a nr Snceesaeietaeiceeeser ence eaxccsaues 24 Power transmission and running gear control systems Overview PTM PTM Plus PSM PASM P 181 Pie ure LO SUOM sccs cas ancececectecotsceisaceseeectecsscecteesasasies 308 Protection CME O 79 Disabling control panel for air conditioned areas ANE ECE E E Na Sernn ee PSM Porsche Stability Management T EES 306 Functional description eee a 8I Functional description of off road PSM eccssees 184 Multi functional light in the tachometer 185 OEE WE cece ce E E A a ee veces tate ae 181 SWC INS Olmert reteset senna Oo SC NIN eee eee ee 186 Warning light on instrument panel after charging the battery ccccceceeeeeeeeeeees 322 Warning message on the multi purpose display 153 PTM Porsche Traction Management Functional description e e a 2 OVE E E TE eee PTM Plus Porsche Tract
340. ng braking In order to achieve full vehicle deceleration foot pressure must be increased after begin ning of the brake pedal pulsing Examples of PSM control operations f the front wheels of the vehicle drift on a corner engine power is reduced and the rear wheel on the inside of the corner is braked if necessary lf the rear of the vehicle swings out on a corner the front wheel on the outside of the corner is braked 184 Driving and Driving Safety Brake system prefilling The brake system is prepared for possible sub sequent emergency braking if the accelerator pedal is released suddenly and quickly The brake system is prefilled and the brake pads are already applied gently to the brake discs Brake booster In the event of an emergency braking operation where the pedal force is insufficient a brake booster provides the braking pressure neces sary for maximum deceleration at all 4 wheels Combined use of PSM and PTM PTM Plus In order to ensure optimal stabilization of the ve hicle the center differential lock PTM and possib ly the rear differential lock PTM Plus are also opened when PSM interventions occur Tip on driving When PSM is switched off wheel specific brake in terventions and the traction control system TCS are also inactive The automatic brake differential ABD remains on Off road PSM PSM in Low Range program When Low Range is active an off road PSM
341. ng message appears on the multipurpose display in the instrument panel if the light switch is in position O light switched off Switch on the light at the light switch if necessary e g when you switch off the ignition at a closed rail crossing gt For information on warning messages on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 USA only You can activate deactivate the daytime driving lights on the multi purpose display in the instru ment panel gt Please see the chapter SWITCHING DAYTIME DRIVING LIGHTS ON OFF on Page 145 Of 463 A Instrument lighting knob 8 Instrument Illumination When the light is switched on the brightness of the instrument illumination can be adjusted by turning thumb wheel A Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers 105 Automatic Headlight Beam Adjustment Vehicles with Bi Xenon headlights feature automatic headlight beam adjustment When the ignition and the low beam are switched on the level of the headlight beam automatically changes in accordance with the vehicle load The level of the headlight beam is automatically kept constant during acceleration and braking Checking operation 1 Switch the low beam on 2 Switch ignition on The light beam first dips all the way down and is then adapted to the vehicle load It this test item is not met the headlight beam adjustment system must be checked by an auth
342. ng posture the back rest curvature is infinitely adjustable in vertical and horizontal directions for individual pelvis and spinal column support Press the switch in the direction indicated by the arrows until the desired setting is reached Front seat with memory Personal seat door mirror steering wheel and Safety belt height adjustments can be stored and recalled on the person buttons A and car keys 1N Warning Risk of crushing due to uncontrolled recall of settings gt Cancel automatic adjustment by pressing any of the seat adjustment buttons gt Do not leave children in the car unattended Memory options Seat adjustment Door mirror adjustment Comfort memory options Seat adjustment Door mirror adjustment Steering wheel and safety belt height adjust ment Recalling the settings using the car key or in vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive gt Open the driver s door The stored settings of the driver s seat are recalled automatically Cancelling setting Automatic settings can be cancelled immediately by pressing any driver s seat setting button Recalling the settings with person buttons 1 3 driver s and passenger s seat 1 Unlock vehicle and open the driver s door 2 Press the relevant person button until the stored positions have been reached or Briefly touch the person button if the ignition key is inserted or if the ignition is switche
343. ng vehicle door with the car key remote COMO ceesre a ZU Opening and closing the engine compartment lid ee 29 Opening and locking Closing the rear lid automatically cccceeeeeees 25 Closing the rear WINdOW cccceceeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeees 21 Engine compartment lid ciciccccssnesscseusancussensssacsens 29 Locking vehicle door with Porsche Entry Drive 21 Locking vehicle door with the car key emote contoh aaea ccreeesushee snare 21 Opening and locking vehicle door from inside eel Opening the rear lid automatically 0c00008 24 Unlocking and opening the rear window 27 Unlocking vehicle door with car key AOS EO E E E E NE 20 Unlocking vehicle door with Porsche Entry amp Drive 20 Opening the rear lid automatically c ssccceeeeeeeeees 24 Operating in other countries cccccccccseseeseeeeeeeeeeeees 266 Operating overview 2 zone air CONITIONING ccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeees ZO A zone air conditioning front s es Z0 4 zone air Conditioning rear ccecce 20 Manual air conditioning cecce OF Parking heater e eo Pe Rr 81 Operating the function keys on eects wheel eee 60 Operating the WON csscc2 oo ete enrenar OO Overview of capacities Encine oa OO Oxygen Sensor a a OA P Paint Care instructions e a a a eo PO e E EE EET 273 Pecera e eee Removing spots and SLAIN esc ccecccceceeceseeseseeseses 273 Repairing damage c cccccssssssseesesssseeseeeesees 273 REIES A a E a
344. nger airbag is deactivated The condition of the passenger airbag system is shown by the indicator lamp A in the central console gt fin doubt fasten the child restraint system on the rear bench or transport the passenger on the rear bench 48 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 1 Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death due to the passenger airbag triggering unintentionally When the ignition is on and a child weighing up to 29 Ibs 13 kg is seated in the child re straint system on the passenger seat the in dicator lamp PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF must be on If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up it could indicate a fault in the system In this case gt Fasten the child restraint system on the rear bench immediately Do not install any child re straint system on the passenger s seat gt Have the fault remedied at your nearest authorized Porsche dealer 6 Warning light Faults are indicated by a warning light on the tachometer gt In the following cases you should immedi ately consult an authorized Porsche dealer in order to assure the airbag system is functioning properly lf the warning light does not light up when the ignition is switched on or lf the warning light does not go out once the engine is running or lf the warning light appears while driving Airbag maintenance In order to ensure long term functioning the air bag system
345. ning ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeees 67 Brief Overview Automatically Controlled 2 Zone Air Conditioning System cccccccee 69 Automatically Controlled 2 Zone Air Conditioning cccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeees 70 Brief Overview Automatically Controlled 4 Zone Air Conditioning System Front Control Panel meicro 73 Brief Overview Automatically Controlled 4 Zone Air Conditioning System Rear Control Panel cider crocansanmanneennens 74 Automatically Controlled 4 Zone Air Conditioning cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeees 7a E EEEE E E E eer E ERT 79 Heated Rear Window scen 80 Pakne Teder a een ceneinsanniuanaesae 81 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window 63 Overview of Air Conditioning Systems The following air conditioning system types may be installed depending on your vehicle equip ment A Manual air conditioning system Air quantity air distribution and temperature can be set on the control panel of the manual air con ditioning system B Automatically controlled 2 zone air conditioning system The air conditioning system controls the preselec ted interior temperature completely automatically Temperature can be set individually for the left and Opening the Cover Flap of the right air conditioned areas Air Conditioning Control Panel C Automatically controlled 4 zone air gt Swivel cover flap on the handle downwards conditioning system arrow The air conditioning system
346. ning the selector lever position and engaged gear are indicated TETEE Selector Lever Positions P Parking lock In selector lever position P the driven wheels are mechanically locked gt Engage parking lock only when vehicle is Stationary gt Engage parking lock after applying the parking brake and release it before releasing the parking brake gt Always apply the parking brake before leaving the vehicle The ignition key can be withdrawn only in selector lever position P R Reverse gt Select reverse only if car is stationary and the brake is applied N Neutral Selector lever position N must be selected for towing or in car washes for example gt Select the desired position for moving off D M or R only when the engine is idling and when depressing the brake pedal D Automatic selection mode in the road driving program gt Use selector lever position D for normal driving The gears are shifted automatically according to the accelerator position and speed Depending on the way the vehicle is driven and on the resistance e g uphill the gear changing points are shifted towards higher or lower engine speed ranges Movement of the accelerator driving speed longitudinal and lateral acceleration and the road profile all have an influence on the gear changing characteristic When PSM is switched off transmission gear changes are done at higher engine speeds Unwanted
347. njury or death Tire pressures 4 Danger Risk of accident Risk of serious personal injury or death Driving the vehicle with low tire pressure increases risk of a tire failure and resulting loss of control Furthermore low tire pres sure increases rate of wear of the affected tires and cause damage gt Always use an accurate tire pressure gage when checking inflation pressures gt Do not exceed the maximum tire pressure listed on the tire sidewall Also refer to Tech nical data gt Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURE PLATE on Page 284 gt Cold tire inflation pressure means all tires must be cold ambient temperature maximum 68 F 20 C when adjusting the inflation pres sure Avoid sunlight striking the tires before measuring cold pressures since the pressures would rise from temperature influence gt Valve caps protect the valve from dust and dirt and thus from leakage Always screw caps tightly down Replace missing caps immedi ately gt Use only plastic valve caps gt For safety reasons don t use tire inflating bottles gt Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire infla tion pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different s
348. nne GTS l Remove headlight For information on removing headlights Please see the chapter REMOVING HEAD LIGHTS on Page 327 2 Turn socket counter clockwise and remove Replace the defective bulb bayonet fitting Minor Repairs 335 Tail light Removing tail light As aresult of the design a relatively large amount of effort is required to remove the tail light In case of doubt please contact your authorized Porsche dealer a Switch ignition off 4 Unscrew the two fastening screws B with the socket wrench from the tool kit 2 Open rear lid 3 Remove the two caps A with a screwdriver for example 336 Minor Repairs OF1 1 41 5 Pull out the light unit to the side in the direc Installing tail light 3 Screw in the fastening screws B tion of the arrow and additionally pull it out in When screwing in the fastening screws make the area of the ball head C 1 Push on plug D until the plug is felt to click into sure that the tail light is flush with the body le 6 Disengage cable and then press on the plug Prace AKTON ANG SECIE CADIE 4 Press in caps A release arrow on the plug D and pull off the 2 Insert ball head of tail light C into clip nut E and plug fit the light unit into the body arrow 5 Close rear lid Minor Repairs 33 Replacing bulbs at rear l Remove tail light For information on removing tail lights Please see the chapter REMOVING TAIL LIGH
349. nne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 333 Changing gas discharge headlight Bi Xenon headlights s ccccccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 330 Changing to left right hand traffic cccceeeeeees 340 Height adjustment eeen e 340 St VS A E E E A nee 328 Operating washer SYStOM scesssseeeeessteeeeees 113 P E ctver poo PE 327 Headrests L To e E E E TEE EE o Removing and installing OD Heated rear window S II O rece eas nece ceeteencueereeen gor creereere eee 80 Wit MIN Olcsrcceenecre eee reee R Height adjustment lowenng the carce ree veces peses eee ceeresecs a 191 Overview ieee enaena eae a d 90 Racmne e a aman ee eae Ro 191 Warning message on the multi purpose display 192 High beam Changing bulb additional high beam Bi Xenon headlights 331 Changing bulb halogen headlights cccc00 330 Changing gas discharge nea Bi Xenon headlights ceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 330 IPCI dorem a a 117 119 Installing headlights 328 Removing aone A E E A T 327 S eee ete E E A 106 e E E E O 106 Switching ON OFf es 104 High beam additional c2 scccseccseccceceescsssecerencescerarecse 331 High Range E PAO Nepean ee aA VASAT Selecting on road driving A a 178 High pressure cleaning equipment information on use 271 Hillholder moving off assistant for Tiptronic S 187 HomeLink garage door opener EEE ar E E 243 Deleting programmed signals 000000008 242 FUNC H
350. non utilization If you have not used the parking heater for several weeks the system may require the parking heater to be switched on several times before it actually starts up gt Please take a break of approximately 5 minutes between each individual switch on attempt Requirement for initial start up of the parking heater Cold engine Have the parking heater checked by an authorized Porsche dealer in the following cases lf the parking heater fails to start up after the 3rd switch on attempt Inthe event of faults in the parking heater no function symbol appears on the display only the remaining running time is shown The display flashes on briefly and then goes completely dark Inthe event of a serious accident the parking heater switches off automatically for safety reasons The parking heater is not ready for operation f the temperature rises the overheating protection switches the parking heater off automatically The parking heater is not ready for operation The parking heater is switched off automati cally if the voltage is too low The parking heater is temporarily unavailable Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window 85 Windows and Sliding Roofs Power WINGOWS ss a snisssetasainentncassiarinconeeieteens 87 Brief overview sliding lifting roof 91 Sliding Lifting ROOF cssecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 92 Brief overvi
351. not be used to downshift in manual selection mode M gt Therefore shift down manually when accelera ting e g to overtake Tip on driving The kickdown function is not active in selector lever position M Unlike in the road driving program an automatic upshift is not performed when the engine speed limit is reached 174 Driving and Driving Safety Shifting up gt Press upper part of a rocker switch A or gt Push selector lever B forward in the M gate Shifting down gt Press lower part of a rocker switch A or gt Push selector lever B back in the M gate Depending on driving speed and engine speed you can shift up or down at any time Gear changes which would exceed the upper or lower engine speed limit are not executed by the control unit You can change down two gears by quickly pres sing rocker switches A or selector lever B twice The gear is changed down automatically just before idle speed is reached gt Select an appropriately low gear on upward and downward slopes This will ensure optimum use of engine power and engine braking If manual mode fails the control electronics switch to automatic mode In this event the instru ment panel will display selector lever position D gt To remedy the fault please consult an authorized Porsche dealer Stopping gt Fora brief stop e g at a traffic light leave the selector lever in drive position and hold the vehicle with t
352. nt injury make a point of noting where your vehicle s exhaust pipe is avoid placing your legs near the exhaust pipe when loading and unloading cargo in the rear and closely supervise children around the vehicle during time when the exhaust pipe could be hot A hot exhaust pipe can cause serious burns Portable Fuel Containers 1 Danger Portable fuel containers may leak whether they are full or partially empty Fuel leaking from a portable container carried in your vehicle could in case of an accident cause a fire or explosion resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Never carry additional fuel in portable contai ners in your vehicle Vehicles with SportDesign package 1N Caution Risk of damage On vehicles with Sport Design package front rear and side member trim are painted and located lower on the vehicle Off road driving can seriously damage these trim parts gt When driving off road make sure these parts are not damaged gt Make sure there Is sufficient clearance between obstacles and the underside of the vehicle V Avoid driving through water gt Do not use side member trim as a running board Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake PCCB gt Please see the chapter BRAKES on Page 163 The high performance brake system is designed for optimal braking effect at all soeeds and tempe ratures Certain speeds braking forces and ambient condi tions such as temperat
353. ntrol unit for power seat controls left Heated rear window relay control Instrument panel diagnosis Kessy control unit steering column lock ignition lock Porsche Entry amp Drive clutch switch Sliding lifting roof or Panorama roof system Subwoofer Electrical seat adjustment left Seat heating rear Rear differential lock Servotronic Air quality sensor diagnostic socket parking brake Rating in A 10 15 15 15 30 30 15 30 30 30 25 10 Minor Repairs 315 No Designation 52 Rear wiper 53 Vehicle electrical system and rear end control units low beam switch steering column 54 Headlight beam adjustment Xenon headlight left 56 Fan front air conditioning system Note Fuse numbers that are not listed in the table are not assigned in the fuse box 316 Minor Repairs Rating inA 15 5 10 40 No Designation 57 Compressor level control RES 1 Spare fuse 1 RES 2 Spare fuse 2 Rating in A 40 Fuse assignment fuse box in right side of dashboard No 1 10 11 12 14 15 18 19 21 22 23 24 Designation Trailer coupling ParkAssist Trailer coupling Trailer coupling Porsche Stability Management PSM Transfer box center differential lock telephone prepa ration Vehicle electrical system control unit left side marker light right turn signal right low beam TV tuner Rear Seat Entertainment Radio or Porsche Communication System PCM
354. ny component of the emission control system gt Do not alter or remove any device such as heat shields switches ignition wires valves etc which are designed to protect your vehicle s emission control system In addition to serious engine damage this can result in a fire if excess raw fuel reaches the exhaust system gt Do not continue to operate your vehicle if you detect engine misfire or other unusual opera ting conditions Maintenance and Car Care 263 Parking 4 Danger Danger of fire resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas where the hot exhaust system may come in contact with dry grass brush fuel spill or other flammable material gt If your car catches on fire for any reason call the fire department Do not endanger your life by attempting to put out the fire Undercoating 1 Danger Danger of fire resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Do not apply additional undercoating or rust proofing on or near the exhaust manifold exhaust pipes catalytic converters or heat shields During driving the substance used for undercoating could overheat and ignite 264 Maintenance and Car Care How Emission Control Works When an automobile engine is running it uses energy generated through the combustion of a mixture of air and fuel Depending on whether a car is driven fast or slowly or whether the engine is cold or hot some
355. o source to the AUX interface This external audio source is then operated on the audio source rather than on the PCM or radio system gt Please refer to the section External audio source in the separate PCM or radio opera ting instructions Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 22 1 Storage Y Warning Unsecured luggage and heavy objects may come loose during braking rapid directional changes or in an accident and cause serious personal injury or death gt Do not carry items of luggage or objects in the passenger compartment unsecured gt Do not transport any heavy objects in open storage trays gt Always keep the storage trays closed while driving gt Always protect the passenger compartment with a safety net and a luggage compartment cover Note on operation An unsecured or incorrectly positioned load can Slip out of place or endanger the vehicle occup ants during braking direction changes or in accidents gt Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMATION on Page 231 Storage options Inthe glasses case in the roof console Inthe glove compartment pen holder Inthe front and rear armrests Inthe drawer underneath the passenger s seat In the storage compartments at the sides of the luggage compartment Inthe door trim panel Inthe center console front and rear On the back of the front seats Coat hook on the rear grab handles Und
356. o the passenger airbag triggering uninten tionally When the ignition is on and child weighing up to 29 Ibs 13 kg is seated in the child res traint system on the passenger seat the indi cator lamp PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF must be on If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up it could indicate a fault in the system In this case gt Fasten the child restraint system on the rear bench immediately gt Have the fault remedied at your nearest authorized Porsche dealer Child restraint system for children weighing more than 29 Ibs 13 kg Your vehicle is equipped with weight sensing for the passenger s seat in accordance with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 Depending on the weight acting on the passenger s seat the passenger s airbag will automatically be switched on or off gt Incase of doubt fasten the child restraint system on the rear bench Small adult passengers gt Make sure that the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp does not light up 4 Danger Risk of serious or mortal injury due to the passenger airbag not triggering When the ignition is on and the small adult passenger is seated on the passenger seat the indicator lamp PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF must be off If the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp lights up it could indicate a fault in the system In this case gt Carry the passenger on the rear bench until the fault is repair
357. ock 006008 159 Folding key bit in out csc tccorcessssncotoeeerncseoesassncens 16 Locking the vehicle GOOr csssscceeseeseseeeeeeeeeees 21 Opening closing Panorama roof system 99 Opening closing sliding lifting roof 1 a 93 Unlocking the vehicle door scce 20 ee eee 16 E E eee eer eer ote T or 172 173 L Language Setting on the multi purpose display 5 148 Large roof Brief OVEIVICW cssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseseseeeseeeseeees DO Emergency operation LO Functional description rrr 97 ELIA Tol fs e eea a a Opening CIOSING cccecsecsssesseesseeusesunseenseeaseeens DO Opening closing roller blind scce 100 Opening closing with Car Key cerere OY Roller blind cleaning position ccc00000 LO PPG Sy StU a ueeeenes 53 E T E 53 installing a child ceata e a 53 Prescribed installation direction of child seat 50 Leather care instructions c ccce cecssccceeveseessesoee ceneceers 277 Left hand traffic changing headlights E E TT ma 340 Level contol rcisirie aci inneni 2205 290 Displaying status on the multi purpose display ae 131 Loading level sessirnar Oly OF Ee ee E OU Lowering the Car a a 191 Lowering the car for lOAdING ssceseessecseeseeseesseeeee1 91 Normal QV Gs icascctiessecesscwiesieesntaemen trairanta 190 OVEIVICW EEEE LOO Raine TNE CAN eee cec ces coceeet caecsestecesievseeessees cas 191 Setting loading T O E a SE 191 Setting low level mae ee
358. ock absorber adjustment sanna LOL STOCK AUS OND a renege eveaseeceeeevee cssecteeaeseee a 181 Short trip counter BES 6 20 eee eee Re S 121 Pe et le epee eee eee 2 I AS oe E as ene en ere ee Pe ee ee ee 104 Changing bulb Cayenne OTS 335 Changing bulb Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 333 Installing headlights cccccc cancctearecsscctuescseesesadaness 328 Removing headlightS sccccsccessecsessesssessesserseeee 327 SAE NE Bee eee eee oe leon PC ne CP 104 Warning message on multi purpose display 150 Side marker light Door surrounding lighting 109 Side marker light Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 333 Side member panels Removing cap for jacking point GOL Ski bag Eoin e tence eeu res het sa ere epee nee SNE a teense ease sv edaseset moe tes eevee neeeest 215 211011 T E 21 a Sliding lfting roof l Ear a E a E a a a a OL CE etaeaseyoesiae eran reeseren 93 Emergency operation cascsarsavsaccotsessenseaesaresauersescs D4 Functional description cncccetesscssetenttececenesneseetsnnss 92 a EEE E ES Malunctions ceca a a ec neeeeceecestenetnccer ccna 94 Opening completely ssssssssssssssesseesseeeeeeee 93 Opening to comfort setting cccccccceeeeeseeeeaeeee 93 Opening closing with car key ssseesseeeeeeeeeeeee 93 Readiness for Operation cccccceeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees 92 SNOW ChaiNS scscsscssssseseesesseseeseesesveseeseeseeseseesesseeee 393 General inform
359. ogram The off road ABS is switched on automatically Tips on driving gt Do not perform manual gear changes when driving and try to avoid stopping gt Avoid high engine speeds max 2 500 rpm A special circuit in the off road ABS permits con trolled brief lock up of the front wheels so that they can dig into the loose surface more effectively Locked wheels slip and can no longer be steered gt When driving down steep hills on unpaved surfaces brake carefully so that vehicle does not start to slide Obstacles gt Pay attention to the ground clearance of the Car Please see the chapter GROUND CLEARANCE on Page 35 7 Note on operation gt Activatethe Low Range program and engage differential locks if necessary Tips on driving gt Just before reaching the obstacle ease off the accelerator slightly and use the car s momen tum to cross the obstacle This will prevent the car from jumping over the obstacle and landing on the following downward slope at an exces sive speed gt Avoid high engine speeds max 2 500 rpm Water crossing gt Pay attention to the ground clearance of the Car Please see the chapter GROUND CLEARANCE on Page 35 7 OF 1 005 1 Danger Danger of drowning if water enters the vehicle Risk of damage to the engine and accessories if water penetrates gt Before driving through water check the water depth A water speed and the condition of the su
360. ol Active chassis control system to stabilize roll tendency of vehicle body when driving Driving and Driving Safety 181 Warning In spite of the advantages of PTM or four wheel dri ve it is still the driver s responsibility to adapt her his driving style and maneuvers in line with road and weather conditions as well as the traffic situ ation The increased safety that is provided should not induce you to take greater risks with your safety The limits set by the physics of driving cannot be overcome even with PTM or four wheel drive Risks of accident due to inappropriate speed cannot be reduced by PTM Porsche Traction Management PTM Porsche Traction Management is a fulltime all wheel control system designed to influence the longitudinal and lateral dynamics It is closely linked with the Porsche Stability Management PSM system PTM ensures the best possible power distribution to the four driven wheels at the front and rear axles The system realizes this optimal traction by intervening in the lock control function of the trans fer case and rear differential PTM is active at all times and unlike the PSM cannot be switched off 182 Driving and Driving Safety Advantages of PTM Obvious improvement in traction driving Stability and steering ability of the car Vehicle is more manageable when driven at its performance limits Improved straight ahead tracking and stability The
361. on resulting in serious personal injury or death If the air quantity is OFF the windows may mist up gt Only select air quantity setting OFF for short periods gt f windows mist up push air quantity button E up to increase air quantity and select the func tion Defrost windshield Setting air distribution ZN Air to windshield gt Press button g The air flows to the windshield amp gt Airto central and side vents gt Press button 65 The air flows from the central and side vents Vents must be open VV Air to footwell gt Press button The air flows to the footwell 68 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window Switching recirculating air mode O on 1 Warning Risk of accident due to impaired vision resulting in serious personal injury or death In recirculating air mode the windows may mist up gt Only select recirculating air mode for short periods gt f windows mist up switch recirculating air mode off immediately by pressing the recirculating air button again and select the function Defrost windshield gt Press button O Indicator light in button lights up The outside air supply is interrupted and only the inside air is circulated Brief Overview Automatically Controlled 2 Zone Air Conditioning System This brief overview does not replace the informa tion provided in the chapter Automatically Controlled 2 Zone Air C
362. on on The following alarm contacts are monitored Doors Engine compartment lid Rear lid Rear window Passenger compartment gt f one of these alarm contacts Is interrupted the alarm horn sounds for approx 30 seconds and the emergency flashers flash After 5 seconds of interruption the alarm is triggered again This cycle is repeated ten times Alarm System and Theft Protection 245 Switching on gt Lock the vehicle The alarm system and passenger compart ment monitoring system are switched on gt Please see the chapter UNLOCKING AND LOCKING FROM OUTSIDE on Page 19 Switching off gt Unlock the vehicle The alarm system and passenger compart ment monitoring system are switched off auto matically Note on operation If you unlock the vehicle with the key at the door lock you must switch the ignition on ignition lock position 1 within 15 seconds of opening the door in order to prevent the alarm system from being triggered 246 Alarm System and Theft Protection OTa 21F Temporarily deactivating passenger compartment monitoring system If people or animals are remaining in the locked vehicle or the vehicle is being transported on a passenger train or ship for example the passen ger compartment monitoring system must be deactivated When locked again the passenger compartment monitoring is activated again The rocker switch to switch off the passenger comp
363. on the skin or in the eyes thoroughly rinse the affected part of the body off without delay gt Change soiled clothing immediately gt Get medical attention immediately in the event of an allergic reaction gt f sealant was swallowed thoroughly rinse out the mouth without delay and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting Get medical attention immediately OF 022 Filler bottle Filler hose Plug of the filler hose Valve turner Valve insert Tire valve A B C D E F Inserting sealant 1 Leave the object that caused the puncture in the tire 2 Remove sealant and the enclosed sticker from the luggage compartment 3 Adhere the sticker in the driver s field of vision 4 Shake filler bottle A Minor Repairs 297 5 Screw filler hose B onto the filler bottle The filler bottle is now open 6 Unscrew valve cap from tire valve F 7 Remove valve insert E from the tire valve with valve turner D Keep the valve insert in a clean and dry place 8 Remove plug C of the filler hose B 9 Push filler hose onto the tire valve 10 Hold filler bottle higher than the level of the tire valve and press it together forcefully until the bottle is completely emptied into the tire 11 Pull filler hose off the tire valve 12 Twist the valve insert firmly into the tire valve using the valve turner 13 Inflate the tire Set the prescribed tire pressure Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSUR
364. on the steering wheel By shifting gear with the rocker switches on the steering wheel you can temporarily change from automatic selection mode D to manual selection mode M Advantages Shifting down on downward slopes engine braking or for brief spurts of acceleration Selecting 1st 2nd or 3rd gear for moving off The manual selection mode remains engaged For passing Depending on lateral acceleration When the vehicle is stationary e g at a junction The system leaves manual selection mode Automatically after around 8 seconds unless car Is subject to high lateral accelera tion is passing or stationary if you depress the accelerator to kickdown Kickdown The kickdown function Is active in selector lever position D gt For optimum acceleration e g when overta king depress the accelerator pedal beyond the full throttle point kickdown The transmission shifts down depending on the speed of travel and engine speed Upward shifts occur at the highest possible engine speeds These gear changing speeds remain active until the accelerator is released to approx 80 of the fullthrottle position Tip on driving Unlike in the on road driving program an automa tic upshift is not performed in manual selection mode M when the engine speed limit is reached M Manual selection mode in the on road driving program 1N Warning The kickdown function is not activ
365. onditioning In particular warnings are not replaced by this brief overview What do I want to do Switching on automatic air conditioning system Setting temperature Setting air quantity Setting air distribution Defrosting windshield What do I have to do Press button C Left vehicle side Push button H up warmer or down colder Right vehicle side Push button N up warmer or down colder Push button G up more or down less Air to windshield Press button I Air to central and side vents Press button K Air to footwell Press button J Press button A Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window 69 Please read the information on Air Conditioning REST mode Automatically Controlled 2 Zone Depending on various factors e g sunlight air ECON mode and quality the air conditioning system controls the ae l Air conditioning compressor preset interior temperature fully automatically g P on page 65 Temperature can be set individually separately for the two left and right air conditioned areas You can manually influence the automatic system This individual adjustment is shown on the air conditioning display panel 70 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window Control panel zaSsTrACT7ITOMmMIOWVS Windshield defroster Heated rear window AUTO button automatic mode Recirculated air automatic recirculated air Air conditioning display
366. onds have elapsed the vehicle can be unlocked again only with the second key The rear lid is unlocked if you are in the rear area of the vehicle with the key gt Press the release handle arrow on the rear lid and open the rear lid The rear lid has a power closing mechanism OF1 O12 1 Pull down the rear lid by means of the closing handle arrow and press it gently into the lock The rear lid is automatically pulled closed and locked only if rear lid is unlocked 2 Lock the vehicle Locking the rear lid 1 Warning Danger of crushing The rear lid is auto matically pulled into the lock and locked gt Make sure that your fingers are not under the rear lid gt Keep foreign objects or limbs away from moving parts latch striker of the power closing mechanism gt Do not leave children in the car unattended Powerliftgate Rear Lid 1 Danger Risk of poisoning Exhaust gases can enter the passenger compartment when the rear lid is open gt Always keep the rear lid closed when the engine is running gt Always keep the rear lid closed while driving Danger of injury and damage if the rear lid is automatically opened or closed in an uncon trolled way gt Do not leave children in the car unattended gt Openor close the rear lid only when the vehicle is stationary Never drive with the rear window or rear lid open Exhaust gases can enter the passenger compart
367. onger time Since airbag deployment does not occur in all accidents this further em phasizes the need for you and your passengers to always wear Safety belts Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and diagnostic module This module will record the use of the seat belt restraint system by the driver and front passenger when the airbags and or belt tentioner are triggered Precondition for activating the restraint systems gt Ignition is switched on Advanced Airbag Your vehicle is equipped with weight sensing for the passenger s seat in accordance with U S Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 Depending on the weight acting on the passenger s seat the passenger s airbag will automatically be switched on and off Depending on the angle and force of impact the passenger s airbag which is switched on will be triggered during a collision Precondition for switching the passenger s airbag on and off depending on weight gt Ignition is switched on Seat adjustment for the passenger s seat 1 Danger Safety belts only offer protection when the backrest is upright and the belts are properly positioned on the body Improperly positio ned safety belts can cause serious personal injury or death in an accident gt Do not operate the car with the driver or pas senger backrests excessively reclined lf the seat is in an extreme position e g the back rest is in contact with the rear seat
368. orized Porsche dealer 106 Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers Turn signal High Beam Headlight Flasher Stalk Turn signals low beam and high beam are ready for operation when the ignition is on 1 Turn signal light left 2 Turn signal light right Move the stalk to the upper or lower pressure point turn signals flash three times 3 High beam push forward 4 Headlight flasher pull backward Lever in center position low beam when the light is switched on 5 Button for voice control gt Please see the separate Owner s Manual for Porsche Communication Management PCM Note on operation When the high beam is switched on or the head light flasher is operated the blue indicator light on the speedometer is lit Parking light The parking light can only be switched on when the ignition is switched off gt Move the lever up or down to switch on the right or left parking light 1 Danger Risk of an accident resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Whenever stalled or stopped for emergency repairs move the car well off the road Switch on the emergency flasher and mark the car with road flares or other warning devices gt Do not remain in the car Someone approaching from the rear may not realize your vehicle is stopped and cause a collision Danger of fire gt Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas where the hot exhaust system may come in contact with d
369. orm a few steering movements to the left and to the right when vehicle is standing and drive a short distance in a straight line until the PSM warning light goes out and the message is erased from the memory of the multi purpose display of the instrument panel 3 lf the warnings does not go out then Drive carefully to the nearest authorized Porsche dealer Have the fault remedied by an authorized Porsche dealer Minor Repairs 325 4 After the warnings disappear Stop the vehicle in a suitable place 5 Perform adaptation of the power windows Please see the chapter STORING FINAL POSI TION OF THE DOOR WINDOWS on Page 90 6 On vehicles with tire pressure monitoring Please see the chapter SETTING THE TIRE TYPE AND SIZE on Page 134 7 On vehicles with Panorama roof system Please see the chapter SAVE FINAL POSITION OF THE PANORAMA ROOF SYSTEM on Page 99 326 Minor Repairs Replacing Bulbs Warning Danger of short circuit gt Always switch off the relevant consumer when changing bulbs Risk of serious personal injury or death The headlights are under high voltage when installed gt Exercise extreme caution when working in the area of the headlights Risk of damage Bulbs of a higher wattage can damage the light housing gt Only use the bulbs specified in the bulb chart gt Bulbs must be clean and free from oil grease or fingerprints gt Never touch bulbs with y
370. orrosion can be preven ted by coating the terminals and connections with petroleum jelly or silicone spray gt Ensure that vent caps are securely tightened to prevent spillage Checking the electrolyte fluid level only on low maintenance batteries Generally the electrolyte level must be checked more often in summer than in the winter and more often when driving long distances gt When adding water use only clean containers In no case may alcohol e g window cleaner residues be permitted to enter the battery gt Unscrew and open the filler vent caps of each cell With the car on a level surface the fluid level should meet the indicator mark in each cell gt f necessary top up with distilled water Do not use acid Only fill up to the mark otherwise the electrolyte will overflow when the battery is being charged and cause damage Winter operation During the winter months battery capacity tends to decrease as temperatures drop Additionally more power is consumed while starting and the headlights heater rear window defogger etc are used more frequently Let your Porsche dealer test the battery s capaci ty before winter sets in Vehicle storage lf the car stands for long periods in the garage or workshop the doors and lids should be closed gt Remove the ignition key and if necessary dis connect the battery Notes on operation gt When the battery is disconnected the alarm
371. osition B D Lifting sliding lifting roof gt Turn knob between switch positions A and D until it reaches the required position The roof is lifted completely in switch position D Comfort function on vehicles without Porsche Entry amp Drive Closing the sliding lifting roof gt Hold the car key in the door lock in the locking position until the windows and the sliding lifting roof have reached the desired position Comfort function on vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive Closing the sliding lifting roof gt Hold the car key in the door lock in the locking position until the windows and the sliding lifting roof have reached the desired position or gt Hold the button in the door handle when locking the vehicle until the windows and the Sliding lifting roof have reached the desired position Windows and Sliding Roofs 93 Emergency operation of sliding lifting roof lf the sliding lifting roof is defective this can be closed or opened manually 1 Warning Risk of serious personal injury and damage to the sliding lifting roof during emergency operation gt Ensure that no one can be injured when the Sliding lfting roof is operated gt During and after emergency operation the Sliding lifting roof may no longer be operated with the rocker switch 94 Windows and Sliding Roofs EQL 192 1 Open the glasses case in the roof console 3 Fold up armrest arrow 4 Remove key B from the
372. otes on operation lf the opening angle exceeds 30 the spare wheel bracket automatically moves to final position The rear lid may be opened only when the spare wheel bracket is in final position gt If the opening angle is less than 30 the spare wheel bracket automatically moves back to its initial position However the spare wheel bracket is not completely engaged yet and must be closed B Button for unlocking the spare wheel bracket by hand C Additional lock Opening spare wheel bracket Operating the additional lock of the spare wheel bracket if the vehicle is tilted to the 1 Warning side Danger of injury and risk of accident if the 1 Open spare wheel bracket spare wheel bracket is operated improperly 2 Slide additional lock C to the left The spare wheel bracket is mechanically locked The warning light rear lid and a message on the multipurpose display of the instrument gt Make sure that no persons or animals are within the range of movement of the spare wheel bracket Operate the spare wheel bracket only using button B gt lf the vehicle is inclined to the side the additio panel warn the driver that the spare wheel nal lock C on the spare wheel bracket must be bracket is open operated 310 Minor Repairs Closing spare wheel bracket 1N Warning Danger of injury and risk of accident if the spare wheel bracket is operated improperly gt Operate the spare wheel bra
373. our bare hands Use a cloth or soft paper when replacing bulbs gt Always carry spare bulbs with you In certain countries the carrying of spare bulbs is mandatory Caution Risk of damage to headlights due to exces sive temperatures and abrasion gt Attach no coverings e g films stone guards in the area of the headlights gt Use soapy water only to clean light lenses and plastic headlight lenses In no case may chemi cal cleaners or other volatile cleaning fluids be used gt To prevent scratches do not rub with a dry or merely moist cloth tissue or insect sponges Headlights Note The headlights can mist up depending on the temperature and humidity gt To ensure optimum ventilation do not cover the gap between headlight and body t Caution Risk of damage to headlights due to abrasion and excessive temperatures gt Do not affix any coverings e g stone guards or films in the area of the headlights Removing headlights B C 1 Switch off ignition and withdraw the ignition key 4 2 Open lid 5 3 Press down cover A in the engine compart ment in the direction of the arrow and remove Headlight release Socket wrench Take socket wrench C out of the tool kit Place socket wrench C on the release B and turn in the direction of the arrow until you feel and hear the headlight being released Minor Repairs 32 6 Pull the headlight forward
374. overs should be stored together Fitting the 17 mm spacer 1 Remove wheel 2 Fit the spacer with the wheel bolts A used to fasten the wheel Tightening torque 160 Nm 118 ftlb 3 Fit wheel To do this use the original wheel nuts for fastening the wheels Tightening torque 160 Nm 118 ftlb Place plastic covers onto the steel nuts Note There is no anti theft protection for the wheel nuts Collapsible spare wheel The collapsible spare wheel is fastened under the floor in the luggage compartment On vehicles with 17 mm spacers gt Before fitting a collapsible spare wheel on the rear axle always remove the corresponding spacer For information on the spacers Please see the chapter SPACERS on Page 293 For information about removing the spacers Please see the chapter CHANGING A WHEEL WITH REMOVAL OF 17 MM SPACER on Page 303 No e OO Take out rotary knob A and put it on bolt B Unscrew the screw and take out the collapsible Spare wheel Mount the collapsible spare wheel on the vehi cle before inflating it Leave the car jacked up Please see the chapter LIFTING THE VEHICLE WITH A JACK on Page 299 Inflate the tire Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 Minor Repairs 305 Warning Risk of accident gt The collapsible spare wheel must be used only over short distances in cases of emergency For safety rea
375. pace floor Note The tools required for changing a wheel e g jack wheel bolt wrench assembly aids folding wedges are only supplied with the vehicle if the vehicle comes with a collapsible spare wheel or full size spare wheel as standard Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to advise you Tires Wheels The original equipment tires and wheel rims on your Porsche comply with all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards For your safety remember the following Wheel rims and wheel bolts are matched to fit your Porsche f you intend to use other than original equip ment wheels be sure that they conform to Porsche specifications for your model Only tires with the same make and with the same specification code e g NO N1 can be mounted The use of wheel rims and wheel bolts that do not meet specifications of the original factory installed equipment will affect the safe opera tion of your vehicle and affect warranty coverage Before you plan on exchanging wheels or snow tires already mounted on the wheel rims consult your authorized Porsche dealer Your dealer has the technical information necessary to advise you which wheel rims and wheel bolts are compatible with the original factory installations 1 Danger Risk of loss of control and serious personal injury or death gt If while driving your vehicle experiences a sud den vibration or ride disturb
376. pened the driver s seat moves to the rear Once the driver s door is closed and the ignition key Is inserted or in the case of vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive the ignition is switched on the seat and steering wheel move into the stored position Exiting the vehicle The steering wheel moves into the frontmost top position After the ignition key is removed or After the ignition is switched off and the driver s door is opened on vehicles equipped with Porsche Entry amp Drive or When the steering column is locked When the driver s door is opened the driver s seat moves to the rear Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 39 Fire Extinguisher lf the vehicle is equipped with a fire extinguisher it is mounted underneath the left or right front seat depending on equipment level Fire extinguisher under the left front seat gt To remove the fire extinguisher in case of an emergency hold the fire extinguisher with one hand and press the PRESS button on the fire extinguisher holder with the other hand arrow 40 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel Fire extinguisher under the right front seat gt Take the fire extinguisher out of the drawer under the seat Note gt Pay attention to the final control date on the fire extinguisher If the fire extinguisher is used after its testing interval has elapsed it may not function properly gt Follow the operating instructions on th
377. perature gt Push temperature button up Left side of vehicle button H Right side of vehicle button N Decrease temperature gt Push temperature button down Left side of vehicle button H Right side of vehicle button N lf LO or HI appears on the display the system is operating at maximum cooling or heating power Automatic mode is switched off lf the preselected temperature is changed the air quantity blowing out can adjust automatically in automatic mode The desired temperature is reached more quickly this way 9 Setting air quantity The selected air quantity is shown in a bar display on the display above the button The more bars that are displayed the more air flows into the interior Increase air quantity gt Push air quantity button G up Decrease air quantity gt Push air quantity button G down Press button aurea to return to automatic mode lf the air quantity was reduced so much that OFF appears on the display the outside air supply is interrupted 1N Warning Risk of accident due to impaired vision resulting in serious personal injury or death If the air quantity is OFF the windows may mist up gt Only select air quantity setting OFF for short periods gt f windows mist up push air quantity button G up to increase air quantity and select the func tion Defrost windshield Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window r 1
378. play and Instruments 12 1 E ee gt Ifthe cooling system is in any way faulty consult your authorized Porsche dealer Cooling System Temperature gage USA Display in F Canada Display in C Pointer to the left engine cold gt Avoid high engine speeds and heavy engine loading Pointer in the middle normal operating temperature The pointer may move up to the red area when engine is heavily loaded and outside temperature is high but should return to normal when engine load is reduced Engine coolant temperature warning A warning message will appear on the multi pur pose display of the instrument panel if the engine coolant temperature is too high gt Switch engine off and let it cool gt Check radiator and air passages in front end of car for obstructions 122 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments gt Check coolant level Add coolant if necessary gt Please have the fault remedied at an authori zed Porsche dealer gt For further information on coolant checking the coolant level and topping up coolant Please see the chapter COOLANT LEVEL on Page 255 Note on operation To prevent excessive temperatures the cooling air guides must not be restricted by covers e g films stone guards Engine coolant level warning A warning message will appear on the multi pur pose display of the instrument panel if the engine coolant level is too low gt Switch engine o
379. played in the PCM Please follow the separate operating instructions for PCM Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 125 Menu overview of the multi purpose display MAIN MENU f i Basic display 126 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments T NUMBERS POR TANT NOF a j NE BO i i CCED CALLS PHONE INFO r CURRENT SPEED mtb SETTING IVATE LIMIT PRONE SPEED LIMIT z ATE a e ES LH Al al a VEMIL LE IN dE a el ae ET are LOCKS REDUCTION D RE S CONSUMPTION LANGUAGE FAC TORS Y SETTINGS Main menu Sub menus Displays and settings in the sub menus Displaying resetting average speed Displaying average speed 1 Switch ignition on 2 Select MPH The average speed is displayed The displayed values are based on the distance travelled since the last reset to zero Resetting average speed 3 Select MPH The average speed is displayed 4 Press the ENTER button for longer than 1 second Displaying range on remaining fuel 1 Switch ignition on 2 Select remaining range The range on remaining fuel is continuously recomputed while driving based on fuel level current consumption and average consumption Displaying tire pressure This display is available only in conjunction with the Tire Pressure Monitoring option 1 Switch ignition on 2 Select TYRE PRESS The current tire pressures at the actually present levels are displayed in the Tyre pressure screen of the on
380. playing average consumption 000 132 Setting Tire Pressure Monitoring 000 132 Switching off passenger compartment monitoring on the multipurpose display 142 Synchronous adjustment of door mirrors 143 Changing settings for opening and locking the vehicle sirrinin 143 Switching daytime driving lights on off 145 Setting lighting off delay cccccceeeeeeeeeees 146 Seting te COCK essiri 146 Setting COMPASS cccceccccecceeceeeeeueeeeneuueeeas 147 Changing language for displayS 0 148 Changing units for displays ccccccceeeeees 148 Resetting display to factory settings 148 Overview of warning messages 149 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 1 15 1 16 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments mi AEE Instrument Panel USA Models A Oil temperature gage _o7mmo O DW QJ Tachometer Clock Clock setting button Cooling system temperature gage Multi purpose display Fuel gage Reset button for trip counter display Speedometer Mileage displays Voltmeter Warning and indicator lights on the tachometer Emission Control warning light Check Engine Airbag warning light Safety belt warning light PSM warning light D g Ww ABS warning light P m wm Cruise control readiness k Indicator lights in central instrument panel 4a Turn signal indicator light left m gt Turn signal indicator li
381. ply composition and material The number of layers in the tread and sidewalls and their material composition D Maximum permissible inflation pressure The maximum permissible cold inflation pressure to which a tire can be inflated gt Do not exceed the permissible inflation pres sure E Maximum Load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds can be carried by the tire If you replace tires always use a tire that has the same maximum load rating as the factory installed tire F Radial The identification indicates if the tire has radial structure G Term of tubeless or tube tire Identification for tubeless tires Speed code letter The speed code letter indicates the maximum per missible speed for the tire This code letter is shown on the tire sidewall T up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 131 mph 210 km h V up to 150 mph 240 km h W up to 167 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h Tip on driving Tires with a maximum speed rating that is lower than the specified maximum vehicle speed may be mounted only if they bear an M S identification on the tire sidewall gt Please note that in addition to the winter tires all season and all terrain tires are also subject to speed limits and bear this identification Rim width in inches Rim flange contour code letter Symbol for drop center rim Rim diameter in inches Double hump Rim offset in mm G H J K L Insc
382. projected on a vertical screen wall in distance of 24 6 ft 7 5 m from the front lens of the headlamp The correct position of the cutoff is 3 0 in 7 5 cm at 24 6 ft or 7 5 m 0 4 below a horizontal line x cm from ground to the center of the headlamp lens Lateral adjustment of the headlights should be carried out at a specialist workshop with an optical adjustment unit Distance Visual aim shall be performed at not less than 24 6 ft 7 5 m this value is a rounded down con version from the 25 foot distance typical of field aim using a screen The 24 6 ft 7 5 m distance is measured from the headlamp lens to the viewing screen Floor The surface upon which the vehicle rests is flat and approximately level Screen The screen upon which headlamp beams are pro jected is perpendicular to the floor and the vehicle s longitudinal axis flat uniformly light in color unobstructed and wide and high enough to accommodate the vehicle beam patterns to be aimed The screen should be wide enough to provide at least 3 3 ft 1 m of space outboard of the vehicle s headlamp spacing Minor Repairs 339 Changing headlights from left to right hand traffic lf you travel to a country where traffic uses the other side of the road the headlights must be repositioned when you cross the border The low beam then lights symmetrically and drivers of oncoming vehicles are not dazzled On the return journey do not forget
383. r Preconditions Vehicle must be equipped with seat memory Control switch A must be turned to position C passenger mirror s setting Reverse gear must be engaged Moving mirror to its initial position The mirror glass swivels to its initial position when The car is shifted out of reverse gear or The position of the control switch for the door mirror setting is changed A Control switch for door mirror adjustment C Passenger mirror setting Swivelling down mirror glass as parking aid When reverse gear is engaged the mirror glass on the passenger s side swivels down slightly to show the curb area A Programmable keypad B Light emitting diode for status identification C HomeLink transmitter Garage door opener The garage door opener of your Porsche replaces up to three original remote controls used to operate various devices You have the option of programming each of the buttons on the keypad A with functions of the original remote controls if the original remote control is compatible with the HomeLink system Further information is available from your author ized Porsche dealer Parking 24 1 Warning Risk of accidents when using the garage door opener if persons animals or objects are within the range of movement of the equipment that is being operated gt When using the garage door opener ensure that no persons animals or objects are within the range of
384. r damage to the vehicle or property Cleaning agents may be hazardous to your health Most chemical cleaners are concentrates which require dilution High concentrations might cause problems ranging from irritation to serious injury as well as damage to your vehicle gt Keep cleaning agents out of reach from children gt Observe all caution labels gt Always read directions on the container before using any product These directions may con tain information necessary to avoid personal injury gt Do not use fuel kerosene naphtha nail polish remover or other volatile cleaning fluids They may be toxic flammable or hazardous in other ways Only use spot removing fluids in a well vented area gt Do not clean the underside of chassis fenders wheel covers etc without protecting your hands and arms as you may cut yourself on sharp edged metal parts Moisture and road salt on brakes may affect braking efficiency Test the brakes after each vehicle washing High pressure cleaning equipment steam cleaners 1N Warning High pressure cleaning equipment steam cleaners or similar can damage the following components Tires Logos emblems Painted surfaces Widened fenders Lock and latch of the removable towing attach ment Seals of the electrically retractable ball hitch Alternator valve covers ParkAssist sensors gt Please see the operating instructions from the
385. r lever is blocked during the shifting procedure Shif ting when driving uphill can cause the vehicle to stand still or even roll backwards if the shifting procedure has not yet been comple ted When driving downhill the vehicle can accelerate unintentionally while shifting gt Increased brake readiness is required Driving and Driving Safety 177 Selecting off road driving program gt Push rocker switch forward 4 The vehicle becomes one step more suitable for off road driving Selecting on road driving program gt Pull rocker switch to the rear y The vehicle becomes one step more suitable for on road driving Once the driving program has been selected the rocker switch springs back to home position 178 Driving and Driving Safety A oataad A High Range on road driving program without reduction B Low Range off road driving program with reduction C Center differential lock in Low Range is fully engaged D Rear differential lock in Low Range is fully engaged Display of the selected driving program The selected driving program Is displayed by light emitting diodes next to the rocker switch illustra tion The corresponding indicator lights on the instru ment panel and light emitting diodes beside the ro cker switch flash several times during the shif ting process Tip on driving center differential lock When the center differential lock C is fully enga ged there is no longer
386. r of gravity and the greater wind resistant area You should adapt your driving style appropriately gt Since fuel consumption and noise are in creased with the Roof Transport System fitted it should not remain on the car if not in use Off road roof mounted Headlights Cayenne S Transsyberia gt Please read the separate instructions for fitting and operating the off road roof mounted headlights Disclaimer The off road roof mounted headlights provided with your Cayenne S Transsyberia have been designed and manufactured solely for off road use The use of these lights while on a public road in your country may not be legal or may be legal only under specified conditions Check your national state provincial and local laws or regulations regarding any restrictions and or limitations for public highway use prior to installation It is common in many countries for example that such roof mounted headlights must be hooded or covered while you are on a public road Under no circumstances should the electrical circuits for these lights be connected to the circuits for the other lights provided with your vehicle 1 Safety Notes gt Completely remove the off road roof mounted headlights before using an automatic car wash risk of damage to the vehicle gt Before every trip and at regular intervals during long trips check that the off road roof mounted headlights are secured to the vehicle properly gt With t
387. raint system You may further tighten the belt by pulling on it to allow more of it to retract Make sure that excessive seat belt forces do not occur by moving the seat with the child Seat installed Releasing the safety belt gt Unbuckle the safety belt latch Then make certain that the belt has fully retracted At this point the automatic locking feature will be disengaged Seek appropriate advice from your authorized Porsche dealer about the possible installation of a Porsche child restraint system LATCH Child Seat System Use only child restraint systems with the LATCH system recommended by Porsche These systems have been tested and adjusted to the interior of your Porsche and the appropriate child weight groups Other systems have not been tested and could entail an increased risk of injury You can obtain child seats that are LATCH compatible at your authorized Porsche dealer Always observe the separate installation instruc tions for your child seat Installing a LATCH child seat system Markings on the right and left for the LATCH child seat anchorage can be found on the backrests of the outer rear seats The anchor bars A for the LATCH child seat anchorage can be found directly under the markings between backrest and seat cushion Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 53 1 Danger The use of a child restraint system on the front passenger seat can result in serious personal injury or death to the
388. rary change dOWN ccs cccenccctascaeasecccnacueseceesesncsus Teran level a a Test stands Brake teot R DEDO e a E 15 Tie down Tie down rings securing points in the luggage compartment d fel 6 1 o meee tener later eealt renee Sons n Ar RO tee eon md OR 4 FUNC HOM al GeSCMOUON e Gear display on the multi purpose display Gear elector e sfeeaayecess Roker aa once ceeacesacteeasonesases Rocker switches on the steering wheel Selector lever 171 Tire O le ee KEETE Fe presare BE Mire QMO HIN sizes eaa Tire pressure Air pressure Dai pS eeaeee eee a Comfort tire pressure par pa PEE Reena lse E E poe re E E E PEGEN ee sented caectes cece 308 Warning light on speedometer Warning message on multi purpose display l When towing a trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring Functional description Setting on the multi purpose display Setting the tire type and size Setting vehicle loading ccnn 135 Tire sealant sealing set For defective tires Setting on the multi purpose display sense eee Sense eee eee eee eee eee eee eee nannannnnanannnnannnannnnannnnannnnannnnan Breaking in new tires eee eea a 6 CONAN CN E 220 302 Comfort tire pressure data bar psi 4 aes wheel on spare wheel bracket o RN E EE E epee See ifigune with compressor from tool kit Inflating with compressor on vehicles with air suspension Inscription on radial tire seen eee epee Pee ee ey Removing spare wheel from
389. ration After the battery is connected or after a completely discharged batterie is charged the PSM warning light lights up on the instrument panel and a message appears on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel to indicate a fault This fault can be remedied with a few simple steps 1 Start the engine To do this turn the ignition key or the control unit on vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive to ignition lock position 2 twice 2 Perform a few steering movements and drive a short distance in a straight line until the PSM warning light goes out and the message is erased from the memory of the multipurpose display of the instrument panel 3 If the warnings does not go out then Drive carefully to the nearest authorized Porsche dealer Have the fault remedied by an authorized Porsche dealer 4 After the warnings disappear Stop the vehicle in a suitable place 5 Perform adaptation of the power windows Please see the chapter STORING FINAL POSI TION OF THE DOOR WINDOWS on Page 90 322 Minor Repairs 6 On vehicles with tire pressure monitoring Please see the chapter SETTING THE TIRE TYPE AND SIZE on Page 134 7 On vehicles with Panorama roof system Please see the chapter SAVE FINAL POSITION OF THE PANORAMA ROOF SYSTEM on Page 99 Replacing the remote control battery Note gt Please dispose of batteries in compliance with any and all government regulations
390. re is the possibility that unleaded fuel may not be available unleaded fuel may have a considerably lower octane rating Excessive engine knock and serious damage to both engine and catalytic converters could result service may be inadequate due to lack of proper service facilities tools or diagnostic equipment replacement parts may not be available or very difficult to get Porsche cannot be responsible for the me chanical damage that could result because of inadequate fuel service or parts availabi lity If you purchased your Porsche abroad and want to bring it back home be sure to find out about ship ping and forwarding requirements as well as current import and customs regulations 266 Maintenance and Car Care Fuel Y Warning Fuel is highly flammable and harmful to health gt Fire open flame and smoking are prohibited when handling fuel gt Avoid contact with skin or clothing gt Do not inhale fuel vapours To prevent damage to the emission control system and engine gt Never drive the tank completely out of fuel gt Avoid high cornering speeds after the warning lights have come on To avoid permanent damage to the functionality of the catalytic converters and oxygen sensors use only unleaded fuel The engine is designed to provide optimum performance and fuel consumption if unleaded premium fuel with 98 RON 88 MON is used lf unleaded premium fuels wi
391. re Monitoring will reactivate itself Tire Pressure Monitoring detects more than 4 wheel transmitters e g winter wheels in the luggage compartment Tire Pressure Monitoring will reactivate itself after the additional wheel transmitters have been removed i iy 4 g ey 4 ey Multi Purpose Display and Instruments F lt w wz Light on instrument panel Warning message on the multi purpose D z lt No monitoring System learning Wheel change Make new selection When vehicle stops Hit selection Engine temperature too high Check coolant level Warning battery generator Start engine Electric load Switch off Please refuel Add washer fluid Oil level monitoring Failure Check oil level Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Meaning measures After the tire type and size are selected in the tire pressure menu Tire Pressure Monitoring re learns the tires The tire type and size of the changed tires have not been updated for Tire Pressure Monitoring The display changes when the vehicle is stationary Select corresponding tire type and tire size The message appears after driving off if the warning Flat tyre has been cleared but the selection on the display SELECTION AFTER WARNING has not been made properly Make selection on the multi purpose display when the vehicle is stationary Coolant or engine oil temperature is too high Switch engine off and let it coo
392. re Pressure and Technical Data 353 Tire Pressures Cold 68 F 20 C These tire filling pressures apply only to the tire makes and types approved by Porsche Please see the chapter TIRES AWHEELS on Page 281 Partially loaded Cayenne S up to 3 people and 46 lbs 21 kg of luggage Cayenne Cayenne GTS Cayenne S Transsyberia Tire pressure for summer tires Front axle Rear axle Front axle Rear axle All Season tires and winter tires 235 65 R 17 summer tires and M S a ee 255 55 R 18 summer tires and M S 255 50 R19 M S 2 5 45 R 19 summer tires and M S 38 psi 2 6 bar 43 psi 2 9 bar 38 psi 2 6 bar 43 psi 2 9 bar 2 5 40 R 20 summer tires and M S 295 35 R 21 summer tires Comfort tire pressure for All Season tires Front axle Rear axle Front axle Rear axle and winter tires 235 65 R17 M S a a ae 255 55RI8M S R18 M S E R 19 M S 35 psi 2 4 bar 39 psi 2 7 bar 35 psi 2 4 bar 39 psi 2 7 bar 275 45 R 19 M S 275 40 R 20 M S 38 psi 2 6 bar 43 psi 2 9 bar 38 psi 2 6 bar 43 psi 2 9 bar Collapsible spare wheel aS is 51 psi 3 5 bar 354 Tire Pressure and Technical Data Fully loaded Cayenne S more than 3 people and 46 lbs 21 kg eave Cayenne GTS of luggage Cayenne S Transsyberia Tire size Tire size Front axle Rear axle n axle axle 195 75 18 collapsible spare wheel 18 collapsible 195 75 18 collapsible spare wheel wheel 51 3 5 b 195 65 19 collapsible spare wheel 19 collapsible 195 65 19
393. re completely normal for a given reception area and they do not indicate any problem with the radio itself Note Electronic accessories should only be installed by your authorized Porsche dealer Equipment which has not been tested and approved by Porsche may impair radio reception Fading and drifting FM range is limited to about 25 miles 40 km except for some high power stations If a vehicle is moving away from the desired station s transmitter the signal will tend to fade and or drift This condition is more prevalent with FM than AM and is often accompanied by distortion Fading and drifting can be minimized to a certain degree by careful attention to fine tuning or selec tion of a stronger signal Static and fluttering When the line of sight link between a transmitter and vehicle is blocked by large buildings or moun tains the radio sound may be accompanied with Static or fluttering because of the characteristic of FM In a similar effect a fluttering noise is sometimes heard when driving along a tree lined road This static and fluttering can be reduced by adjusting the tone control for greater bass response until the disturbance has passed 2 18 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage Multipath Because of the reflecting characteristics of FM di rect and reflected signals may reach the antenna at the same time multipath and cancel each other out As a vehicle moves through these elec
394. re damage is not eliminated by subsequently cor recting the tire pressure Minor Repairs 283 Overloading 4 Danger Risk of damage to vehicle parts loss of con trol and serious personal injury or death gt Do not overload your vehicle Be careful about the roof load gt If loading the vehicle also correct the tire pres sure Tire pressure for loaded vehicle can be found on the tire pressure plate and in the chapter technical data gt Never exceed the specified axle load Overloading can shorten the service life of the tires and car as well as lead to dangerous vehicle reactions and long braking distances Damage due to overloading is not covered by the vehicle warranty gt Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMATION on Page 231 284 Minor Repairs E53 808 See OW NER 5 et MANUAL FOR L pen ao ea ADOMIONAL INFORMATION Example of a tire pressure plate Tire Pressure plate Information on the tire pressure plate A Seating capacity Maximum number of vehicle occupants including the driver B Vehicle load limit Is the maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehi cle This is the maximum weight of passengers and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle lf a trailer is being towed the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMATION on Page 231 C Original tire size Siz
395. renrimenvaact hs 158 Switching Easy Entry function on off SAREE 39 Switching heating on off eccere 58 Switching key illumination on off Ol Tiptronic rocker SWItCHES sesane 58 SO anne nee eRe Tere PO ec 174 E iG E E E 161 SIENE e AE AE AN A S ne A EE g d Drawer under the right front seat 225 Glasses case in the roof CONSOIE cc eeeeeee 222 Glove CompartMent ccccsesesssssssseessseseseeses 22O Storage compartment at the sides of the luggage compartment 225 Storage compartment in the front armrest 224 Storage compartment in the rear armrest 224 Storage opion seave acsuveseseecsauecsctes eaten Storage Compartment a a seceneessceerecesnseeaneee 222 At the sides of the luggage compartment TET 225 Drawer under the right front Seat cccssseeees 225 Glasses case in the roof CONSOIE cseeeeeeees 222 Glove Compartment c ccseeesseeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 223 In the front armreSt cccssccecsescececeeccecesseseeees 224 In the rear armrest n 224 Ore ee are A Nc ee nee Ee a CR 222 SON E E E E a a a OO When towing a E 234 Strap reel cargo management system Inserting and AdjuStING cccsseccseeceeeeeeeeees 208 Strap reel Storage lOCatION o 2 lt c ecceccntescenscvanets 208 Summera S Rie De 350 OVEIVICW E E A 350 SOE a E E E E N e Wheel change ee 302 Sun blind Cleaning position Panorama roof system 101 Opening closing for Panorama roof system 100 Pul
396. rent variants for locking and unlocking the doors and rear lid You can open all doors irrespective of the setting made The vehicle cannot be locked if the driver s door is not completely closed lf one of the following components is not comple tely closed when you try to lock the vehicle the door lid is not locked vehicle doors rear lid rear window engine compartment lid The indication by the emergency flasher and by the acoustic signal will be provided after all doors and lids are closed Opening and Locking 17 Brief overview Opening and locking from outside The Porsche Entry amp Drive option can be recogni zed by the buttons A in the door handles This brief overview does not replace the informati on provided in the chapter Opening and locking from outside In particular warnings are not re placed by this brief overview What do I want to do Unlocking Locking Locking if persons animals are remaining in vehicle switching off passenger compartment monitoring of the alarm system Switching off alarm 18 Opening and Locking What do I have to do Using the key Press button ow on the key once Press button d on the key twice With Porsche Entry amp Drive Grip door handle fully Using the key Press button on the key With Porsche Entry amp Drive Press the button A in the handle gt Please see the chapter TEMPORARILY DEACTIVATING PASSENGER COMPARTME
397. rface beneath it Cayenne Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia The water must not be deeper than 19 7 in 50 cm The water must not be deeper than 21 9 in 55 5 cm for vehicles with level control and height adjustment Cayenne GTS The water must not be deeper than 18 7 in 47 6 cm The water must not be deeper than 21 1 in 53 5 cm for vehicles with level control and height adjustment gt Check the door sills and rubber seals before Starting to drive gt Do not drive through deep or rapidly flowing water Deep or rapidly flowing water e g mountain streams can cause the car to deviate from the desired path gt Avoid a bow wave by driving at an appropriate speed gt Never open the doors when driving through water Driving and Driving Safety 199 Soiling can impair the braking action gt Check and clean the brakes if they have been soiled Danger of steering assistance failing during a long journey in the water if the drive belt slips gt f the steering assistance fails more effort will be required to steer Danger of damaging electrical systems gt Avoid driving through salt water Notes on operation gt Activate the Low Range program gt Switch the air conditioner off gt Switch the headlights off 200 Driving and Driving Safety Tips on driving gt Avoid high engine speeds max 2 500 rpm gt Do not perform manual gear changes when driving and try to avoid stoppin
398. ription on light alloy wheels Note on operation gt The information is provided on the spoke The rim width in inches G and the rim offset L are visible from the outside This information can be found near the tire valve A Tool box Jack The jack is located in tool box A under the load space floor gt Please see the chapter OPENING LOADSPACE FLOOR on Page 207 Note The tools required for changing a wheel e g jack wheel bolt wrench assembly aids folding wedges are only supplied with the vehicle if the vehicle comes with a collapsible spare wheel or full size spare wheel as standard Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to advise you Minor Repairs 291 Warning The jack must be used only to raise the car for wheel changing The jack must never be used as a support to work underneath the vehicle If the jack is accidentally dislodged you or bystanders could suffer severe personal injury gt Never jack up other vehicle or other loads with the jack gt Always place the car on stable supports if you have to work under the car When working under the vehicle always use safety stands specifically designed for this pur pose 292 Minor Repairs Tool Kit Tool box A and compressor with pressure tester on non air suspension vehicles are located under the cargo area Notes on operation On vehicles with a collapsible spare wheel or full size spare wheel as standar
399. rized Porsche dealer Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Service indicator Bring the vehicle in for service no later than after the distance shown has been covered Please see the additional information in the Maintenance booklet Service indicator Have your vehicle serviced at an authorized Porsche dealer Have the brake pads replaced at an authorized Porsche dealer Stop immediately in a suitable place Do not continue driving Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Drive carefully Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Drive carefully Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Stop immediately in a suitable place Do not continue driving Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Parking brake not released Porsche Stability Management was switched on Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Light on instrument panel Warning message on the multi purpose display PSM off PHC unavailable Brake booster faulty Chassis sport Chassis normal Chassis comfort Chassis system faulty Warning chassis system Warning chassis system Chassis system faulty Spare wheel filling Regulation switched off Not permissible Pressure accumulator charging Four wheel drive system faulty Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Meaning measures Porsche Stability Management was switched off The Porsche Dri
400. roken in gt Please adjust your driving style accordingly Installation of new tires should only be done by a qualified tire technician Valves gt Use only plastic valve caps gt The rubber valves must be replaced whenever the tires are changed gt The fitting and replacement specifications must be observed for metal valves gt Only use Original Porsche metal valves gt Protect the valve inserts against soiling with valve caps Soiled valve inserts can cause a gradual loss of air Parking at the curb 4 Danger Hard impacts against curbs or traffic islands are dangerous and may cause hid den tire damage which is not noticeable until later Such damage can result in accidents at high speeds causing serious personal injury or death Depending on the force of impact the edge of the rim can also be damaged gt lf you are in doubt have the wheel checked by an expert particularly if you suspect damage on the inside gt lf you must drive over a curb or other obstacle drive slowly and at an obtuse angle Exercise care when parking along curbs Maintenance Note Tire repairs are not permissible under any circum stances Wheel alignment wheel balancing As a precaution have wheels with summer tires balanced in the spring and those with mud and snow tires before winter Unbalanced wheels may affect car handling and tire life Only the specified weights may be used for wheel balancing
401. roughly rub the grease into the surface Stainless steel exhaust tailpipes Stainless steel exhaust tailpipes can discolor due to soiling strong heat and combustion residues The original polish can be achieved again using commercially available metal polishing paste or metal polish Cleaning door roof lid and window seals Caution The lubricant coating on the inner door seals may be damaged by unsuitable cleaning and care agents gt Do not use any chemical cleaning agents or solvents gt Do not use any care agents gt Wash dirt e g abrasion dust road salt or grit from all seals regularly using warm soapy water Do not use any chemical cleaning agents or solvents gt When there Is a frost hazard the outer door seals and the lid seals can be protected against freezing into place by a suitable care product Leather care The natural surface markings of leather e g creases healed scars insect sting marks structural differences and slight variations in Shade and grain add to the attractiveness of the high quality natural leather product Observe the following care instructions 1N Caution The leather will be damaged by the use of unsuitable cleaning and care agents and by inappropriate treatment gt Do not use caustic cleaners or hard cleaning objects gt Perforated leather must under no circum stances get wet on its reverse side gt All types of leather should be clea
402. rt mode See Page 179 7 Porsche Active Suspension Management PASM running gear setup See Page 193 8 Height adjustment air suspension See Page 190 9 Armrest storage trays See Page 224 10 ParkAssistent warning indicator See Page 239 11 Vents See Page 79 12 Glove compartment See Page 223 Overview Illustrations 13 Opening and Locking Never invite car theft ne 15 N ee eee te ee E werner heehee 16 Central Locking System cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 Brief overview Opening and locking from out ide se oct ocentee tennant nett iaculine tectacteenes 18 Unlocking and locking from outside 19 Opening and locking from inside 0cccce 28 Opening and closing the engine compartment lid seareiro di 29 Malfunctions when opening and closing 31 14 Opening and Locking Never invite car theft An unlocked car with the key in the ignition lock invites car theft A steering wheel lock and a gong alarm are standard equipment in your Porsche The gong alarm will sound if you open the driver s door while the key is still in the ignition lock It is your remin der to pull the key out of the ignition lock and to lock the doors 1 Warning Any uncontrolled movement of the vehicle may result in property damage serious personal injury or death Never leave your vehicle unattended with the key in the ignition lock especially if children and or pets are left unattended in
403. rtment cover E a eee es eee etter nt ed Oodle erat ae ie 212 Pulim our a eet Airc rE ARI RT RS 211 REMOVING scence nvcssccecetendececvedtactexetstsacsseenneevesst 211 Coils 04 eee aoe Caer ents Mantes pathos ar Mamita Luggage compartment lid ccccccccccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeas 23 Tee ok se mer a Sennen ay Renta Orne aM REL Oe Earn 207 Luggage safety net BEO A E E E a a P CRM UNS e cectasexscaattacuessareseaseesaeeeaeeeeee 212 Removing from rear seat backrest 213 Securing passenger compartment 000000 213 M Maintenance work Adding washer fluid 258 Changing air cleaner car oee e 260 Changing particle filter 260 Changing the brake fluid ccce 258 Checking and adding hydraulic fluid for power steering wcicovcisccnssiscaesnenracccimecevsdexnes 259 Checking brake fluid level 207 Checking engine oil level ccenn 292 Checking the coolant level and adding coolant 255 Notes on Maintenance cccccccceeeeeseeeeseeseeees 250 Replacing front wiper blades sissioni 261 Replacing rear wiper blade eessseseeeees 262 Make up MiIPVOl ccccccececceseeecesseecesseeeeesesaueeesaeeeessseees OZ Malfunctions After charging the battery secese 372 Automatic rear id reese a eee 26 Emergency operation of automatic rear lid oi 26 Emergency operation of ignition key WINS RNIRIOM EOC boise sce eee R Emergency operation of rear idee ease aol Emergency operation of sliding lifting roof eee 94 Emergency operat
404. run a cold engine at high rpm either in Neutral or in gear gt Do not let the engine labor especially when driving uphill Shift to the next lower gear in time use the most favorable rpm range gt Never lug the engine in high gear at low speeds This rule applies at all times not just during the break in period gt Do not participate in motor racing events sports driving schools etc during the first 2 000 miles 3 000 kilometers There may be a slight stiffness in the steering gear shifting or other controls during the break in period which will gradually disappear Break in brake pads and brake discs New brake pads and discs have to be broken in and therefore only attain optimal friction when the car has covered several hundred miles or km The slightly reduced braking ability must be compensated for by pressing the brake pedal harder This also applies whenever the brake pads and brake discs are replaced New tires New tires do not have maximum traction They tend to be slippery gt Break in new tires by driving at moderate speeds during the first 60 to 120 miles 100 to 200 km Longer braking distances must be anticipated Engine oil and fuel consumption During the break in period oil and fuel consump tion may be higher than normal gt Please see the chapter ENGINE DATA on Page 349 As always the rate of oil consumption depends on the quality and viscosity of oil the speed at w
405. ry grass brush fuel spill or other flammable material Emergency flasher Hot engine compartment components can A C Switch for individual reading lights burn skin on contact B Switch for interior light The emergency flasher is ready for use regardless gt Before workin ae i g on any part in the engine A of the ignition lock position compartment turn the engine off and let it cool Interior Lighting down sufficiently o Switching on and off Reading lights front gt Press button A to switch on Switching on Press button A again to switch off Prose button Aore All turn signal lights and indicator lights on the oo Switching off dashboard flash when the switch is operated gt Press button A or C Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers 107 Interior light front G4 Switching on and off automatically Switching on gt Move switch B to the left gt Move toggle switch to center position The lights are switched on when a door is unlocked or opened or when the ignition key is withdrawn from the ignition lock The lights are switched off with a delay of approx 30 seconds after the door is closed The light goes out immediately as soon as the ignition is Switched on or the vehicle is locked Switching on and off automatically gt Move switch B to the right The lights are switched on when a door is unlocked or opened or when the ignition key is withdrawn from the ignition lock The lights are swit
406. s Rims gt Replace dented or damaged rims before driving off road 196 Driving and Driving Safety Vehicles with SportDesign package Caution Risk of damage On vehicles with Sport Design package front rear and side member trim are painted Off road driving can seriously damage these trim parts gt When driving off road make sure these parts are not damaged gt Make sure there is sufficient clearance between obstacles and the underside of the vehicle gt Avoid driving through water gt Do not use side member trims or rear wheel spoilers as a running board After driving off road Off road driving places a greater burden on the vehicle than does normal driving on roads We recommend inspecting the vehicle after off road driving Potential damage poses an accident risk and impairs driving comfort Damage on the car is recognized in good time if the car is checked Caution Car damage poses an accident risk for the vehicle occupants and other road users gt In cases of doubt have your vehicle checked by your authorized Porsche dealer gt Examine tires for signs of damage such as cuts tears bulges or foreign objects stuck in the tread Replace a damaged tire if necessary gt Have any damage to your vehicle repaired by an authorized Porsche dealer without delay Recommended procedure gt Deactivate the Low Range off road driving program Clean headlights and tail
407. s accelerator quickly The Tiptronic changes temporarily to the sportiest gear changing map i e to the highest possible gear changing points Correspondingly the transmission shifts down immediately by one two or three gears Ending the function gt Release the accelerator markedly by approx 25 Kickdown The kickdown function is active in selector lever position D gt For optimum acceleration e g when over taking depress the accelerator pedal beyond the full throttle point kickdown The transmission shifts down depending on the speed of travel and engine speed Upward shifts occur at the highest possible engine speeds These gear changing speeds remain active until the accelerator is released to approx 80 of the fullthrottle position D Automatic selection mode in the off road driving program gt Use selector lever position D for normal driving The gears are shifted automatically according to the accelerator position and speed The gear changing points have been adjusted to achieve the best possible vehicle control on diffi cult terrain Depending on the route profile the gear changing points are shifted towards higher or lower engine speed ranges On steep downhill stretches upward shifts are prevented until medium engine speeds are reached at least 2 500 rpm When the car is passing an automatic upshift does not occur when the engine speed limit is reached Shifting gear
408. s check the movement of the brake pedal before driving and make sure that it is not obstructed by a floor mat or any other object gt Secure the floor mat to prevent it from sliding into positions that could interfere with the safe operation of your vehicle Your Porsche dealer will be glad to offer you floor mats of the correct size including a securing possibility Note In case one of the two brake circuits fails increased pedal travel is required to bring your vehicle to a full stop Warning To avoid overheating and premature wear of the brakes gt Before descending a steep grade reduce speed and shift the transmission into a lower gear to control speed gt Do not ride the brakes by resting your foot on the pedal when not intending to apply brake pressure gt Do not hold the pedal down too long or too often This could cause the brakes to get hot and not function properly Brake booster The brake booster assists braking only when the engine is running When the car is moving while the engine is not running or if the brake booster is defective more pressure on the brake pedal is required to bring the car to a stop Moisture road salt or grit on brakes affects braking Brakes will dry after a few cautious brake applica tions 1 Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death Driving through water may reduce the trac tion Moisture on brakes
409. s effective when the roads are wet or Slippery gt Therefore always maintain a safe distance from the car in front of you Vehicles without Porsche Ceramic Composite Brake PCCB Even though the brake discs consist of alloyed grey cast iron they will unavoidably start to cor rode if your car is parked for an extended period The brakes will tend to rub as a result The nature extent and effects of corrosion depend on the amount of time the vehicle was parked whether road salt or grit was spread and whether grease dissolving agents were used in car washes lf the braking comfort is noticeably impaired we recommend having the brake system checked by experts at an authorized Porsche dealer Brake system function Your Porsche is equipped with a power assisted hydraulic dual circuit brake system with disc brakes at the front and rear Both circuits function independently One brake circuit operates the front left and rear right wheel and the other operates the front right and rear left wheel lf one brake circuit has failed the other will still operate However you will notice an increased pedal travel when you apply the brakes Failure of one brake circuit will cause the stopping distance to increase 1 Warning Risk of an accident resulting in serious per sonal injury or death In the unlikely event of hydraulic failure of one brake circuit gt Push the brake pedal down firmly and hold it in that pos
410. s for damage and tire wear See that wheel bolts are properly tightened and not loose or missing Check engine oil level add if necessary Make it a habit to have engine oil checked with every refueling Check all fluid levels such as windshield washer and brake fluid levels Be sure the vehicle battery is well charged and cranks the engine properly Check all doors and lids for proper operation and latch them properly Check and if necessary replace worn or cracked wiper blades See that all windows are clear and unobst ructed Check air intake slots and area between en gine compartment lid and windshield Ensure that these areas are free of snow and Ice so the heater and the windshield wipers work properly gt If a child will be riding in the vehicle check child seat child seat restraint system to ensure that restraints are properly adjusted gt Check all exterior and interior lights for opera tion and that the lenses are clean gt Check the headlights for proper aim and if necessary have them adjusted gt Check under the vehicle for leaks gt Be sure all luggage is stowed securely Emergency equipment Itis good practice to carry emergency equipment in your vehicle Some of the items you should have are window scraper snow brush container or bag of sand or salt emergency light small shovel first aid kit etc In the driver s seat Check operation of the horn Position seat
411. s moving forward Tip on driving 3rd or 5th gear in selector position D and reverse gear R are now available and will allow you to reach the nearest authorized Porsche dealer gt Please go to your authorized Porsche dealer as soon as possible Selector lever emergency release In the event of an electrical fault the selector lever lock in position P can be manually released for towing the vehicle for example 1 Fold up armrest 2 Remove key B from the lower storage tray underneath the rubber mat in the center console Driving and Driving Safety 175 3 Undo screws A with key B 6 Unplug plug connection D 4 Remove trim mounting F 5 Lift trim C at rear and carefully pull it off 176 Driving and Driving Safety 7 Press foam aside 8 Press locking lever E aside to the left using a suitable object 9 Move selector lever to position N 10 Reassemble in reverse order 1 Danger Risk of loss of control resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Ensure that the parking brake of the vehicle is set and that vehicle does not move on its own Driving Programs for On Road and Off Road Driving Two different driving programs with special power transmission and running gear control systems such as ABS off road ABS and PSM etc are pro vided in your Porsche for realising the best possib le driving dynamics combined with maximum safe ty Low Range off road dri
412. s present in all wires connected with the ignition system therefore exercise extreme caution when working on any part of the engine while the ignition is on or the engine is running Always support your car with safety stands if it is necessary to work under the car The jack supplied with the car is not adequate for this purpose For vehicles with air suspension with level control and height adjustment switch off level control Please see the chapter RAISING VEHICLE WITH THE JACK on Page 192 When working under the car without safety stands but with the wheels on the ground make sure the car is on level ground the wheels are blocked and that the engine can not be started Withdraw ignition keys switch ignition off in vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive Do not smoke or allow an open flame around the battery or fuel Keep a fire extinguisher close at hand Incomplete or improper servicing may cause problems in the operation of the car If in doubt about any servicing have it done by your authorized Porsche dealer Improper maintenance during the warranty period may affect your Porsche warranty coverage Supplies of fluids e g engine oil washer fluid brake fluid or coolant are hazardous to your health Keep these fluids out of children s reach and dispose of them in accordance with the appro priate regulations Some countries require additional tools and special spare parts to be carried in yo
413. se an explosion resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Charge battery in a well ventilated area gt Never charge a frozen battery It may explode because of gas trapped in the ice Allow a fro zen battery to thaw out first gt lf you get electrolyte which is an acid in your eyes or on your skin immediately rinse with cold water for several minutes and call a doc tor Note Your authorized Porsche dealer will be pleased to advise you about a suitable charger gt Always observe the instructions of the charger manufacturer gt When charging the battery ensure adequate ventilation 1 Check the acid level of a low maintenance battery 2 Connect charger to the jump starting points Only plug into the mains and switch the charger on when it has been correctly connected up 3 Switch on the charger 4 After charging switch off and disconnect the charger 5 Check the acid level of a low maintenance battery After charging the battery After the battery is connected or the completely discharged battery is charged the PSM warning light lights up on the instrument panel and a message appears on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel to indicate a fault This fault can be remedied with a few simple steps 1 Start the engine To do this turn the ignition key or the control unit on vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive to ignition lock position 2 twice 2 Perf
414. seat Installing with LATCH system seeen D3 LATCH Test alint SYStCW see ee a a S Prescribed installation direction cccssseeeeeeeeee OO SECT c 6 AE mae E eo Tamas EE E O After Changing czeccccesscccccsscdsacccttctdescnceiesi access 325 E E ee Changing in Car Key ccccscccssesssssssesssesseessseesss G02 Ofek eaten ee nee RMR cere ee 320 CHOY SINS a E pease E E E General information sssssssssseesseeseeesseeees S20 Location aoee e oe eee Procedure after battery Connection eeseeseeseeeee 322 Putting vehicle into operation 322 e e T Starting with jumper Cables s0ssseeseeeeeeeees a2 Vehicle electrical system voltage indication 121 Voltage INd CA ON assier L21 Warning message on multi ONPE TA e 152 Winter driving sssccsseseeeerrirrirrrrereerrrnn 2L Before driving Of ceatsoss eatoni a 4 196 Index 363 Belt tensioner Functionalidescription ae a a secre ceceeesen sane 42 BIES E E E oe nen A E A eas cee se lt aieewe see 42 Adjusting belt ME E eee PR Pee 44 Belt tensioner functional description 42 oe MS PICTON Se reece E 278 Factenine a en otek ea ete oe RP OE 43 ODED e E pennant 44 E aces Se Warning light on the tachometer ss sssssssee 43 5 oT N16 ene En ee an ae oie nen RAT On mE OKA Cae eae 330 Changing bulb for additional high beam oii 331 Changing bulb for cornering light 000000 332 Changing gas discharge headlight
415. see the chapter SPARE WHEEL on Page 309 Setting collapsible spare wheel 1 MAIN MENU gt TYRE PRESS gt SETTINGS gt TYRES gt SPARE WHEEL Select and confirm 2 Select COLLAP WHEEL 3 Confirm selection The required pressure and speed limit for the collapsible spare wheel are displayed The collapsible spare wheel is not equipped with a wheel transmitter and is not monitored by Tire Pressure Monitoring The tire pressure warning light on the speedometer flashes about 60 seconds and lights up thereafter permanently when the ENTER button is pressed The value _ is displayed in the sub menu TYRE PRESSURE filling information at the position of the collapsible spare wheel A warning appears on the multi purpose display if the speed limit of 50 mph 80 km h is exceeded The reminder SPARE WHEEL SEALING SET OPERATION appears each time the ignition Is switched on For information on spare wheel sealing set opera tion Please see the chapter NOTE ON SPARE WHEEL SEALING SET OPERATION on Page 140 1 Warning Risk of accident resulting in serious personal injury or death The collapsible spare wheel is not equipped with a wheel transmitter and is not monitored by Tire Pressure Monitoring gt The collapsible spare wheel must be used only over short distances For information on handling the collapsible spare wheel Please see the chapter COLLAPSIBLE SPARE WHEEL on Page 305
416. seeseeeeesessussasaseees 200 Neariield SMS arenen e L oo Normal level ssciccmatrnteinrmangioterientiiiamentemeomns LOU 0 Oane E ee eee nem een eee err eee ke De Re 269 COG Fae MUNG e a EE rece es 269 Odometer Display rerien ien een ioan ceometesaratawsccaete as desacectes 121 eters ayes ene Te Soe I RTT cou OB ART CDN ET Theta 121 Off delay l SNE nara ete RTA E E E 146 Swit Hine Oeae eaaa E 109 Off road Crossing ODStaCleS ssssessssessessseesseeeeeeees 201 DEE E a E E essere 198 Driving systems for off road driving seee 196 Engaging the center differential lock 006 178 Engaging the rear differential lock eee 178 Low Range indicator ehtne ene a 179 Rules for off road driving 195 LST 0 ee een eres eter ae ene ere Cn POT 201 Setting special terrain level ccccccccsesseeeeeee 191 Setting terrain level aie 191 Switching on Low Range reduction 0066 178 Mo Ui cs ee tae en ot een ay eine een a 202 iol GIVI 2c omcex E S E T 197 WAREE CLO E eee E 199 Off rOad ABS T 198 Off road ABS functional description 187 Off road driving Crossin Ob taces see ee 201 Downhill driving scscees de ceen se cekaaeseeecsneetecee aces 198 Dirne cic e e mein nA veteran 195 Engaging the center differential lock 066 178 Engaging the rear differential lock ceee 178 Low Range reduction indicator light 179 Recommendation eae 196 Rules for driving sssssssssssessessseesseeeee
417. sert the covering cap B in the bottom guides and push in completely until you feel the upper lugs Snap into place Vehicles with running board Front jacking point Jacking points for vehicles with a running board gt Set up jack only at the points provided D or E Tais Vehicles with running board Rear jacking point OF ht s08 Vehicles with side member panels Front jacking point Jacking points for vehicles with side member panels The jacking points are accessible after removing the plastic covering caps F or H from the side member panels Removing covering cap 1 Open covering cap F or H in the side member panel to the front by means of the internal handle recess and pull off arrow Minor Repairs 301 Vehicles with side member panels Wheel change Screw in one assembly aid on vehicles without PCCB Rear jacking point 1 Remove 1 or 2 wheel bolts see corresponding 2 Screw in assembly aids instead of wheel bolts 2 Attach jack only at the points provided G or I figure Fitting covering cap I Caution AM aution gt Insert the covering cap F or H completely in the slots of the side member panel with both Risk of damage to the brake discs centring lugs and fold back until it can be felt gt Always screw in the assembly aids when to engage changing a wheel 302 Minor Repairs Screw in two assembly aids on vehicles with PCCB 3 Remove the remaining wheel bolts For more information o
418. side B Heat door mirror C Door mirror setting passenger s side D Fold in door mirrors Swivelling down mirror glass as parking aid When reverse gear is engaged the mirror glass on the passenger s side swivels down slightly to show the curb area Interior Mirror Initial position lever forward Anti dazzle setting lever back Note on operation gt When the interior mirror is being adjusted anti dazzle lever A must point forward Ev 518 E Light emitting diodes LED F Button for automatic anti dazzle operation G Light sensors Automatic Anti Dazzle Mirror Sensors on the front and rear sides of the interior mirror measure the incident light The mirrors automatically change to anti dazzle position or revert to their normal state depending on the light intensity Note on operation The incident light in the area of light sensors G must not be restricted e g by stickers on the windshield Switching off automatic anti dazzle operation gt Press button F Light emitting diode E goes out Note on operation Anti dazzle operation switches off automatically if Reverse gear is engaged or Interior lighting and or reading lights in the front are switched on Switching on automatic anti dazzle operation gt Press button F Light emitting diode E lights up 1 Warning Danger of injury Electrolyte fluid can emerge from broken mirror glass This fluid irrita
419. skin eyes fabric or painted sur faces gt lf you get electrolyte which is an acid in your eyes or on your skin immediately rinse with cold water for several minutes and call a doctor gt Spilled electrolyte must be rinsed off at once with a solution of baking soda and water to neutralize the acid Battery posts terminals and related acces sories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm gt Always protect your skin by washing thoroughly with soap and water The battery is located in the battery box under the left front seat Charge state A well charged battery will not only prevent starting problems but will also last longer In order to avoid unintended battery discharge gt Switch off unnecessary electrical loads in city traffic on short trips or in a line of traffic gt Always remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch when leaving the vehicle or switch ignition off in vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive gt Avoid using the Porsche Communication Management system and the audio system when the engine is not running Maintenance Note In the cold season in particular or if you mainly drive only short distances it may become neces sary to recharge the battery from time to time Battery care gt Ensure that battery is securely mounted gt Keep terminals and connections clean and properly tightened C
420. sons replace the tires before the wear indicators appear webs in the tire grooves 1 16 in 1 6 mm high gt Never deactivate the Porsche Stability Management PSM system gt Avoid hard acceleration and high cornering speeds The maximum permitted speed is 50 mph 80 km h and must not be exceeded because of altered driving characteristics and for reasons of wear The tread depth of the spare wheel is subject to the same laws as the original tires gt Do not use a collapsible spare wheel from a different vehicle type gt Do not mount the collapsible spare wheel from your car on a different vehicle gt Only fit one collapsible spare wheel on the vehicle at a time gt On vehicles with air suspension use the tire fil ling connection A only to inflate the collapsible Spare wheel gt To avoid damage do not use automatic car washes when the spare wheel is installed 306 Minor Repairs After using the collapsible spare wheel gt Release air by unscrewing the valve insert Notes on operation The tire will revert to its original shape only after several hours Only then can it be stowed in the spare wheel recess in the luggage compartment There is a plastic sheet in the tool box to store the damaged wheel Maintenance Note The collapsible spare wheel must be repaired only by the manufacturer gt Please consult your authorized Porsche dealer if the collapsible spare wheel is defective Chec
421. sseeeseeeeeeees 58 Multi Functional Steering Wheel 00000068 60 SUI VES OR Ss octane 62 Make up MUMOF icsctecsuiessivesaidaciuicsateateesenetennen 62 Sun Blinds Rear Side Windows n 62 Air Conditioning Parking Heater and Heated Rear Window c ssscssessses 63 Opening the Cover Flap of the Air Conditioning Control Panel seee 64 Overview of Air Conditioning Systems 64 Valid for Every Air Conditioning System 65 Brief Overview Manual Air Conditioning 66 Manual Air Conditioning cccccccccseeeeeeeeees 67 Brief Overview Automatically Controlled 2 Zone Air Conditioning System cccceee 69 Automatically Controlled 2 Zone Air Conditioning Gulia P E 70 Brief Overview Automatically Controlled 4 Zone Air Conditioning System Front Control Panel esissnariisiseni mininin 73 Brief Overview Automatically Controlled 4 Zone Air Conditioning System Rear Control Panel 74 Automatically Controlled A Zone Air Conditioning sccsssseccseeeeeees 75 Me bod Reset ete ee ace oR Ro eat 79 Heated Rear WINdOW cccceccceseeeeeeeeseaeeees 80 Parking Heater 81 Table of Contents Windows and Sliding Roofs 86 Power WINKOWS rererere a 87 Brief overview sliding lifting roof 91 Sliding Lifting ROC aeaee edanean 92 Brief overview Panorama roof system Pee 96 Panorama roof system Fae eters tate 97 L
422. ssenger s airbag off and on gt Make sure there are no people animals or ob jects between the driver or passenger and the area into which the airbag inflates gt Sit back as far from the dashboard or steering wheel as is practical while still maintaining full vehicle control gt Always hold the steering wheel by the outer rim Never rest your hands on the airbag panel gt Always fasten seat belts because triggering of the airbag system depends on the force and angle of impact gt Donottransport heavy objects on or in front of the passenger seat These could impair the function of the airbag the seat belts and weight sensing gt Do not hang objects e g jackets coats coat hangers over the backrest Always keep the lid of the door storage com partment closed Objects must not protrude out of the door storage compartment The storage compartment must be closed while driving No changes must be made to the wiring or components of the airbag system Do not add any additional coverings or stickers to the steering wheel or in the area of the passenger airbag side airbags and head airbags Doing so may adversely affect the functioning of the airbag system or cause harm to the occupants if the airbag system should deploy Do not use protective seat covers Do not modify the seat coverings Do not attach additional cushions protective coverings or pillows to the passenger s seat Do not affix things to
423. sssecsesesaeee Z2 With 4 zone air conditioning 000sseecceeeeeeeees 78 With manual air conditioning scscccscccssccdaccsessasn sane 68 Switching the off road roof mounted headlights on off 217 Switching the roof mounted headlights on off 217 T Tachometer E oe aia eas inane ieeate 120 Tail light Changing DUB aces acces a acess 338 Changing reversing La E E E eee 338 Installing eeen 337 REMOVING ieies R AE 336 Removing tail light 336 Replacing rear tog lieht annene seve 338 Replacing turn signal light ccccccccsceeeeeeeeeees 338 Tailpipes Stainless steel care instructions sseseeceeeees 2 6 Vali O aecatese rar eateneeeien 267 TCS traction control system Functional description seee cererea 182 Technical data aC INE Sane pecrnees se aceusie ee eeaeee ees teeeseaeeeese ens Comfort tire pressure Dar PSI 00ccceeeeeeeeees LDCS 0 S001 1 ko Siete mee eee ere eae Driving DerfOrMANCE veesecsessecssecsersessecssessesseeser Ensine e acer geee se eens eee eee eens Gromd clearance a Mire pressire Darp I aaa a a creases Tires wheels tracks areire N E Telephone a ots eevacega sues tease aces ees covencedeeaeaee come Using via multi purpose d eee aro Telescopic bar cargo management system Inserting and adjusting sasetecsaactersterssteccsssctacinee L08 Temperature sensor For 2zone air conditioning meeer For 4 zone air CONCItIONING cceceteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Tempo
424. ssued only if all measurement preconditions are met Therefore check all fluid levels regularly in particular always check the engine oil level after refueling Light on instrument panel Warning message on the multi purpose N Y lt Steering faulty Ignition lock faulty System fault Key not recognised in vehicle Turn ignition key to the left for 2 seconds Key replace battery Move steering wheel Key not found Move selector lever to position P Press brake pedal Move selector lever to position PorN Depress clutch Meaning measures Steering lock engaged Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Do not continue driving Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Make sure that you have the remote control with you To lock the steering turn the ignition key to the left and hold for 2 seconds Replace the remote control battery Turn the steering wheel so that the steering wheel lock can engage disengage Make sure that you have the remote control with you Tiptronic S The vehicle could roll away The ignition key can be withdrawn only in Tiptronic selector lever position P Apply the brake when starting Tiptronic S The vehicle can be started only in position P or N Manual transmission Depress clutch pedal when starting Multi Purpose Display and Instruments L143 Light on instrument panel
425. ssure cleaning equipment 271 Washing the vehicle instructions ccccse0e 271 Wheel DONS escrita RE 293 WON E E 274 Car key remote control EA ee E E 322 Emergency operation of key in ignition lock 159 Locking the vehicle GOOF ccccscssssssseseeeeeeeeeeeees 21 Opening closing Panorama roof system 99 Opening closing sliding lifting roof ccseeeees 93 Opening closing windows without Porsche Entry amp Drive s s s 89 Unlocking the vehicle COOK cccsssssesseeeseeeeeeees 20 CaP lelephone a a cise ceebereecnreenrevmeneisenane 219 Care instructions PI Sec gee ences ree ea oes eet ease a deseecrarerie 21 Alcantara ann eons oral an ean encte torre nme 2 E ee me nee ee eat tee 277 Cleaning the engine compartment eee 273 FE 68 alla streamer ero E S 2 07 RGGI iba era rea e a carter cc aeeemualdanet 277 Headlights plastic parts adhesive films 275 Wee see eee epee ee ee ecco eee 277 Light alloy MEES reenn 276 ex ere acre T E A A a 273 S T E E 278 1 eae ora Cee et oe mer ire en Seen ne 2 5 SO at DCMS Soceec cess sce cee se scsecseese sects stupenactcseeess 278 Storing your Porsche seses L O Undercoathe 2 co a ecesens ss eeseeas ees eeae es 274 Use of high pressure cleaning equipment R E 271 W e a ee ree narrate 2 E MESA E onal tes ummm arenas 293 C E PR eee nn Pee 274 C vnata tess riauerstaty canes sereees ane eae nee 208 Cargo m
426. stem Note on operation The factory settings of the vehicle are described in this chapter You can change the settings and store them on the respective key on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel For further information on the possible settings on the multi purpose display gt Please see the chapter CHANGING SETTINGS FOR OPENING AND LOCKING THE VEHICLE on Page 143 Opening and Locking 19 Unlocking and opening doors Unlocking driver s door with the key 1 Briefly press button d on the key once The emergency flasher flashes once The driver s door is now unlocked 2 Pull the door handle Unlocking all vehicle doors with the key 1 Briefly press button d on the key twice The emergency flasher flashes once The doors are now unlocked 2 Pull the door handle 20 Opening and Locking Note on operation The vehicle doors are locked automatically after 30 seconds if they are not opened lf the passenger compartment monitoring system has been switched off restricted theft protection this also remains the case after automatic relocking The doors can be opened from inside by pulling the inner door handle twice Unlocking with Porsche Entry amp Drive keyless The vehicle can be unlocked if you are in the area of the driver s door with the key gt Grip door handle fully The doors are now unlocked gt Pull the door handle Locking doors Locking with the key
427. t as far away from the airbag as possible Before transporting a child on the passenger seat gt Please see the chapter CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS on Page 49 gt If emergency or other serious conditions require a child to be placed in the front seat exercise extreme caution and defensive dri ving of your vehicle You must recognize that any substantial frontal impact could result in the deployment of the passenger airbag which coluld lead to serious injury or death of the child A PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 1 Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death to the child when excessive force is acting on the passenger s seat due to the seat belt and the passenger s airbag is switched on uninten tionally gt After fastening the child restraint system do not adjust the seat gt Check the condition of the passenger airbag system shown by the indicator lamp A in the central console Activating the automatic locking retractor 1 If a child restraint system must be fastened to the passenger s seat adjust the passenger s seat as far away from the airbag as possible 2 Fasten child seat 3 Pull the safety belt retractor completely out At this point the locking mechanism is activated 4 Insert the safety belt tongue into the buckle and make certain that it is properly latched Make no more adjustments to the seat 5 Allow the safety belt to retract until it is tight on the child rest
428. tant 0ecceeee 104 AUTO button 2 ZONE air Conditioning vccitcccatecsacccsecsedeaseesececnacns 71 4 zone air conditioning ecccceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 76 Automatic Tiptronic S A Functional description seseeeeeeneeeeeeeeereeeeeeneasns 170 Cear electo a E ERP eer ERE He 171 Rocker switches on the steering wheel D8 Selecion lever aR 171 Automatic anti dazzle function for interior mirror 57 Automatic anti dazzle operation cccceccceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaes oF Automatic brake differential ABD l Automatic deactivation seeen L84 Functional description eeen eenaa eea 182 Automatic headlight beam adjustment Functional description ccccecsseeeseeseeeceeseeues 106 Automatic speed control cruise control PEE case E E tee eee eee 167 Pe ekr amn 2cccccccs cts cccssesscecscessensssecwscsesteresas 168 Filme HOMal description a a tes seseeeeceeees ses 167 Interrupting operation 168 Se 0s 10 ee en ene en epee ERO EDO S 167 SWIC Oli ces eye ee ee OG SEC INS Olean E A eee 167 Automatic transmission fluid cccccccsessesesssssssseeeee 200 Automatically closing the rear lid ccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 25 AUX interface installation position cccccceeeseee QOL Average consumption Displaying resetting average consumption on multi purpose display sssssseesseeseeereeeees 132 Avoiding Talse arnis a lt gessceees aeecaeeeieaserssee st ceceee 245 B Baby
429. te 190 Rasne herca a ero Ieee ney YOR Sey 191 Setting loading level nerens LO Setting low level 0 0cccceeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeee LOD Setting normal level 191 Setting special terrain level 191 Setting terrain level oc cccccssccsesssccescecesccx sess sseerds 191 Warning message on the multi purpose display 192 Air vents PUGH ae eeee teste E E T EE 79 Oe mING Oe 79 Airbag Airbag warning light on the tachometer 0 49 Automatic deactivation of the pense amak ee 47 Care inan on lt 2fcc cc2ccsecyencecesses cacesssecsseccse 2717 Dispos e nat eet nS ast PRESET AR 46 PU OMe gee eee Functional description E T 45 Installation loCatiON ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseenees 45 Passenger airbag manne E eee 48 O eee aera eee tre eee ms Rene rerran cones 58 Air conditioning compressor Information on air conditioning compressor 65 Switching on off ECON mode secre 65 Air conditioning sensors For 2 zone air Conditioning cceceseeeeeeeeeeeeenees 71 For 4 zone air CONItIONING ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 76 AETA OOE E tea er etcetera ear een ranAt 17 TAU SURI ace tee ecaee eee E 245 no E E E E ee 245 FUNCTION indication eee eee O47 Functional description cc2scctcccnsdcccseseeevevteeeees 240 Hitehing a trailer aaeeea eeren eaea 230 Persons animals remaining in the locked vehicle 246 E O A a A Switching off passenger compartment monitoring system 246 S IEC MS OI Oli eevee saateareun ma
430. teering wheel Functional description 0 ccssseseseseseeseeseseeeeeeees OO Illumination of steering wheel buttons switching ON Off ireen 61 Operating the function Ke YS cccsecesseeeeeeseeeeeeee1 OO Multi purpose display Activating synchronous mirror adjustment 143 Changing settings for opening and locking the vehicle 143 Changing settings of central locking system 143 Displaying status of level control LS Displaying status of locks reduction c0006 131 Displaying warning Messages LO Displaying resetting average Coen ee 132 Gear display for Tiptronic S cccceceesseeeeeeees 171 Operatne PANCIDIE a ice sete sas 124 Overview of warning Messages 149 Resetting to factory settings ssccceeeeeeeeees 148 Setting a speed limit L29 CUI OC OIG a 147 Setting language for displays sscceeeeeeeeees 148 Setting lighting off delay cc cccccccesssseeeeeseees 146 Setting the COCs a cae cds pesca nenioo 146 Setting the tire type and Size 134 Setting Tire Pressure Monitoring 0000132 Setting tire sealant sealing Set cccseeeeeees 140 Setting units of displays lt eczcsceeveostseassccsactsses aces 148 Setting vehicle loading a e e OO Switching daytime driving lights Ct O 145 Switching off passenger SOME monerh 142 Using the telephone sinter cssecssccscescdsersarscecshacases 128 N Navigation SYStCM ccccccccccesssseeeseee
431. teering wheel setting can be stored in the seat memory gt For further information on storing and calling up the steering wheel setting on vehicles with comfort memory Please see the chapter FRONT SEAT WITH MEMORY on Page 37 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 59 Multi Functional Steering Wheel Y Warning There is a danger of accident if you set or operate the on board computer radio navi gation system telephone or other equipment when driving This could distract you from the traffic and cause you to lose control of the vehicle resul ting in serious personal injury or death gt Operate the components while driving only if the traffic situation allows you to do so safely gt Carry out any complicated operating or setting procedures only with the vehicle stationary Depending on the equipment in your vehicle you can use these function keys to operate the following Porsche communication systems PCM Radio Telephone TV tuner CD audio DVD audio DVD video or an iPod or USB storage device connected via the universal audio interface 60 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel Readiness for operation of multi functional steering wheel With ignition switched on and With Porsche communication systems Switched on gt Please read and understand the operating in structions supplied for the Porsche communi cation systems before operating the function keys Not
432. ter TIRE PRESSURES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 gt Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMATION on Page 231 Engine Data Type Number of cylinders Bore Stroke Displacement Net horsepower at engine speed Net torque at engine speed Maximum permitted engine speed Engine oil consumption Cayenne 6 cylinder V engine 6 3 5 in 89 mm 3 8 in 96 4 mm 219 5 cu in 3598 cm 213 kW 290 HP 6200 rpm 273 ftlb 370 Nm 3000 rpm 6700 rpm up to 1 5 liters 1000 km 1 6 quarts 622 miles Cayenne S 8 cylinder V engine 8 3 78 in 96 mm 3 27 in 83 mm 293 3 cu in 4806 cm 283 kW 385 HP 6200 rpm 369 ftlb 500 Nm 3500 rpm 6700 rpm up to 1 5 liters 1000 km 1 6 quarts 622 miles Cayenne GTS Cayenne S Transsyberia 8 cylinder V engine 8 3 78 in 96 mm 3 27 in 83 mm 293 3 cu in 4806 cm 298 kW 405 HP 6500 rpm 369 ftlb 500 Nm 3500 rpm 6700 rpm up to 1 5 liters 1000 km 1 6 quarts 622 miles Tire Pressure and Technical Data 349 Tires Rims Tracks Cayenne Summer tires Winter tires All Season Collapsible spare wheel Tires 235 65 R 17 108 V XL 255 55 R 18 109 Y XL 275 45 R 19 108 Y XL 275 40 R 20 106 Y XL 275 40 R 20 106 Y XL 295 35 R 21 107 Y XL 295 35 R 21 107 Y XL 235 65 R 17 108 H XL 255 55 R 18 109 V XL 255 50 R 19 107 V XL 275 40 R 20 106 V XL 275 40 R 20 106 V XL 235 65 R 17 108 V
433. terminal for emergency starting with jumper cables 1N Warning Danger of burning The compressor filler hose can become hot during the inflation process gt Wear gloves 5 Switch on compressor The required filling pressure will be reached after a few minutes 6 Switch off compressor 7 Check filling pressure with pressure tester Then reduce tire pressure or add more air if necessary Recheck the filling pressure 8 Unscrew filler hose of the compressor Reducing filling pressure on vehicles without air suspension 1 Switch off compressor 2 Open air bleed screw on the filling hose until the correct filling pressure is achieved Minor Repairs 307 h ki Ti i Pu a Inflating tires on vehicles with air suspension The bag with the tire filling hose is located under the loadspace floor in the spare wheel recess 1 Take tire filling hose out of the bag 2 Remove cover in footwell of right front seat 308 Minor Repairs mmo p w Screw coupling for compressor connection Pressure tester Hand valve for tire filling Air bleed screw Filler connection for tire valve Screw screw coupling B into the compressor connection in footwell of the front passenger seat Screw filler connection F onto the tire valve Warning Danger of injury and risk of damage if the operating unit is used improperly gt Use this operating unit only to inflate or to bleed
434. tes the skin and eyes gt Ifthe electrolyte fluid should come into contact with the skin or eyes immediately rinse it off with clean water See a doctor if necessary Risk of damage to paintwork and leather and plastic parts and clothing Electrolyte fluid can be removed only while it is still wet gt Clean the affected parts with water Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 57 EFl d42 Steering Wheel Tiptronic rocker switches The Porsche Tiptronic is a six speed transmission and features an automatic and a manual gear shift mode You can change temporarily to manual mode using rocker switches A on the steering wheel gt For further information on gearshifting with Tiptronic S Please see the chapter TIPTRONIC S on Page 170 58 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel Horn gt Press button B to operate the horn Airbag unit Airbag unit C is located behind the padded steering wheel boss In conjunction with the safety belts the airbag Is a Safety system designed to provide the driver and passengers with maximum protection from injury in an accident gt For further information on the airbag system Please see the chapter AIRBAG SYSTEMS on Page 45 Steering Wheel Heating The steering wheel heating is switched on and off automatically when the ignition is switched on depending on the interior temperature On vehicles with manual air conditioning The steering wheel h
435. th octane numbers of at least 95 RON 85 MON are used the engine s knock control automatically adapts the ignition timing The emission control system can be damaged in various ways e g fueling incorrectly shortage of fuel tow starting gt Please see the chapter HOW EMISSION CONTROL WORKS on Page 264 gt Please see the chapter DISPLAYING STATUS OF LEVEL CONTROL on Page 131 Filler flap The filler flap is located in the rear right fender Unlocking the filler flap The filler flap is unlocked by activating the remote control or gripping the outer door handle on vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive Opening the filler flap gt With the vehicle unlocked press on the rear part of the filler flap arrow The filler flap pops up and can be opened OF la Fuel quality label Closing the filler flap gt Close the filler flap and press on the rear of the filler flap arrow until it can be felt to engage Locking the filler flap The filler flap is locked by activating the remote control or the button in the outer door handle on vehicles with Porsche Entry amp Drive Emergency unlocking lf the electrical release is faulty 1 Open rear lid 2 Remove lid of the right storage compartment 3 Pull emergency release A in the direction of the arrow The filler flap pops open Maintenance and Car Care 267 Refueling gt Total capacity approx 26 4 gallons 100 liters inclu
436. the vehicle They can operate power windows and other controls If the engine is left running they may accidentally engage the shift lever Serious personal injury or death could result from loss of control of the vehicle gt Always remove the ignition key gt Always set the parking brake gt Lock the doors with the key or with the remote control 1 Warning Risk of a serious accident The steering column will lock when you re move the key while you are driving or as the car is rolling to a stop You will not be able to steer the car Serious personal injury or death could result from loss of control of the vehicle gt Never remove the key from the steering lock while you are driving To protect your vehicle and your possessions from theft you should always proceed as follows when leaving your vehicle gt Close windows gt Close sliding lifting roof or Panorama Roof System gt Remove ignition key switch ignition off in vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive gt Engage steering lock gt Lock storage tray between the front seats and glove compartment gt Remove valuables e g car documents radio control module cell phones house keys from the car gt Lock doors gt Lock the glove compartment gt Close oddment trays gt Cover luggage compartment with the luggage compartment cover gt Close rear lid and rear window Opening and Locking 15 E i 241 A
437. the Insert support bracket of the backrest into the support hook on the seat cushion arrow lug on the seat cushion arrow 4 Caution Risk of damage to the seat cover if the support bracket of the backrest does not latch into the lug on the seat cushion gt Insert support bracket into the lug Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 205 7 Insert headrest into the receiver in the seat Positioning rear seats cushion 1 Remove the headrests from the seat cushion 2 Make sure that the safety belts are not trapped Raise the backrest until it locks with an audible click The red verification flag A must be lowered completely 206 Luggage Compartment Loadspace and Storage 1 Warning Danger of injury and or damage as a result of braking or in the event of an accident gt Do not place any objects between the seat cushion and foam part 3 Fold seat cushion back and press down at the rear Make sure that the buckles are accessible 4 Insert the headrests into the backrest Please see the chapter INSTALLING HEA DRESTS on Page 35 Loadspace The maximum permissible load on the loadspace floor is 400 kg or 880 Ibs The weight must be distributed evenly over the entire loadspace gt Please see the chapter LOADING INFORMATION on Page 231 Opening loadspace floor 1 Pull handle A and lift the loadspace floor 2 Unclip prop B and insert it into receiver C in the loadsp
438. the PSM is switched off the slip monitoring function is also deactivated Multifunctional PSM light The multifunctional light on the instrument pa nel lights up for a lamp check when the ignition is switched on The light indicates a control operation inclu ding when PSM is switched off brake control in the event of one sided wheel spin In conjunction with the multipurpose display on the instrument panel the light indicates that PSM is switched off Faults are displayed by the light in conjunction with the multi purpose display of the instru ment panel PSM is out of order gt Consult your authorized Porsche dealer Driving and Driving Safety 185 Collapsible spare wheel gt Never switch the PSM off when driving with a collapsible spare wheel Towing gt For information on towing Please see the chapter TOWING on Page 342 Tip on driving When PSM is switched off wheel specific brake interventions and the traction control system TCS are also inactive The automatic brake differential ABD remains on Switching PSM back on gt Press PSM OFF button A PSM is switched on after a short delay The light emitting diode in the button and the multifunctional PSM light on the instrument panel go out A message is shown on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel 186 Driving and Driving Safety ABS Anti lock Brake System Y Warning In spite of th
439. the dashboard to replace the fuses Fuse numbers that are not listed in the table are not assigned in the fuse box gt For information on the fuse plan Please see the chapter FUSE PLAN AND FUSE BOX IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT on Page 313 Minor Repairs 319 Battery 1 Danger Risk of short circuit and fire resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Observe all warning notes on the battery gt Disconnect the negative terminal on the battery during all work on the electrical sys tem gt Do not lay tools or other metal objects on the battery as they could cause a short circuit across the battery terminal Hydrogen gas generated by the battery could cause an explosion resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Charge battery in a well vetilated area gt Never charge a frozen battery It may explode because of gas trapped in the ice Allow a fro zen battery to thaw out first gt Do not expose the battery to an open flame electrical spark or a lit cigarette Risk of explosion as a result of static charge resulting in serious personal injury or death gt Do not wipe the battery with a dry cloth gt Before touching the battery discharge any Static electricity by touching the vehicle 320 Minor Repairs Risk of serious personal injury or death and damage to the fabric metal or paint gt Wear eye protection gt Do not allow battery acid to come in contact with your
440. the passenger s seat or cover it with other materials Do not cover the back of the backrest Do not make changes to the passenger s seat and to the seat base frame Do not undertake any wiring for electrical ac cessory equipment in the vicinity of the airbag wiring harnesses Doing so may disable the airbag system or cause inadvertent inflation lf the warning light comes on the airbag system should be repaired immediately by your authorized Porsche dealer Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 45 gt Always keep feet in the footwell while driving Do not put feet on the dashboard or the seat area Do not lean against the inside of the door or outside the window while the vehicle is moving gt Using accessories not approved by Porsche can cause the weight sensing to be impaired gt Do not squeeze objects such as the fire extinguisher or first aid kit under the seat gt Only have seats removed and installed by an authorized Porsche dealer so that weight sensing components will not be damaged gt Give your passenger all of the information in this chapter Note Airbag components e g steering wheel seats may be disassembled only by an authorized Porsche dealer gt When disposing of a used airbag unit our Safety instructions must be followed These instructions can be obtained at any authorized Porsche dealer 46 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel Function of the airbag system Airbags are a supplement
441. thus its ability to start the engine all electrical accessories which are not required should be switched off when the ignition is switched on and when engine revolutions are low in stop and go traffic Stopping gt Withdraw the ignition key only when the vehicle is stationary otherwise the steering lock engages and the vehicle cannot be steered gt Only switch the ignition off when the vehicle comes to a stop as there is no steering assis tance and brake boost when the engine is switched off gt When leaving the vehicle always remove the ignition key and engage the parking brake Engage the parking lock on vehicles with Tiptronic S Tiptronic selector lever position P Engage first gear or reverse gear on vehic les with manual transmission The control unit always remains in the ignition lock in vehicles that have Porsche Entry amp Drive Note on operation The vehicle battery discharges if the ignition key is left inserted 1 Warning Danger of injury Hot engine compartment components can burn skin on contact gt Before working on any part in the engine compartment turn the engine off and let it cool down sufficiently Risk of burn injury when standing near or co ming into contact with the exhaust pipe The exhaust pipe is hot when the vehicle is running and remains hot for some time after the vehicle is turned off gt To prevent injury make a point of noting where your vehicle
442. ting brightness of instrument illumination Diriming door panel NOM 2222 2 roe DTI FOGTEN NGI A a E E a R Dimming the comfort lighting E eee eee eee eee Disabling control panel for air conditioned areas at the rear cccececeeceseeeeees Displacement Technical data cccsccecseeeeeeeeeeeeees Display on the multi purpose display Overview of warning messages 0cccseeeeeeeees Distance displays PARKS SIG eee ee enectat ssa sceecaetteecwecacianceheseessaciee Z 366 Index 167 168 226 226 360 Door IC IS door Oek ences EE E E E E A S 21 Locking if persons animals are remaining in vehicle21 Locking with Porsche Entry amp Drive keyless 21 Locking with the car key remote control 21 Unlocking with Porsche Entry amp Drive keyless 20 Unlocking with the car key remote control 20 Door lock PEG IN pense cease ceee E sete E Door locking automatic 222 82 cekccectecetresececsesccescea 21 Door mirrors Activating synchronous adjustment 95 143 Activating synchronous mirror adjustment 143 Additional door mirrors when pie a trailer 234 PAINS HU eee eevee E eee sees reget ener 55 Adjusting as parking aid 56 Adjusting synchronously 55 Door surrounding lighting 00cc0eeeeeeeeeeees 109 Drvne WIth a a 234 GNC Nie cere ce E ee eee ee eee eee Od Storing setting as parking aid neers amy Tere aa rere ene 38 Storing
443. tion gt Activate Low Range and engage differential locks if necessary a 7 LJ 1 r Tips on driving gt Have your passenger direct you if necessary gt Avoid high engine speeds max 2 500 rpm gt Drive slowly Driving on sand Note on operation gt Activate Low Range and engage differential locks if necessary Tips on driving Loose sand is an especially tricky surface for off road driving You can often become stuck in sand within minutes if you do not drive correctly in such situations gt Drive at brisk pace and do not stop under any circumstances This will reduce the chance of the car becoming bogged down gt Follow existing tracks provided that they have not been covered by blown sand are not too deep and the car s ground clearance Is sufficient Pay attention to the ground clearance of the Car Please see the chapter GROUND CLEARANCE on Page 35 7 gt Avoid high engine speeds max 2 500 rpm Driving and Driving Safety 201 When driving on slopes with soft sand on vehicles with Tiptronic S gt Use the manual select mode M in addition to the Low Range program If your vehicle becomes stuck nevertheless gt Do not spin the wheels Instead use branches mats or similar items to provide adequate traction so that you can drive out of the critical area 202 Driving and Driving Safety Track ruts Other vehicles leave ruts in many off road courses or gravel
444. tires and wheels Please see the chapter TIRES WHEELS on Page 281 142 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Switching off passenger compart ment monitoring on the multi purpose display The passenger compartment monitoring system can be temporarily deactivated in the ALARM sub menu When the doors are locked again the ultrasound passenger compartment monitoring system is activated once more Further important information concerning this topic can be found in a separate chapter gt Please see the chapter TEMPORARILY DEACTIVATING PASSENGER COMPARTMENT MONITORING SYSTEM on Page 246 Notes on operation gt Comfort settings can be made only when the vehicle is stationary gt For information on the operating principle of the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OPERATING PRINCIPLE on Page 124 Switching passenger compartment monitoring on off The alarm is triggered if motion is detected in the interior with the doors closed e g if a window is broken in a theft 1 MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt COMFORT gt ALARM Select and confirm 2 Select INTERIOR 3 Confirm selection ir Monitoring is activated CI Monitoring is deactivated Synchronous adjustment of door mirrors Note on operation Comfort settings can be made only when the vehicle is stationary When this function is active the mirrors move simultaneously and in the same direction 1 MAIN MENU
445. tor Emergency operation for the sliding lifting roof element 102 Windows and Sliding Roofs 5 Hold the key in this position and turn To close the roof turn clockwise To open the roof turn counter clockwise Note on operation When using emergency closing for the sliding lifting roof element make sure that the roof element is completely closed center position between sliding and lifting roof position 6 Remove the key and return it to the storage tray 7 Clip in cover To rule out malfunctions in the system the final positions of the Panorama roof system must be saved again after emergency operation gt Please see the chapter SAVE FINAL POSITION OF THE PANORAMA ROOF SYSTEM on Page 99 Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers LTO Aa 104 Instrument Illumination ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 105 Automatic Headlight Beam Adjustment 106 Turn signal High Beam Headlight Flasher Stalk cnn 106 Emergency flasher ccce 107 interior Lig RINE eerren convenes 107 Comtor Lie MINE aieea 109 Coming Home Function Auto Shut Off Delay ccccccceseseeeeeeeeeens 109 Door Surrounding Lighting ccccceeeeeees 109 Brief overview Windshield wipers 110 Windshield Wiper Washer Stalk 0 000 111 Lights Turn Signals and Windshield Wipers 103 Light switch with driving light assistant Light switch without driving light assistant O Light Switch Fog
446. trigger illumina tion of Tire Pressure Monitoring low tire pressure message Low tire pressure reduces the road safety of the vehicle and destroys the tire and wheel gt When a flat tire has been displayed immedi ately stop in a suitable place and check the tires for damage If necessary remedy the damage with tire sealant or fit the spare wheel Do not by any means continue to drive with leaking tires Sealing the tire with the tire sealant is only an emergency repair so you can drive to the next authorized Porsche dealer The maximum permitted speed is 50 mph 80 km h Defective tires must be immediately replaced by an authorized Porsche dealer Tire repairs are not permissible under any circumstances Do not drive with tires whose tire pressure drops again in a short period of time Have tires checked by an authorized Porsche dealer lf Tire Pressure Monitoring is defective e g defective wheel transmitters contact an authorized Porsche dealer immediately and have the damage repaired The tire pressure will not be monitored by defective Tire Pressure Monitoring For information on warning messages on the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OVERVIEW OF WARNING MESSAGES on Page 149 Tire Pressure Monitoring gives a warning about tire damage due to insufficient tire pressure as well as about a gradual loss of pressure due to foreign objects Tire Pressure Monitoring cannot warn you about tire d
447. tronic dead spots the listener may hear a momentary flutter or loss of reception Station swapping When two FM stations are close to each other and an electronic dead spot such as static or multi path area interrupts the original signal some times the stronger second signal will be selected automatically until the original one returns This swapping can also occur as you drive away from the selected station and approach another station of a stronger signal COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO Compact disc player t Caution To avoid damage to compact disc player and discs gt Use only compact discs labeled as shown having no dirt damage or warpage gt Never attempt to disassemble or oil any part of the player unit Do not insert any object other than a disc into the slot Remember there are no user serviceable parts inside the compact disc player gt Do not allow the disc to sustain any finger prints scrapes or stickers on the surfaces This may cause poor sound quality Hold the disc only on the edge or center hole gt When notin use take the disc out of the player put the disc back into its case and store it away from dust heat damp and direct sun light Leaving the disc on the dashboard in the sun can damage the disc gt Ifthe disc gets dirty clean the disc by wiping the surfaces from the center to the outside in a radial direction with a soft cloth Do not use a conventional record cleaner or
448. u are not fully familiar with proper repair procedures do not attempt the adjustments described on the following pages This caution applies to the entire vehicle Only work on your vehicle outdoors or in a well ventilated area Ensure that there are no open flames in the area of your vehicle at any time when fuel fumes might be present Be especially cautious of such devices such as hot water heaters which ignite a flame intermittently Before working on any part in the engine compartment turn the engine off and let it cool down sufficiently Hot engine compartment components can burn skin on contact Be alert and cautious around engine at all times while the engine is running If you have to work on the engine while it is running always put the parking brake on and put the gearshift lever in neutral or the Tiptronic selector lever in position P or N 250 Maintenance and Car Care gt In particular be very careful to ensure that items of clothing ties shirt sleeves etc jewelry long hair hand or fingers cannot get caught in the fan belts or other moving parts The radiator and radiator fans are in the front of the car The fans can start or continue running as a function of temperature even with the engine switched off Carry out work in these areas only with the engine off and exercise extreme caution Your Porsche Is equipped with an electronic ignition system When the ignition is on high voltage i
449. umulation of water lowers the boi ling point and under certain operating conditions can affect the braking performance gt Therefore have the brake fluid changed in accordance with the change intervals stated in the Maintenance booklet RAE Brake fluid warning light USA Brake fluid warning light roy Canada The warning light in the instrument panel and the warning message on the multipurpose display of the instrument panel indicate indicate the brake level fluid is too low or in conjunction with large pedal travel could indicate a braking circult failure Note on operation lf the warning lights should light up while driving gt Stop immediately in a suitable place gt Do not continue driving Please have the fault remedied at your nearest authorized Porsche dealer 258 Maintenance and Car Care Washer Fluid Warning message on the multi purpose display A message is shown on the multi purpose display of the instrument panel if the washer fluid level is too low In this case the residual quantity is only around 0 85 quarts 0 8 liter gt Add washer fluid at the next opportunity The capacity is approx 7 9 quarts 7 5 liters The washer fluid reservoir for windshield rear window and headlights is located in the engine compartment gt Summer filling with water window cleaner concentrate in the mixture ratio specified on the container Winter filling with water antifreeze
450. unction on off seses 28 Switching on automatic recirculating air mode 78 Switching on recirculating air mode 0000 78 Temperature Sensor cccccsseseeeeeesseeseceeeeeeeeeuaeaes 76 Using engine residual heat cccseeeseeeeeeeeeeees OD A ABD Automatic brake differential l Automatic deactivation 184 Functional description eee ee 182 ABS anti lock brake system FUnCHOMal description eren hecestecsces cect 186 Off road ABS functional description 0cc08 187 Warning light on the tachometer csser 187 Warning message on multi purpose display 153 Additional door mirrors when towing a trailer 6 234 Additional high beam Changing bulb Bi Xenon headlights c0008 331 Changing bulb halogen headlights 008 330 maline Neadlonits ces eee ee 328 Removing headlights 327 Adhesive films care inStruCtiOnS ccccccceccesesssseeeeeees 2109 Adjusting seat position E N a E tage ed EE A ene 36 Adjusting the opening height of the automatic rear lid 26 After diving onTOAd a a er nee eee opens 196 Aftermarket Alarms aer eea ete eee 219 Air cleaner maintenance instructions ceecee 260 Air conditioner Child lock 4 zone air Conditioning ccecceeee 79 Defrosting windshield with 2 zone air conditioning 70 Defrosting windshield with 4 zone air conditioning 75 Defrosting windshield with manual air conditioning 67 Disabling control panel for air condition
451. upted and only the inside air is circulated Note on operation When the air conditioning compressor is switched off manually or automatically recirculating air mode ends after approx 3 minutes m ina T a ia Disabling control panel for air conditioned areas at the rear Power windows central locking buttons on the rear doors and rear control panel for the air condi tioning can be disabled using the safety button in the armrest of the driver s door e Switching child protection on off gt Press the safety button to switch child protection on and off The symbol in the safety button lights up if child protection is active lt i Controlling rear air conditioned areas with the front control panel gt Press button ss The Symbol appears on the display The rear air conditioned areas can be controlled from the front control panel Ending the function gt Press button again Note on operation The function is ended automatically 10 seconds after the last settings are made Rear seat heating The rear seats can also be heated in vehicles with four zone air conditioning A Continuous opening and closing B Setting vent direction gt For further information on the rear seat heating Please see the chapter REAR SEAT HEATING IN VEHICLES WITH AN FOUR ZONE AIR CONDI O TIONING SYSTEM on Page 41 Vents Opening vents gt Rotate thumb wheel A upward a Closing vents gt Rotate thu
452. upward shifts e g before corners are prevented by swiftly releasing the accelerator pedal Depending on lateral acceleration upward changes on corners are not made until the engine speed limit is reached During braking and depending on the amount of deceleration the Tiptronic changes down earlier For subsequent cornering the right gear is engaged when pressure is applied to the brakes before the corner Driving and Driving Safety 17 1 The corner is taken in the right gear and when you accelerate out of the corner you do not have to change down Shifting gear on the steering wheel By shifting gear with the rocker switches on the steering wheel you can temporarily change from automatic selection mode D to manual selection mode M Advantages Shifting down before corners and on entering congested areas on downward slopes engine braking or for brief spurts of acceleration Selecting 1st or 2nd gear for moving off The manual selection mode remains engaged For cornering depending on the lateral acceleration and passing When the vehicle is stationary e g at a junction The system leaves manual selection mode automatically after around 8 seconds unless car is cornering passing or stationary if you depress the accelerator to kickdown 172 Driving and Driving Safety Temporary change down Precondition Speed is higher than approx 33 mph 54 km h gt Depres
453. ur vehicle Please make enquiries before driving abroad Radiator fans The radiator and radiator fans are in the front of the car 1 Warning Danger of injury The fans can start running as a function of temperature even with the engine switched off gt Exercise extreme caution when working in the area of the radiator fans Engine Oil It is important to perform oil changes regularly in accordance with the intervals specified in your Maintenance Schedule Engine oil consumption It is normal for your engine to consume oil The rate of oil consumption depends on the quality and viscosity of oil the speed at which the engine is operated the climate road conditions as well as the amount of dilution and oxidation of the lubricant lf the vehicle is used for repeated short trips and consumes a normal amount of oil the engine oil measurement may not show any drop in the oil le vel at all even after 600 miles 1000 km or more This is because the oil is gradually becoming diluted with fuel or moisture making it appear that the oil level has not changed The diluting ingredients evaporate out when the vehicle is driven at high speeds as on an express way making it then appear that oil is excessively consumed after driving at high speeds lf the conditions you drive your vehicle in are dusty humid or hot the frequency of the oil change intervals should be greater lf the vehicle is driven at a h
454. ure and humidity therefore might cause brake noises Wear on the different components and braking system such as brake pads and brake discs depends to a great extent on the individual driving style and the conditions of use and therefore cannot be expressed in actual miles on the road The values communicated by Porsche are based on normal operation adapted to traffic Wear incre ases considerably when the vehicle is driven on race tracks or through an aggressive driving style gt Please consult an authorized Porsche dealer about the current guidelines in effect before such use of your vehicle Dear Porsche Owner A lot has gone into the manufacture of your Porsche including advanced engineering rigid quality control and demanding inspections These engineering and safety features will be enhanced by you the safe driver who knows her his car and all controls who maintains the vehicle properly who uses driving skills wisely and always drives within her his own capabilities and the level of familiarity with the vehicle You will find helpful hints in this manual on how to perform most of the checks listed on the following pages If in doubt have these checks performed by your authorized Porsche dealer Before driving off Check the following items first gt Turn the engine off before you attempt any checks or repairs on the vehicle Be sure the tires are inflated correctly Check tire
455. ured in the vehicle Do not affix objects to child restraint systems or cover them with other materials gt For maximum safety and protection do not use a Child restraint system in the front passenger seat 50 Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel Direction of installation for child restraint systems According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating posi tions than in the front seating positions Under all normal circumstances the child seat must be placed in the rear gt Do not use a child restraint system in the front passenger seat Children up to 29 Ibs 13 kg Children of this weight must be transported in a re straint system which is fitted facing backwards Children between 20 and 40 Ibs 9 and 18 kg Children of this weight are transported in child restraint systems facing forward Children between 33 and 55 Ibs 15 and 25 kg Children of this weight are transported in child restraint systems facing forward Children between 49 and 79 lbs 22 and 36 kg Children of this weight are transported in child restraint systems facing forward Using child restraint systems in the front passenger seat 1 Danger The use of a child restraint system in the front passenger seat can result in serious personal injury or death to the child from an airbag deployment To reduce risk of injury from an inflating airbag in an accident Porsche strongly recomm
456. ve ALL All doors are unlocked 3 Confirm selection Note on operation lf the unlocking button Won the remote control is pressed a second time within 2 seconds all vehicle doors are unlocked independent of the affected setting Multi Purpose Display and Instruments 143 Setting door opening signal If the function TURN SIGNALS is active door unlocking and locking is confirmed by the emergency flashers flashing lf the function HORN is active door unlocking and locking is confirmed by an acoustic signal 1 MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt COMFORT gt DOOR OPENING gt SIGNAL Select and confirm 2 Select TURN SIGNALS or HORN 3 Confirm selection Selection is activated CI Selection is deactivated 144 Multi Purpose Display and Instruments Setting rear lid locking When the TAILGATE function is active rear access rear lid rear window and spare wheel bracket is included in the central locking system Access is possible when the vehicle is stationary and unlocked At speeds higher than 4 mph 6 km h release is blocked until a door is opened with the vehicle Stationary When the TAILGATE function is deactivated access is only possible using button lt lt on the remote control 1 MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt COMFORT gt DOOR OPENING Select and confirm 2 Select TAILGATE 3 Confirm selection Function is activated CI Function is deactivated Note on operation Vehicles
457. ve off Assistant manual transmission is not available Greater brake pedal force necessary Drive carefully to the nearest authorized Porsche dealer Current setting of Porsche Active Suspension Management Current setting of Porsche Active Suspension Management Current setting of Porsche Active Suspension Management Handling may be affected Adapt your speed to the changed conditions Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer The side tilt of the vehicle is significantly greater when cornering Drive carefully at an appropriate speed to the nearest authorized Porsche dealer Stop at a suitable place Do not continue driving Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Drive carefully to the nearest authorized Porsche dealer Collapsible spare wheel is being filled by level control compressor Do not drive off Level control has been switched off to jack up the vehicle The prerequisites for setting the desired level have not been met Level control temporarily unavailable Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Light on Warning message on the multi purpose Meaning measures instrument panel Shift not possible Tiptronic S When changing between Low Range and High Range the limit speed Low Range program Speed too high must not be exceeded Shift only possible in neutral Tiptronic S The Tiptronic selector lever must be in position N when changing between Low Range and High Range
458. vin ces The child restraint system should be one that complies with U S Federal Canadian Motor Vehic le Safety Standards and should be secured by a lap belt or lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or for child seats equipped with the LATCH sytem Lower Anchorage and Tether for Children also known as ISOFIX to the LATCH anchorages A statement by the seat manufacturer of compliance with this standard can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction manual provided with the restraint Seats Mirrors and Steering Wheel 49 4 Danger Risk of serious personal injury or death to the child gt Follow all child restraint instructions and warnings in this manual When using an infant or child restraint system be sure to follow all manufacturer s instruc tions on installation and use Infants and small children should neither be held on the lap nor should they share a safety belt with another occupant while the vehicle is in motion Children too big for child restraint systems should use regular safety belts A shoulder belt can be used providing it does not cross the face or the neck of the child Choose a child restraint system according to the weight of the child Child restraint systems that are damaged or have been heavily stressed in an accident must be replaced immediately Children could be endangered in a crash if their child restraints are not properly sec
459. ving gt When reversing bear in mind that ParkAssist is not active gt Always see the permissible towing capacity vertical coupling load and rear axle load Please see the chapter WEIGHTS on Page 356 Maintenance Note gt Please take into consideration that driving with a trailer places markedly greater stress on all vehicle components Expert inspection and maintenance after every use are indispensable prerequisites for proper functioning and safety Trailer Hitch 235 Parking Parking Ald aema E 237 Swivelling down mirror glass as parking aid 241 Garage door OPeNnel ccccessceeeeeeeseeeseeeaeeeees 241 236 Parking Parking Aids ParkAssist provides a visual and acoustic indica tion to the driver of the distance between the vehicle and a large obstacle ParkAssist is switched on automatically when the ignition is switched on and remains active up to a speed of approx 9 mph 14 km h ParkAssist is switched off automatically at high speed ParkAssist is switched on again auto matically when the speed drops below approx 9 mph 14 km h The selector lever position determines activation levels for ParkAssist and the corresponding area that is monitored Tiptronic selector lever position P ParkAssist is not activated R N ParkAssist is activated for the front and rear areas D M ParkAssist is activated for the front area Gearshift lever position R ParkAssist
460. ving program with reduction High Range on road driving program without reduction When the driving program is active the power transmission and running gear control systems are automatically adapted to the requirements for off road or on road driving Selecting driving program The particular driving program can be selected using the rocker switch A The rocker switch A is located in the center con sole of the vehicle It features a multi step function and can be operated in both directions Note on operation The number of differential locks that can be enga ged in Low Range depends on the equipment of your vehicle Prerequisites for manual settings Vehicles with manual transmission gt Stop the vehicle gt Apply the brake gt Put the gearshift lever in neutral t Caution Risk of engine damage overrevving In the Low Range program the gear shifting points are shifted towards lower engine speed ran ges gt Shift early to prevent overrevving the engine Vehicles with Tiptronic S gt When selecting the off road driving program Reduce speed to below 9 3 mph 15 km h or stop vehicle gt When selecting the on road driving program Reduce speed to below 19 mph 30 km h or stop vehicle gt Move Tiptronic selector lever to position N 1 Danger Risk of accident resulting in serious perso nal injury or death due to uncontrolled vehic le movement The Tiptronic selecto
461. void hard acceleration and high cornering speeds The maximum permitted speed is 50 mph 80 km h if the mounted spare wheel differs from the other three wheels on the car This maximum speed must not be exceeded because of altered driving characteristics and for reasons of wear gt Do not use a spare wheel from a different vehicle type gt Donot mount the spare wheel from your car on a different vehicle Removing spare wheel from bracket Warning Danger of injury if the spare wheel is removed improperly gt Remove the spare wheel only when the spare wheel bracket is locked gt Remove the spare wheel from the spare wheel bracket with care The wheel is very heavy approx 77 Ibs 35 kg 1 Unscrew all five wheel bolts 2 Remove the top wheel bolt Remove assembly aid from the tool kit and screw in instead of the wheel bolt Remove the remaining wheel bolts OFT 01 Fitting spare wheel on bracket gt Insert wheel bolts and tighten by hand Remove assembly aid and screw in remaining wheel bolt Initially tighten bolts in diagonally opposite sequence so that the wheel is centerd gt Please see the chapter TIRE PRESSURES COLD 68 F 20 C on Page 354 gt After mounting the wheel tighten all five wheel bolts to 111 ftlb 150 Nm Minor Repairs 309 Precondition The central locking system must be unlocked gt Press button B and swing the spare wheel bracket open N
462. warnings use the safety alert symbol followed by the words Danger Warning and Caution These special warnings contain important messages regarding your safety and or the potential for damage to your Porsche Ignoring them could result in serious mechanical failure serious personal injury or death gt Do not alter your Porsche Any alteration could create dangerous conditions or defeat safety engineering features built into your car gt Do not misuse your Porsche Use it safely and consistently with the law according to the driving conditions and the instructions in this manual Alteration or misuse of your Porsche could cause accidents and serious personal injury or death Note to owners In Canada this manual is also available in French To obtain a copy contact your dealer or write to Note aux proprietaires Au Canada on peut se procurer un exemplaire de ce Manuel en francais aupr s du concessionaire ou du Porsche Cars Canada Ltd Automobiles Porsche Canada LTEE 5045 Orbitor Drive Building 8 Suite 200 Mississauga Ontario Canada L4W 4Y4 Telephone number for customer assistance 1 800 PORSCHE Option 3 Setting and operating vehicle compon ents when driving Y Warning There is a danger of accident if you set or operate the on board computer radio navigation system telephone or other equip ment when driving This could distract you from the traffic and cause you to lose control of the
463. wiper washer stalk Rain Sensor adjustment aramean anin Lhe Rear window wiping plus washer system 113 Switching on intermittent operation OL rear WINDOW WIDEN sapcratarenseoarcanseceras L13 Switching ontan Sensor ae a 111 Windshield wiping plus washer system 4 113 Windshield fast elo tree eee e erreerre ree 112 Windshield slow WiPING ccecccceseeeeeeseeeeeees 112 Wiping rear window once one touch function SER H3 Wiping windshield once one touch function 112 Windshield wipers Brief Overview cceeeseceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeteneneeets 110 CS MNS URC ONS seceeete aeeedensuent eee eecere acs ei ae tee 274 Changing rear wiper blade cccccececeeeeeeeeeees 262 Rain sensor adjustment a ae a a 112 Rear window wiping plus washer system 113 Replacing front wiper blades scs 261 el see E E cek ane LE Switching on intermittent operation OL rear WINDOW WIDEN sapcsrtaessedesceshnerccienans LS Switching onran SONS Ol secs secnct derexcecnvatecsseunces 111 Windshield wiping plus washer Seem eee Windshield fast DIN Gace oevereey eeten 112 Windshield SlOW WiPiNg ccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 112 Wiping rear window once one touch function ee 113 Wiping windshield once ener function 112 NGI FG GIN oa stea ays chrecee aveciaevese senaascoueedasaasceaeearaseeeye a2 MISE WNC pee eee 350 General information c ccscccccssecsessessesseseeseesseses 288 G72 av i seem nee
464. with powerliftgate Regardless of the setting in the multi purpose display the rear lid can be opened by pulling the button in the driver s door when the vehicle is at a standstill with the ignition switched on Please see the chapter POWERLIFTGATE REAR LID on Page 23 Setting AUTO LOCK automatic door locking and AUTO UNLOCK automatic door unlocking 1 MAIN MENU gt SETTINGS gt COMFORT gt DOOR OPENING Select and confirm 2 Select AUTO LOCK or AUTO UNLOCK 3 Confirm selection Selection is activated O Selection is deactivated AUTO LOCK and AUTO UNLOCK variants You can set 4 different variants of automatic door locking AUTO LOCK and automatic door unlocking AUTO UNLOCK Doors locked using AUTO LOCK can always be opened by pulling the inner door handle twice regardless of the setting for door unlocking Option 1 AUTO LOCK off and AUTO UNLOCK off The doors do not lock and unlock automatically Option 2 AUTO LOCK on and AUTO UNLOCK off Doors lock automatically when a speed of approx 4 mph 6 km h is exceeded Option 3 AUTO LOCK on and AUTO UNLOCK on Doors lock automatically when a speed of approx 4 mph 6 km h is exceeded On vehicles without Porsche Entry amp Drive the doors are unlocked automatically when the ignition key is withdrawn On vehicles equipped with Porsche Entry amp Drive the doors are unlocked when the ignition is switched off twice Option 4 AUTO L
465. with the hot exhaust system gt lf your car catches on fire for any reason call the fire department Do not endanger your life by attempting to put out the fire 160 Driving and Driving Safety Starting vehicle gt Operate footbrake gt Fully depress and hold the clutch pedal Put the gearshift lever in neutral or on vehicles with Tiptronic S move the Tiptronic selector lever to position P or N gt Donotpress the accelerator pedal The engine control module will provide the correct starting mixture gt Turn ignition key to ignition lock position 2 gt Do not operate the starter longer than approx 10 seconds If necessary repeat the starting procedure after a pause of approx 10 seconds Turn the ignition key back to ignition lock position 3 first Notes on operation The first operation of the starter is ended auto matically when the engine starts If the engine does not start subsequent starter operations will not be ended automatically When the engine ist started the warning lights must go out gt Do not warm up the engine when stationary Drive off immediately Avoid high revolutions and full throttle until the engine has reached operating temperature gt f battery output is insufficient jump leads can be used to start the engine Please see the chapter EMERGENCY STARTING WITH JUMPER CABLES on Page 323 Note on operation To ensure a good charge condition for the battery and
466. ws the most recent entries dialled via the respective SIM card 1 MAIN MENU gt PHONE gt LAST NUMBERS Select and confirm 2 Select entry from the list 3 Confirm selection Displaying important numbers and calling The IMPORTANT NOS menu shows the entries stored as important numbers on the SIM card 1 MAIN MENU gt PHONE gt IMPORTANT NOS Select and confirm 2 Select entry from the list 3 Confirm selection Displaying telephone book selecting party and calling The PHONE BOOK menu shows the entries of the telephone book that are stored on the SIM card 1 MAIN MENU gt PHONE gt PHONE BOOK Select and confirm 2 Select entry from the list 3 Confirm selection Displaying missed calls calling back party The telephone numbers of the rejected calls are shown in the MISSED CALLS menu The numbers are stored on the SIM card 1 MAIN MENU gt PHONE gt MISSED CALLS Select and confirm 2 Select entry from the list 3 Confirm selection Setting speed limit on the multi purpose display A speed limit can be entered to monitor the driving speed When it is exceeded a signal sounds and the multi purpose display displays the message LIMIT EXCEEDED Note on operation gt For information on the operating principle of the multi purpose display Please see the chapter OPERATING PRINCIPLE on Page 124 Accepting current speed You can define the current speed as the speed lim
467. x wading depth Wheelbase Overhang front Overhang rear Turning circle Cayenne 188 9 in 4798 mm 198 0 in 5029 mm 75 9 in 1928 mm 86 6 in 2200 mm 66 9 in 1699 mm 68 5 in 1741 mm 70 4 in 1789 mm 87 3 in 2218 mm 19 7 in 500 mm 112 4 in 2855 mm 36 9 in 936 mm 39 7 in 1007 mm 461 in 11 7 m 1 Up to 21 9 in 555 mm for vehicles with air suspension at special terrain level 2 Up to 21 1 in 535 mm for vehicles with air suspension at special terrain level 360 Tire Pressure and Technical Data Cayenne S Cayenne S Transsyberia 188 9 in 4798 mm 198 0 in 5029 mm 75 9 in 1928 mm 86 6 in 2200 mm 66 9 in 1699 mm 66 8 in 1696 mm 68 5 in 1741 mm 68 5 in 1738 mm 70 4 in 1789 mm 70 3 in 1786 mm 87 3 in 2218 mm 87 2 in 2215 mm 19 7 in 500 mm 112 4 in 2855 mm 36 9 in 936 mm 39 7 in 1007 mm 461 in 11 7 m Cayenne GTS 188 8 in 4795 mm 77 1 in 1957 mm 86 6 in 2200 mm 65 9 in 1675 mm 67 6 in 1717 mm 69 5 in 1765 mm 86 4 in 2194 mm 18 7 in 476 mm 112 4 in 2855 mm 36 7 in 933 mm 39 7 in 1007 mm 461 in 11 7 m Driving Performance The specifications refer to a vehicle with DIN curb weight and max 441 Ibs 200 kg load without performance reducing additional equipment e g special tires Top track speed Acceleration O 60 mph 96 km h Acceleration O 62 mph
468. xercise extreme caution when working on any part of the engine while the ignition is on or the engine iS running Always support your car with safety stands if it is necessary to work under the car The jack supplied with the car is not adequate for this purpose For vehicles with air suspension with level control and height adjustment Please see the chapter RAISING VEHICLE WITH THE JACK on Page 192 When working under the car without safety stands but with the wheels on the ground make sure the car is on level ground the wheels are blocked and that the engine can not be started Remove the ignition key Do not smoke or allow an open flame around the battery or fuel Keep a fire extinguisher close at hand Incomplete or improper servicing may cause problems in the operation of the car If in doubt about any servicing have it done by your authorized Porsche dealer Improper maintenance during the warranty period may affect your Porsche warranty coverage Supplies of fluids e g engine oil brake fluid or coolant are hazardous to your health Keep these fluids out of children s reach and dispose of them in accordance with the appropriate regulations Some countries require additional tools and special spare parts to be carried in your vehi cle Please make enquiries before driving abroad Notes on minor repairs Tool kit The tool kit is accommodated in the spare wheel well under the cover of the loads
469. y are not designed to withstand loads imposed by adults A Door mirror setting driver s side B Heat door mirror C Door mirror setting passenger s side D Fold in door mirrors Door Mirrors The convex mirror glass on the passenger s side provides a larger field of view 1 Warning Risk of accident Vehicles or objects appear smaller in convex mirrors and further away than they are in reality gt Bear this distortion in mind when estimating the distance of vehicles behind you and when reversing into a parking space gt Also make use of the interior mirror for judging the distance Risk of damage to the door mirrors when washing the vehicle in a car wash gt Fold in door mirrors before using the car wash Adjusting mirrors 1 Switch ignition on 2 Select A for the driver s side or C for the passenger s side by turning the control switch 3 Move the door mirrors in the appropriate direction by tilting the control switch If the electrical adjustment facility fails gt Adjust the mirror by pressing on the mirror face Adjusting the door mirrors synchronously In the multipurpose display of the instrument panel you have the option of adjusting the door mirrors synchronously gt Please see the chapter SYNCHRONOUS ADJUSTMENT OF DOOR MIRRORS on Page 143 Folding in door mirror gt Switch ignition on gt Turn control switch to D Both door mirrors fold in autom
470. y echaeesanee vente easter 246 When disconnecting battery Fe ERT AP ieee name 321 Alcantara n CH AEE E E aeseee caesar eats 277 All Season tires OVEIVIEW scncssoresicertterasominetar GOUy la BOC All Terrain tires OVEIVIOW oaee e S00 351 352 All wheel drive Functional description ccsccccce3srccctpcetecessercceorersas 182 Warning message on multi purpose display 154 Aluminum rims Care me trUcHons a eo ele od IR 276 ee 161016 a o se Renee eRe el E E aa Sp RR 291 PIN d se 4 ea ets ened clean TES a Dac nex WECT pA RO 255 meso ciur ee T S 255 Inwasher fluid me e e a aaa 200 Antifreeze content eocesisissseecesrrerrrrrrrrrerererrrrrrnna 255 Anti lock brake system ABS Functional description eeeeceeeeeeerreen 186 Off road ABS functional description 187 Warning light on the tachometer 000006 187 Warning message on multi purpose display 153 Armrest l Opening front storage compartment 66 224 Opening rear storage compartment 00008 224 Ashtray Kon empane e R REA E E a Rear emping sssrini eenaa 228 Rear Opening serrer LLO Assembly aid for wheel changes PE ter er en ete 303 Assistance when driving downhill Engine Braking SUPPOrD aeaee eae e 189 Audio e e E E E E E Audio EEr installation POSItION cceeeeeeeeseeeeeee 22L auto light switch Functional description driving light assistant 104 Switching on driving light assis
471. year before and after the cold season or if wiper performance deteriorates or the blades are damaged gt For important information on service topics Please see the chapter CAR CARE INSTRUCTIONS on Page 270 t Caution Risk of damage if wiper arm accidentally falls back onto the windshield gt Always hold the wiper arm securely when replacing the wiper blade Risk of damage if wiper blades that are frozen in place are loosened improperly gt Thaw the wiper blades before loosening them Risk of damage If the wiper blades are not changed properly they can come loose when the car is moving gt Check whether the wiper blades are seated securely The wiper blade must be pushed onto the wiper arm up to the stop gt Periodically clean the wiper blades with window cleaner especially after the vehicle has been washed in a car wash We recommend the Porsche window cleaner If they are very dirty e g with insect remains they can be cleaned with a sponge or cloth lf the wiper blades rub or squeak this may be as a result of the following f the vehicle is washed in an automatic car wash wax residues may adhere to the wind Shield These wax residues can be removed only by using window cleaner concentrate gt Please see the chapter WASHER FLUID on Page 258 Please contact your authorized Porsche dealer for further information The wiper blades may be damaged or worn
472. yed when the vehicle exceeds 2 mph 3 km h Rear lid open All unlocked doors and lids are displayed when the vehicle exceeds 2 mph 3 km h Rear window open All unlocked doors and lids are displayed when the vehicle exceeds 2 mph 3 km h Several systems may have failed Have the fault remedied at an authorized Porsche dealer Driving and Driving Safety lgnition Lock Steering LOCK cccccseeeeeees 158 Starting and Stopping the Engine 160 Parking Blak Ciss ccceccecsstccsetatcceossteeteaeuetcesn 162 Brake 163 Cruise CONG sre isiersrieniissiriensreetiraidruacesi 167 Manual transmission clutch s e 169 EO Rae nah stele ree ebro en sere ureter aden 170 Selector Lever Positions scce 171 Driving Programs for On Road and Off Road Driving cccccceeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 177 Power Transmission and Running Gear Control Systems n s 181 Air Suspension with Level Control and Height Adjustment 190 Porsche Active Suspension Management PASM ien 193 Porsche Dynamic Chassis Control PDCC 194 Off Road Driving sco cccccecscisscevecsettccetecestes cans 195 Driving and Driving Safety 157 Ignition lock positions O Initial position 1 Ignition on 2 Start engine 3 Ignition off ignition Lock Steering Lock Caution Risk of damage The ignition lock may be da maged if additional weight is attached to the inserted ignition key e g a heavy bunch of keys and or key tag

Owners Manual Pdf

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents